Commonwealth Coat of Arms of Australia

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976

No. 191, 1976

Compilation No. 45

Compilation date: 15 November 2022

Includes amendments up to: Act No. 132, 2021

Registered: 17 November 2022

About this compilation

This compilation

This is a compilation of the Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976 that shows the text of the law as amended and in force on 15 November 2022 (the compilation date).

The notes at the end of this compilation (the endnotes) include information about amending laws and the amendment history of provisions of the compiled law.

Uncommenced amendments

The effect of uncommenced amendments is not shown in the text of the compiled law. Any uncommenced amendments affecting the law are accessible on the Legislation Register (www.legislation.gov.au). The details of amendments made up to, but not commenced at, the compilation date are underlined in the endnotes. For more information on any uncommenced amendments, see the series page on the Legislation Register for the compiled law.

Application, saving and transitional provisions for provisions and amendments

If the operation of a provision or amendment of the compiled law is affected by an application, saving or transitional provision that is not included in this compilation, details are included in the endnotes.

Editorial changes

For more information about any editorial changes made in this compilation, see the endnotes.

Modifications

If the compiled law is modified by another law, the compiled law operates as modified but the modification does not amend the text of the law. Accordingly, this compilation does not show the text of the compiled law as modified. For more information on any modifications, see the series page on the Legislation Register for the compiled law.

Selfrepealing provisions

If a provision of the compiled law has been repealed in accordance with a provision of the law, details are included in the endnotes.

 

 

 

Contents

Part I—Preliminary

1 Short title

2 Commencement

3 Interpretation

3AA Approved entities

3AB Townships

3AC Jabiru town land

3A Crown land vested in Northern Territory

3B Act binds the Crown

3C Act has effect despite Lands Acquisition Act

3D Application of the Criminal Code

Part II—Grants of land to Aboriginal Land Trusts

4 Land Trusts

5 Functions of Land Trusts

5A Public Works Committee Act

6 Land Trust not empowered to accept moneys

7 Membership of Land Trust

8 Termination of appointment of members of Land Trusts

9 Resignation of member of Land Trust

10 Recommendations for grants of land described in Schedule 1

11 Recommendations for grants of Crown land other than Schedule 1 land and former public roads

11A Land Councils may enter into agreements concerning land under claim

11B Recommendations for grants of former public roads

12 Grants of land to Land Trusts

12AAA Additional grant to Tiwi Land Trust

12AAB Grant of land to Anindilyakwa Land Trust etc.

12AA Agreements with respect to roads on land described in Schedule 1

12AB Declaratory orders with respect to roads on land described in Schedule 1

12AC Effect of agreement or order

12AD Compensation for loss of licences etc.

12A Occupation of land by Director

12B Arbitration on agreement between Land Council and Director

12C Minister may grant lease in certain circumstances

12D Land subject of deed in escrow—Land Councils may enter into agreements

13 Land subject of deed in escrow—grants of interests by the Crown

14 Occupation etc. by the Crown etc. of Aboriginal land vested in Land Trust

15 Payments in respect of occupation of land by the Crown etc.

16 Payments to Land Council by the Crown in respect of interests in Aboriginal land

17 Appropriation etc. of payments to Land Council or approved entity

18 Occupation or use of Aboriginal land by mission

18A Occupation or use of land in Ranger Project Area

18B Occupation or use of land in Alligator Rivers Region, other than the Ranger Project Area

18C Section 18A or 18B not to authorise mining etc.

19 Dealings etc. with interests in land by Land Trusts

19A Land Trust may grant headlease over township

19B Expenditure of approved entities to be in accordance with approved estimates

19C Modification of certain NT laws for a township lease held by an approved entity

19D Modification of NT subdivision law for grant of a township lease to an approved entity

19E Modification of certain NT laws for a township lease held by an approved entity

20 Leases in compliance with obligations of the Commonwealth

20A Northern Territory transfer of land law to apply

Part IIA—Executive Director of Township Leasing

Division 1—Establishment of the Executive Director of Township Leasing

20B Executive Director of Township Leasing

Division 2—Functions of the Executive Director etc.

20C Functions of the Executive Director

20CA Executive Director to hold leases and subleases on behalf of the Commonwealth

20CB Transfer of subleases

Division 3—Administrative provisions about the Executive Director

20D Appointment of Executive Director

20E Appointment to be fulltime or parttime

20F Terms and conditions—general

20G Remuneration and allowances

20H Restrictions on outside employment

20J Acting Executive Director

20K Leave of absence

20L Resignation

20M Termination of appointment

20N Disclosure of interests

Division 4—Staff and consultants

20P Staff

20Q Consultants

Division 5—Annual report

20R Annual report

Division 6—Effect on other laws in relation to certain leases or subleases held by Executive Director

20S Operation of Lands Acquisition Act

20SA Modification of certain NT laws in relation to leases or subleases held by Executive Director

20SB Modification of certain NT laws in relation to land the subject of leases or subleases held by Executive Director

Part III—Aboriginal Land Councils

21 Establishment of Land Councils

21A Aboriginal group or body may seek establishment of new Land Council

21B Minister’s assessment of application for establishment of new Land Council

21C Establishment of new Land Council if a 55% positive vote

21D Rules about Commonwealth Electoral Roll

21E Variation of boundaries

22 Land Council to be body corporate etc.

23 Functions of Land Council

23AA How functions of a Land Council are to be performed

23A Power of Land Council to obtain information and documents

23B Application to Supreme Court for order with respect to information or documents

23C A person authorised by Land Council to have access to buildings and places in Region

23D Application to Supreme Court for order with respect to access

23E Secrecy

24 Register of traditional Aboriginal owners

25 Duty of Land Council to attempt conciliation of disputes

26 Land Council to meet expenses etc. of Land Trust

27 Powers of Land Council

28 Delegation

29 Membership of Land Council

29AA Register of interests of members of Land Council

29A Committees

30 Chair and Deputy Chair of Land Council

31 Meetings of Land Council

33 Borrowing by Land Council

33A Land Council may charge fees for services

33B Land Council may charge other fees

34 Expenditure to be in accordance with approved estimates

35 Application of money of Land Council

35A Making of determinations under subsection 35(2), (3) or (6)

35B Notification requirements for body corporate receiving money from Land Council

35C Reporting obligations for body corporate receiving money from Land Council

36 Other payments to be approved by Minister

37 Additional Land Council reporting requirements

39 Minister may give directions about Land Council finances

Part IV—Mining

40 Grants of exploration licences

41 Application for consent to exploration licences

41A Withdrawal of application for consent to exploration licence

42 Response of Land Council and Minister to application

43 National interest cases

44 Determination of conditions of exploration licences

44A Terms and conditions of exploration licences

45 Mining interest not to be granted in certain circumstances

46 Terms and conditions to which grant of mining interest subject

47 Cancellation of exploration licence or mining interest

48 No further applications within certain periods

48A Land Council may enter agreement concerning exploration or mining of land subject to claim

48AA Special provisions relating to specified areas

48B Variation of terms and conditions

48C Application of Acts authorising mining on Aboriginal land

48D Payments in respect of mining under Acts

48E Arbitration on required agreement

48F Appointment as Mining Commissioner

48G Proclamations to be laid before Parliament

48H Agreements for entry on Aboriginal land

48J Offence in connection with mining interest

Part V—Aboriginal Land Commissioners

49 Aboriginal Land Commissioners

50 Functions of Commissioner

51 Powers of Commissioner

52 Appointment of Commissioner

53 Judge or former Judge to be appointed as Commissioner

53A Protection for Commissioner etc.

53B Application of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013

54 Power to require person to answer questions and produce documents

54A Person wishing to give information etc. to Commissioner

54AA Commissioner may restrict publication etc.

54C Financial assistance in respect of legal representation

54D Reference of question of law to Federal Court

55 Interests of Commissioner in any business

56 Leave of absence

57 Acting appointments

58 Resignation

59 Staff to assist Commissioner

60 Consultants to Commissioner

61 Annual report etc. by Commissioner

Part VI—Aboriginals Benefit Account

62 Aboriginals Benefit Account

62A Minimum investment amount

63 Credit of amounts to Account

63A Purposes of the Account

64 Debits from the Account

64A Debit of additional amounts from Account

64AA Debit of additional amounts from the Account for the purposes of the NTAI Corporation

64B Accounts, financial statements and annual report

Part VIA—Northern Territory Aboriginal Investment Corporation

Division 1—Definitions

65A Definitions

Division 2—Northern Territory Aboriginal Investment Corporation

Subdivision A—Establishment and functions

65B Establishment

65BA Purposes of the NTAI Corporation

65BB NTAI Corporation’s functions

65BC General rules about performance of functions

Subdivision B—Powers

65BD Powers

65BE Payments etc. may be made subject to terms and conditions

65BF Payments repayable if conditions breached etc.

65BG Investment of surplus money

65BH Investment limit

65BI Loans

65BJ Borrowing

65BK Guarantees

65BL Derivatives

Subdivision C—Miscellaneous

65BM NTAI Corporation does not have privileges and immunities of the Crown

65BN Exemption from taxation

Division 3—Strategic investment plan

65C Strategic investment plan

Division 4—Financial arrangements

65D Administrative and capital expenditure to be in accordance with approved estimates

65DA NTAI Corporation may submit estimates of beneficial payments and investments

Division 5—Board of the Northern Territory Aboriginal Investment Corporation

Subdivision A—Establishment and functions

65E Establishment and functions of the Board

65EA Membership

Subdivision B—Appointment of Board members

65EB Appointment of Board members by Land Councils

65EC Appointment of Board members by Commonwealth Ministers

65ED Appointment of independent Board members by the Board

65EE Basis on which Board members hold office

65EF Chair

65EG Term of appointment

65EH Acting appointments

Subdivision C—Terms and conditions of appointment

65EI Disclosure of interests—Board members other than independent members

65EJ Remuneration and allowances

65EK Leave of absence

65EL Resignation of Board members

65EM Board code of conduct

65EN Termination of appointments

65EO Suspension of Land Council Board members

65EP Other terms and conditions of Board members

Subdivision D—Meetings of the Board

65EQ Convening meetings

65ER Presiding at meetings

65ES Quorum

65ET Voting at meetings

65EU Observers

65EV Conduct of meetings

65EW Minutes

65EX Decisions without meetings

Division 6—Committees

65F Establishment of committees

65FA Investment committee

65FB Audit committee must include independent Board member

65FC Remuneration and allowances

65FD Committee members are officials of the NTAI Corporation

Division 7—Chief Executive Officer of the NTAI Corporation

65G Chief Executive Officer of the NTAI Corporation

65GA Functions of the CEO

65GB Appointment

65GC Acting appointments

65GD Other paid work

65GE Remuneration and allowances

65GF Leave of absence

65GG Resignation

65GH CEO code of conduct

65GI Termination of appointment

65GJ Disclosure of interests

65GK Other terms and conditions

Division 8—Staff and consultants

65H Staff

65HA Consultants

Division 9—Miscellaneous

65J Delegation by NTAI Corporation

65JA Delegation by Board

65JB Delegation by CEO

65JC Annual report

65JD Review of operation of this Part

65JE NTAI Corporation rules

Part VII—Miscellaneous

66 Interpretation

67 Aboriginal land not to be resumed etc.

67A Estates or interests not to be granted while land subject to traditional land claim

67B Certain estates or interests may be granted while land subject to traditional land claim

68 Roads over Aboriginal land

69 Sacred sites

70 Entry etc. on Aboriginal land

70A Vested Aboriginal land and community land

70B Entering or remaining on Aboriginal land—access roads to communities

70C Entering or remaining on Aboriginal land—aerodromes

70D Entering or remaining on Aboriginal land—landing places for vessels

70E Entering or remaining on Aboriginal land—roads within communities

70F Entering or remaining on Aboriginal land—common areas

70G Entering or remaining on Aboriginal land—court hearings

70H No limit on section 71

71 Traditional rights to use or occupation of Aboriginal land

72 Aboriginal land to continue to be reserve under Northern Territory law

73 Reciprocal legislation of the Northern Territory

74 Application of laws of Northern Territory to Aboriginal land

74A Financial assistance in respect of legal representation in closure of seas applications

75 Application of NT mining authority in relation to Aboriginal land

76 Delegation by Minister

77 Remuneration and allowances

77A Consents of traditional Aboriginal owners

77B Conduct by director, employees or agents

77C Amendment of Schedule 1

78 Regulations

Schedule 1  261

Part 1  261

Part 2  276

Part 3  279

Part 4  284

Part 5  292

Schedule 2  297

Schedule 3  298

Schedule 5  300

Schedule 6—Anindilyakwa Land Trust

1 Anindilyakwa Land Trust

Schedule 7—Community land

1 Acacia Larrakia

2 Ali Curung

3 Amanbidji

4 Amoonguna

5 Ampilatwatja

6 Angurugu

7 Areyonga

8 Barunga

9 Belyuen

10 Beswick

11 Bulman

12 Daguragu

13 Galiwinku

14 Gapuwiyak

15 Gunbalanya

16 Gunyangara

17 Haasts Bluff

18 Hermannsburg

19 Kaltukatjara

20 Kintore

21 Lajamanu

22 Maningrida

23 Manyallaluk

24 Milikapiti

25 Milingimbi

26 Milyakburra

27 Minjilang

28 Mt Liebig

29 Mutitjulu

30 Nguiu

31 Ngukurr

32 Nturiya

33 Numbulwar

34 Nyirripi

35 Palumpa

36 Papunya

37 Peppimenarti

38 Pigeon Hole

39 Pirlangimpi

40 Pmara Jutunta

41 Ramingining

42 Robinson River

43 Santa Teresa

44 Umbakumba

45 Wadeye

46 Wallace Rockhole

47 Warruwi

48 Weemol

49 Willowra

50 Yirrkala

51 Yuelamu

52 Yuendumu

53 Low water marks

Endnotes

Endnote 1—About the endnotes

Endnote 2—Abbreviation key

Endnote 3—Legislation history

Endnote 4—Amendment history

An Act providing for the granting of Traditional Aboriginal Land in the Northern Territory for the benefit of Aboriginals, and for other purposes

Part IPreliminary

 

1  Short title

  This Act may be cited as the Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976.

2  Commencement

 (1) This Act, other than section 70, shall come into operation on a date to be fixed by Proclamation.

 (2) Section 70 shall come into operation on a date to be fixed by Proclamation, being a date later than the date fixed for the purposes of subsection (1).

3  Interpretation

 (1) In this Act, unless the contrary intention appears:

Aboriginal means a person who is a member of the Aboriginal race of Australia.

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation means a corporation registered under the Corporations (Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander) Act 2006.

Aboriginal land means:

 (a) land held by a Land Trust for an estate in fee simple; or

 (b) land the subject of a deed of grant held in escrow by a Land Council.

Aboriginal people or Aboriginal person: see Aboriginal.

Aboriginal tradition means the body of traditions, observances, customs and beliefs of Aboriginals or of a community or group of Aboriginals, and includes those traditions, observances, customs and beliefs as applied in relation to particular persons, sites, areas of land, things or relationships.

Account means the Aboriginals Benefit Account continued in existence by section 62.

adult Aboriginal means an Aboriginal who has attained the age of 18 years.

alienated Crown land means Crown land in which a person (other than the Crown) has an estate or interest, but does not include land in a town.

approved entity means a body approved by the Minister:

 (a) under subsection 3AA(1) as an approved entity; or

 (b) under subsection 3AA(2) as an approved entity for an area of land.

area, in relation to a Land Council, means an area for which the Council is established under this Act.

Authority means an authority established by or under a law of the Commonwealth or a law of the Northern Territory.

Commissioner means an Aboriginal Land Commissioner holding office under Part V.

Commonwealth Electoral Roll means the Rolls kept under the Commonwealth Electoral Act 1918.

community living area has the same meaning as in the Stronger Futures in the Northern Territory Act 2012.

community purpose means a purpose that is calculated to benefit primarily the members of a particular community or group.

conservation zone has the meaning given by the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.

Crown Land means land in the Northern Territory that has not been alienated from the Crown by a grant of an estate in fee simple in the land, or land that has been so alienated but has been resumed by, or has reverted to or been acquired by, the Crown, but does not include:

 (a) land set apart for, or dedicated to, a public purpose under an Act; or

 (b) land the subject of a deed of grant held in escrow by a Land Council.

Director has the meaning given by the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.

Electoral Commissioner has the same meaning as in the Commonwealth Electoral Act 1918.

excludable matter means any of the following:

 (a) a matter relating to a member of the staff of a Land Council or to any other person assisting a Land Council in the performance of its functions or in the exercise of its powers;

 (b) a matter involving personal hardship suffered by a person;

 (c) a trade secret or other information having a commercial value the disclosure of which would, or could reasonably be expected to, affect a person adversely in respect of the person’s lawful business, professional, commercial or financial affairs;

 (d) any matter the divulging or communicating of which is prohibited by section 23E;

 (e) information the disclosure of which would found an action for breach of confidence;

 (f) information of such a nature that it would be privileged from being disclosed in legal proceedings on the ground of legal professional privilege;

 (g) information the disclosure of which would, or could reasonably be expected to, prejudice the enforcement or proper administration of the law;

 (h) a matter affecting the security of a Land Council, its members, its staff or its property;

 (i) information that is considered sacred or otherwise significant by a particular group of Aboriginals, the disclosure of which would be inconsistent with the views or sensitivities of those Aboriginals.

Executive Director means the Executive Director of Township Leasing referred to in section 20B.

exploration licence includes:

 (b) a permit in respect of land under the Petroleum (Prospecting and Mining) Act 1954 of the Northern Territory; and

 (c) a permit granted under the Petroleum Act 1984 of the Northern Territory; and

 (ca) a mineral exploration licence granted under the Mineral Titles Act 2010 (NT); and

 (cb) a geothermal exploration permit granted under the Geothermal Energy Act 2009 (NT); and

 (d) a right to explore for minerals under:

 (i) if subsection 53(2A) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1955 applies by virtue of subsection 124(8) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989—the firstmentioned subsection; or

 (ii) if subparagraph (i) does not apply—regulations made for the purposes of subsection 124(1) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989;

but does not include an extractive mineral exploration licence granted under the Mineral Titles Act 2010 (NT).

exploration retention licence means an exploration retention licence granted under a law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals and includes the following:

 (a) a retention licence granted under the Petroleum Act 1984 (NT);

 (b) a geothermal retention licence granted under the Geothermal Energy Act 2009 (NT);

 (c) a mineral exploration licence in retention issued under the Mineral Titles Act 2010 (NT);

but does not include any of the following granted under the Mineral Titles Act 2010 (NT):

 (d) an extractive mineral exploration licence;

 (e) an extractive mineral lease;

 (f) an extractive mineral permit.

extractive mineral means:

 (a) soil; or

 (b) sand, gravel, clay or stone, being sand, gravel, clay or stone that is suitable for use in construction or building works.

extractive mineral deposit means a deposit of extractive minerals.

Finance Minister means the Minister who administers the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013.

geothermal energy resources has the meaning given by section 4 of the Geothermal Energy Act 2009 (NT).

grant, in relation to an interest in land (including any interest referred to in a paragraph of subsection (2) of this section), includes the doing of any action by reason of which the interest arises.

intending miner, in respect of Aboriginal land, means:

 (a) a person who makes application, under a law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals, for the grant of a mining interest in respect of that land, while the person:

 (i) holds an exploration licence under that law in respect of that land; or

 (ii) being a person who has held an exploration licence in respect of that land, holds under that law an exploration retention licence, or has made an application for the grant of an exploration retention licence, in respect of that land or a part of that land; or

 (b) a person who:

 (i) if subsections 51(1A) and 53(2A) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1955 apply by virtue of subsection 124(8) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989—makes an application, under subsection 51(1A) of the firstmentioned Act for the grant of a lease or licence to mine for minerals on that land, while the person holds, under subsection 53(2A) of that Act, a right to explore for minerals on that land; or

 (ii) if subparagraph (i) does not apply—makes an application for the grant, under regulations made for the purposes of subsection 124(1) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989, of a right to mine for, or recover, minerals on that land, while the person holds, under the regulations, a right to explore for minerals on that land.

Jabiru Town Development Authority means the Jabiru Town Development Authority established by the Jabiru Town Development Act 1978 (NT).

Jabiru town land has the meaning given by section 3AC.

Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust means the Land Trust of that name established by the Minister by notice published in the Gazette under subsection 4(1).

Land Council means an Aboriginal Land Council established by or under this Act.

Land Trust means an Aboriginal Land Trust established under this Act.

law of the Northern Territory means a law made under, or having effect in the Northern Territory by virtue of, the Northern Territory (SelfGovernment) Act 1978.

mine includes extract.

mineral royalties means royalties payable to the Commonwealth or the Northern Territory in respect of the mining of minerals.

minerals includes:

 (a) gold, silver, copper, tin and other metals;

 (b) coal, shale, petroleum and valuable earths and substances;

 (c) mineral substances;

 (d) gems and precious stones; and

 (e) ores and other substances containing minerals;

whether suspended in water or not, and includes water and geothermal energy resources but does not include extractive minerals.

mining interest means:

 (a) any lease or other interest in, or right in respect of, land granted under a law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals (other than a lease or other interest in land, or a right, relating to exploration for, or the mining or development of, extractive mineral deposits); or

 (b) if subsections 51(1A) and 53(2A) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1955 apply by virtue of subsection 124(8) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989—any lease, licence or other right granted under any of those provisions; or

 (c) if regulations have been made for the purposes of subsection 124(1) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989—any right granted under those regulations to explore for, mine for, or recover, minerals;

but does not include, when the expression is used in Part IV, any such lease, licence, interest or right that is an exploration licence or exploration retention licence.

mission means a religious society or association the purposes of which are, or include, furthering the spiritual, cultural or economic welfare of Aboriginals, and includes a trustee or trustees empowered to hold land on behalf of such a society or association.

Northern Territory Mining Minister means the person holding ministerial office under section 36 of the Northern Territory (SelfGovernment) Act 1978 who is responsible for the administration of the law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals.

NT mining authority means an authority, issued under a law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals, that empowers the holder to take possession of, mine or occupy land, or take any other action in relation to land, for any purpose in connection with mining.

petroleum has the meaning given by subsection 5(1) of the Petroleum Act 1984 of the Northern Territory.

qualifying area means an area that:

 (a) is wholly included in the area of a Land Council; or

 (b) is partly included in the area of one Land Council and partly included in the area of one or more other Land Councils.

sacred site means a site that is sacred to Aboriginals or is otherwise of significance according to Aboriginal tradition, and includes any land that, under a law of the Northern Territory, is declared to be sacred to Aboriginals or of significance according to Aboriginal tradition.

town has the same meaning as in the law of the Northern Territory relating to the planning and developing of towns and the use of land in or near towns, and includes any area that, by virtue of regulations in force under that law, is to be treated as a town.

township, in relation to a Land Trust, has the meaning given by section 3AB.

traditional Aboriginal owners, in relation to land, means a local descent group of Aboriginals who:

 (a) have common spiritual affiliations to a site on the land, being affiliations that place the group under a primary spiritual responsibility for that site and for the land; and

 (b) are entitled by Aboriginal tradition to forage as of right over that land.

traditional land claim, in relation to land, means a claim by or on behalf of the traditional Aboriginal owners of the land arising out of their traditional ownership.

unalienated Crown land means Crown land in which no person (other than the Crown) has an estate or interest, but does not include land in a town.

 (2) Unless the contrary intention appears, a reference in this Act to an estate or interest in land includes a reference to an interest by way of a right against the Crown to a grant of an estate or interest in land, but does not include a reference to:

 (a) a mining interest;

 (b) an interest arising out of the operation of the Atomic Energy Act 1953 or any other Act authorizing mining for minerals;

 (ba) a lease or other interest in land, or a right granted in respect of land, under a law of the Northern Territory relating, in whole or in part, to exploration for, or the mining or development of, extractive mineral deposits;

 (c) an interest arising out of the taking possession, mining or occupation of land by virtue of an NT mining authority; or

 (d) an interest by way of the occupation or use, with the licence or permission of the Crown, of land by an Authority or a mission.

 (3) A reference in this Act to an Act authorizing mining for minerals shall be read as a reference to such an Act whether passed before or after the commencement of this section and as including a reference to section 124 of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989.

 (4) A reference in this Act to the granting of a mining interest in respect of Aboriginal land shall be read as not including a reference to the renewal, in accordance with an option or other right conferred before the land became Aboriginal land, of a mining interest that was in existence when the land became Aboriginal land.

 (5) A description of land in Schedule 1 shall be deemed not to include any land on which there is, at the commencement of this section, a road over which the public has a right of way.

 (6) A reference in this Act to the Crown shall be read as a reference to the Crown in right of the Commonwealth or the Crown in right of the Northern Territory or both, as the case requires.

3AA  Approved entities

Approval of the Commonwealth and Commonwealth authorities

 (1) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of the definition of approved entity in subsection 3(1), the Minister may, by writing, approve any of the following bodies as an approved entity:

 (a) the Commonwealth;

 (b) a Commonwealth authority (within the meaning of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989).

Approval of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporations

 (2) For the purposes of paragraph (b) of the definition of approved entity in subsection 3(1), the Minister may, by writing, approve an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation as an approved entity for an area of land known by a particular name if the Minister is satisfied that:

 (a) the Land Council for the area in which the area of land is situated has nominated the corporation under subsection (4) to be an approved entity for the area of land known by that name; and

 (b) a majority of the members of the corporation are either:

 (i) the traditional Aboriginal owners of land that constitutes, or forms part of, the area of land known by that name; or

 (ii) Aboriginal people who live in the area of land known by that name; and

 (c) any conditions determined under subsection (9) for the purposes of this paragraph are satisfied.

 (3) An approval under subsection (2) must specify the name by which the area of land is known, but need not otherwise delineate the area of land.

 (4) A Land Council may nominate an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation, that satisfies the condition in paragraph (2)(b), to be an approved entity for an area of land situated in the Council’s area.

 (5) A nomination under subsection (4) must:

 (a) be given to the Minister in writing; and

 (b) specify the name by which the area of land is known; and

 (c) describe the area of land (but need not delineate the area); and

 (d) set out the names of the corporation’s members; and

 (e) contain a declaration to the effect that the Land Council is satisfied the corporation satisfies the condition in paragraph (2)(b); and

 (f) set out a description of any consultation by the Land Council with the following persons in relation to the nomination:

 (i) traditional Aboriginal owners of land that constitutes, or forms part of, the area of land;

 (ii) Aboriginal people who live in the area of land;

 (iii) any other Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the nomination; and

 (g) contain any other information determined under subsection (9) for the purposes of this paragraph.

Matters to which Minister must or may have regard

 (6) In deciding under subsection (1) or (2) whether to approve a body as an approved entity, the Minister:

 (a) must have regard to any matters determined under subsection (9) for the purposes of this paragraph; and

 (b) may have regard to:

 (i) any matters determined under subsection (9) for the purposes of this subparagraph; and

 (ii) any other matters the Minister considers relevant.

Revoking an approval

 (7) The Minister may, by writing, revoke an approval under subsection (1) or (2) if the Minister considers it appropriate to do so.

 (8) Before revoking an approval under subsection (2) of an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation as an approved entity for an area of land, the Minister must consult the Land Council that nominated the corporation under subsection (4) in relation to the area of land.

Legislative instruments determining certain matters

 (9) The Minister may, by legislative instrument, determine:

 (a) conditions for the purposes of paragraph (2)(c); and

 (b) information for the purposes of paragraph (5)(g); and

 (c) matters for the purposes of paragraph (6)(a) or subparagraph (6)(b)(i).

3AB  Townships

 (1) For the purposes of this Act, a township, in relation to a Land Trust (the applicable Land Trust), is either of the following 2 types of areas of Aboriginal land vested in that Land Trust.

Areas applicable to all Land Trusts

 (2) The first type is an area of land that is of a kind prescribed by the regulations, for the purposes of this subsection, in relation to all Land Trusts.

Areas applicable to that Land Trust

 (3) The second type is an area of land that is prescribed by the regulations, for the purposes of this subsection, in relation to the applicable Land Trust only.

Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust

 (4) For the purposes of this Act, a township, in relation to the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust, is the area of Jabiru town land.

 (5) Subsection (4) does not limit the application of subsections (1) to (3) in relation to the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust.

3AC  Jabiru town land

 (1) For the purposes of this Act, Jabiru town land means the land specified in an instrument under subsection (2).

 (2) The Minister must, by legislative instrument, specify land for the purposes of subsection (1).

 (3) Before making a legislative instrument under subsection (2), the Minister must have regard to the boundaries of the land comprising the whole of former Northern Territory Portion 2272 delineated on Survey Plan S79/31 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin (other than land on which there is a road over which the public has a right of way).

 (4) Before making a legislative instrument under subsection (2), the Minister must consult the Government of the Northern Territory and the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated. The Minister may also consult such other persons or bodies as the Minister thinks appropriate.

3A  Crown land vested in Northern Territory

 (1) Notwithstanding any law of the Northern Territory, the application of this Act in relation to Crown land extends to Crown land that is vested in the Northern Territory.

 (2) Notwithstanding any law of the Commonwealth or of the Northern Territory, the Commonwealth is not liable to pay to the Northern Territory any compensation by reason of the making of a grant to a Land Trust of Crown land that is vested in the Northern Territory.

3B  Act binds the Crown

  This Act binds the Crown in right of the Commonwealth and of the Northern Territory.

3C  Act has effect despite Lands Acquisition Act

  This Act has effect despite anything contained in the Lands Acquisition Act 1989.

3D  Application of the Criminal Code

  Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code (except Part 2.5) applies to all offences against this Act.

Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility.

Part IIGrants of land to Aboriginal Land Trusts

 

4  Land Trusts

 (1) The Minister may, by notice published in the Gazette, establish Aboriginal Land Trusts to hold title to land in the Northern Territory for the benefit of Aboriginals entitled by Aboriginal tradition to the use or occupation of the land concerned, whether or not the traditional entitlement is qualified as to place, time, circumstance, purpose or permission, and, subject to subsections 10(1) and (2), shall so establish Land Trusts to hold the land described in Schedule 1.

 (1A) Nothing in this Act shall be taken to imply that the Minister cannot establish, under this section, Land Trusts to hold different areas of land each of which is included within a single area of land that is described in Schedule 1.

 (1AA) A Land Trust to hold any Crown land described in Part 2 or 3 of Schedule 1 must be established not later than 2 years after the commencement of this subsection.

 (1AB) To avoid doubt, the Minister may establish a Land Trust under subsection (1) for the purpose of it holding land that is to be transferred to it under subsection 19(4).

 (1AC) If:

 (a) the Minister establishes a Land Trust (the new Land Trust) under subsection (1) for the purpose of it holding land that is to be transferred to it under subsection 19(4) by another Land Trust; and

 (b) the other Land Trust advises the Minister in writing that it is no longer going to transfer the land;

the Minister may, by written notice, abolish the new Land Trust.

 (1B) Where:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners of an area of land constituting the whole or a part of the land that is held by a Land Trust are also the traditional Aboriginal owners of an area of land constituting the whole or a part of land that is held by another Land Trust or in which an estate in fee simple would be likely, but for the operation of this subsection, to be granted to another Land Trust; and

 (b) those traditional Aboriginal owners are in favour of the amalgamation, within a single Land Trust, of the areas of which they are the traditional owners;

the Land Council or Land Councils in the area or areas of which the areas of land proposed for amalgamation are situated may request the Minister, in writing, to take action under subsection (1C) to effect that amalgamation.

 (1C) Where the Minister, upon receiving a request to take action under this subsection to effect the amalgamation of the whole or parts of 2 or more areas of affected land, is of the opinion that, in all the circumstances of the case, it is appropriate to do so, the Minister may:

 (a) by notice published in the Gazette vary the specifications of the boundaries of a Land Trust established to hold affected land, with effect from the day upon which a new deed of grant, or new deeds of grants, relating to the land that that Land Trust was established to hold is or are delivered by the GovernorGeneral in accordance with the recommendations of the Minister under subsection 10(2A) or 11(1B), so that the boundaries as so varied of the land to be held by that Land Trust relate:

 (i) to all the land that is proposed to be amalgamated; or

 (ii) to any affected land that was held by that Land Trust but that is not proposed to be amalgamated with other land; or

 (b) by notice published in the Gazette pursuant to subsection (1), establish a new Land Trust:

 (i) to hold all the land that is proposed to be amalgamated; or

 (ii) to hold any affected land that is not proposed to be amalgamated with other land.

 (1D) In subsection (1C), affected land means any area of land to which a deed of grant in fee simple under section 12, or an application referred to in paragraph 50(1)(a), relates, being land the whole or a part of which is proposed to be amalgamated with other land.

 (2) A notice published under subsection (1) shall:

 (a) specify the name of the Land Trust; and

 (c) set out the boundaries of the land to be held by the Land Trust.

Anindilyakwa Land Trust

 (2A) An Aboriginal Land Trust with the name “Anindilyakwa Land Trust” is established by this subsection. The boundaries of the land to be held by the Land Trust are set out in Schedule 6.

Note: Section 12AAB deals with the grant of land to the Land Trust.

Varying Land Trust boundaries

 (2B) The Minister may, by notice published in the Gazette, vary the boundaries of the land to be held by a Land Trust:

 (a) because of a determination under subsection 10(2AA) or subparagraph 11(1)(c)(ii), (1AD)(d)(ii) or (1AE)(c)(ii); or

 (aa) because of a proposed grant of an estate in fee simple, in the land described under the heading “JABIRU” in Part 4 of Schedule 1, to the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust in accordance with this Act; or

 (b) because of a proposed transfer under subsection 19(4).

The variation takes effect on the day, or on the occurrence of an event, specified in the notice.

Legal status of Land Trust

 (3) A Land Trust:

 (a) is a body corporate, with perpetual succession;

 (b) shall have a common seal;

 (c) subject to this Part, may acquire, hold and dispose of real and personal property; and

 (d) may sue and be sued in its corporate name.

Common seal of Land Trust

 (4) The common seal of a Land Trust shall be kept by a member of the staff of the Land Council in the area of which the Land Trust holds land who has been authorized by the Land Council for the purpose.

 (5) The common seal of a Land Trust is to be affixed to a document only with a written authority signed by:

 (a) if the Trust consists of 4 or more members—at least 3 of those members; or

 (b) if the Trust consists of 3 members—at least 2 of those members.

Note: Section 7 deals with the membership of a Land Trust.

 (6) All courts, judges and persons acting judicially shall take notice of the common seal of a Land Trust affixed to a document and shall presume that it was duly affixed.

Notices are not legislative instruments

 (7) A notice under subsection (1), (1AC) or (2B) is not a legislative instrument.

5  Functions of Land Trusts

 (1) The functions of a Land Trust are:

 (a) to hold title to land vested in it in accordance with this Act;

 (b) to exercise its powers as owner of land referred to in paragraph (a) for the benefit of the Aboriginals concerned; and

 (c) where the Land Trust is named as the grantee of land in a deed of grant held in escrow by a Land Council—to acquire, as and when practicable, the estates and interests of other persons in the land with a view to the surrender to the Crown of those estates and interests and the delivery to the Land Trust of the deed of grant held by the Land Council.

 (2) A Land Trust:

 (a) shall not exercise its functions in relation to land held by it except in accordance with a direction given to it by the Land Council for the area in which land is situated; and

 (b) where such a direction is given to it—shall take action in accordance with that direction.

 (3) The Lands Acquisition Act 1989 does not apply to the acquisition by a Land Trust, under this Act, of an estate or interest in land.

5A  Public Works Committee Act

  The Public Works Committee Act 1969 does not apply to a Land Trust.

6  Land Trust not empowered to accept moneys

  A Land Trust is not empowered to accept moneys due and owing to it or to give a valid discharge for such moneys, but such moneys may be paid to the Land Council for the area in which the Land Trust holds, or is established to hold, land.

7  Membership of Land Trust

 (1) A Land Trust shall, unless the Minister, in accordance with subsection (1A), determines that the Land Trust shall be differently constituted, consist of a Chair and such other members not less than 3 in number as the Minister appoints.

 (1A) Where, on the application, in writing, of the Land Council for the area in which the land to be held by a Land Trust established, or about to be established, under section 4, is situated, being an application made after the commencement of this subsection and before any person is appointed to be a member of that Land Trust, the Minister is satisfied that it is appropriate so to do, the Minister may, by signed writing, make, in respect of the Land Trust:

 (a) a determination that the Land Trust shall not have a Chair but shall consist of such number of members, not being less than 3, as the Minister specifies in the determination; or

 (b) a determination that the Land Trust shall consist of a Chair and 2 other members;

and, where a determination is so made in relation to a Land Trust, the Land Trust shall be constituted in accordance with the determination.

 (2) The members of a Land Trust shall be appointed by the Minister on a nomination received by the Minister under subsection (3).

 (3) For the purposes of subsection (2), the Minister may request a nomination of a person from the Land Council for the area in which the Land Trust is to hold land.

 (4) A member of a Land Trust shall be appointed as a parttime member.

 (5) The exercise or performance of a power or function by a Land Trust is not affected by reason only of there being a vacancy in the office of a member of the Land Trust.

 (6) All members of a Land Trust shall be Aboriginals living in the area of the Land Council in the area of which the land of the Land Trust is situated or whose names are set out in the register maintained by that Land Council in accordance with section 24.

 (7) Subject to this Act, a member of a Land Trust holds office for such period, not exceeding 5 years, as is specified in the instrument of his or her appointment and on such terms and conditions as the Minister determines, but is eligible for reappointment.

 (8) Where a member of a Land Trust is, or is about to be, unable, whether on account of illness or otherwise, to perform the duties of his or her office, the Minister may appoint an Aboriginal to act in the place of that member during the period during which that member is unable to perform the duties of his or her office.

 (9) A person appointed to act in the place of a member of a Land Trust has all the functions, powers and duties of that member.

8  Termination of appointment of members of Land Trusts

  Where the Land Council for the area in which a Land Trust holds, or is established to hold, land requests the Minister, in writing, to remove a member of the Land Trust on the ground that the member has, in the opinion of the Land Council, failed properly to perform the duties of his or her office, the Minister shall, if the Minister is satisfied that the request is reasonable, terminate the appointment of the member.

9  Resignation of member of Land Trust

  A member of a Land Trust may resign his or her office by signed writing delivered to the Minister, but the resignation does not have effect until it is accepted by the Minister.

10  Recommendations for grants of land described in Schedule 1

 (1) Where:

 (a) either:

 (i) a Land Trust has been established in respect of land constituting, or included within, an area of land described in Schedule 1 (other than an area of land described under the heading ‘JABIRU’ in Part 4 of Schedule 1); or

 (ii) the Minister has, under subsection (2AA), determined that a specified existing Land Trust should hold a specified area of land described in Schedule 1; and

 (b) subsection (2) does not apply in relation to that land or applies in relation to a part only of that land;

the Minister shall recommend to the GovernorGeneral that a grant of an estate of fee simple in that land, or in the part of that land to which subsection (2) does not apply, be made to that Land Trust.

 (2) Where:

 (a) either:

 (i) a Land Trust has been established in respect of land constituting, or included within, an area of land described in Schedule 1 (other than an area of land described under the heading ‘JABIRU’ in Part 4 of Schedule 1); or

 (ii) the Minister has, under subsection (2AA), determined that a specified existing Land Trust should hold a specified area of land described in Schedule 1; and

 (b) a person (other than the Crown) has an estate or interest in the whole or a part of that land;

the Minister shall recommend to the GovernorGeneral that the GovernorGeneral execute a deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in that land, or that part of that land, to that Land Trust and deliver it to the Land Council for the area in which that land, or that part of that land, is situated to be held in escrow until all of the estates and interests in that land, or that part of that land, held by a person (other than the Crown) have come to an end, whether by surrender to the Crown or otherwise, and then to be delivered by the Land Council to that Land Trust.

 (2AA) The Minister may, by a determination in writing, specify an existing Land Trust, and an area of land described in Schedule 1, for the purposes of subparagraph (1)(a)(ii) or (2)(a)(ii). The determination is not a legislative instrument.

 (2AB) The Minister must recommend to the GovernorGeneral that a grant of an estate in fee simple in the land described in paragraphs (a) and (c) under the heading “JABIRU” in Part 4 of Schedule 1 be made to the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust.

 (2AC) The Minister must recommend to the GovernorGeneral that a grant of an estate in fee simple in the Jabiru town land be made to the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust.

 (2A) Where an amalgamation in respect of which the Minister has taken action under subsection 4(1C) involves an area of land that was the subject of a deed of grant (in this subsection referred to as the former deed) to an existing Land Trust, not being a deed of grant that is held in escrow by a Land Council, the Minister shall recommend to the GovernorGeneral that the GovernorGeneral execute, in lieu of the former deed:

 (a) if that area of land is wholly to be held by another Land Trust—a new deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in that area to that other Land Trust; or

 (b) if that area of land is to be held, as to part of that area, by that existing Land Trust and as to part of that area, by another Land Trust—new deeds of grant of estates in fee simple in the respective parts of that area to the respective Land Trusts that are to hold those respective parts of that area.

 (2B) Where an amalgamation in respect of which the Minister has taken action under subsection 4(1C) involves an area of land that was the subject of a deed of grant (in this subsection referred to as the former deed) to an existing Land Trust, being a deed of grant that is held in escrow by a Land Council, the Minister shall recommend to the GovernorGeneral:

 (a) that the GovernorGeneral execute, in lieu of the former deed:

 (i) if that area of land is wholly to be held by another Land Trust—a new deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in that area to that other Land Trust; or

 (ii) if that area of land is to be held, as to part of that area, by that existing Land Trust and as to part of that area, by another Land Trust—new deeds of grant of estates in fee simple in the respective parts of that area to the respective Land Trusts that are to hold those respective parts of that area; and

 (b) that the GovernorGeneral deliver the new deed or the new deeds to that Land Council upon the same terms as the former deed was delivered.

 (3) For the purposes of this section, a lease of land granted under a law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals shall be deemed to be an estate or interest in that land if the lease was granted before the date of commencement of this section or in pursuance of an agreement entered into by the Commonwealth before that date.

 (4) For the purposes of this section, any estate or interest in the area of land described in Schedule 1 under the heading “Kakadu” that is held by the Director is taken to be an estate or interest held by the Crown in right of the Commonwealth.

11  Recommendations for grants of Crown land other than Schedule 1 land and former public roads

 (1) Where:

 (a) a Commissioner has, before the commencement of the Aboriginal Land Rights Legislation Amendment Act 1982, recommended, or, after the commencement of that Act, recommends, to the Minister in a report made to the Minister under paragraph 50(1)(a) that an area of Crown land should be granted to a Land Trust for the benefit of Aboriginals entitled by Aboriginal tradition to the use or occupation of that area of land, whether or not the traditional entitlement is qualified as to place, time, circumstance, purpose or permission; and

 (b) the Minister is satisfied that the land (the divisible land), or a part (also the divisible land) of the land, should be granted to one or more new or existing Land Trusts so that each Land Trust holds the land granted to it for the benefit of Aboriginals who are the relevant Aboriginals in relation to the land granted to it;

the Minister shall:

 (c) do either or both of the following:

 (i) establish the one or more Land Trusts under section 4;

 (ii) make a determination in writing specifying the one or more existing Land Trusts;

  that are to hold the divisible land or parts of the divisible land for the benefit of Aboriginals who are the relevant Aboriginals in relation to the divisible land or the parts of the divisible land; and

 (d) if the divisible land or a part of the divisible land proposed to be held by a Land Trust referred to in paragraph (c) is not, and does not include, alienated Crown land—recommend to the GovernorGeneral that a grant of an estate in fee simple in that land or part be made to that Land Trust; and

 (e) if the divisible land or a part of the divisible land proposed to be held by a Land Trust referred to in paragraph (c) is, or includes, alienated Crown land:

 (i) ensure that the estates and interests in that land or part of persons (other than the Crown) are acquired by the Crown by surrender or otherwise; and

 (ii) after any acquisition referred to in subparagraph (i) has been effected, recommend to the GovernorGeneral that a grant of an estate in fee simple in that land or part be made to that Land Trust.

 (1AA) Where the Minister has, before the commencement of this subsection, taken action, or, after that commencement, takes action, in pursuance of subsection (1) in relation to a part or parts of the area of land to which a recommendation that is contained in a report made to the Minister by a Commissioner under paragraph 50(1)(a) relates, the taking of that action does not preclude the Minister from taking further action in pursuance of subsection (1) in relation to any other part or parts of the land to which the recommendation relates.

 (1AB) Where the Minister:

 (a) after taking action in pursuance of subsection (1), whether before or after the commencement of this subsection, to establish a Land Trust to hold part only of an area of land to which a recommendation that is contained in a report made by a Commissioner to the Minister under paragraph 50(1)(a) relates; or

 (b) after taking action in relation to a Land Trust in accordance with paragraph (c) of this subsection by virtue of a previous application of this subsection;

is satisfied that the Land Trust (in this subsection referred to as the previously established Land Trust) should hold another part of the area of land to which the recommendation relates for the benefit of Aboriginals who are the relevant Aboriginals in relation to that other part of that area of land, the Minister shall:

 (c) by notice published in the Gazette, declare that that previously established Land Trust is to be treated, for all purposes of this Act or any other law of the Commonwealth, of a State or of a Territory, as if it had also been established under section 4 to hold title to that other part of the area of land to which the recommendation relates for the benefit of Aboriginals who are relevant Aboriginals in relation to that other part of that area of land;

 (d) where the land to be held by the previously established Land Trust is, or includes, alienated Crown land, ensure that the estates and interests in that alienated Crown land of persons (other than the Crown) are acquired by the Crown by surrender or otherwise; and

 (e) after any acquisition referred to in paragraph (d) has been effected in relation to the land to be held by the previously established Land Trust, recommend to the GovernorGeneral that a grant of an estate in fee simple in that land be made to that previously established Land Trust.

 (1AC) Upon the publication in the Gazette of a notice under paragraph (1AB)(c) the declaration contained in that notice has effect according to its tenor.

 (1AD) Where:

 (a) a Commissioner has, whether before or after the commencement of this subsection, in a report made to the Minister under paragraph 50(1)(a), made 2 or more recommendations to the Minister that areas of Crown land should be granted to Land Trusts for the benefit of Aboriginals entitled by Aboriginal tradition to the use or occupation of those respective areas of land, whether or not that traditional entitlement is qualified as to place, time, circumstance, purpose or permission;

 (b) in respect of each of at least 2 of those recommendations the Minister has not taken action under subsection (1) or (1AB) in respect of the land, or any part of the land, to which the recommendation relates; and

 (c) the Land Council for the area in which all the land (the recommended land) to which the recommendations in respect of which the Minister has taken no action relate is situated applies in writing to the Minister for the Minister to take action under this subsection in relation to that land;

the Minister shall, if he or she is satisfied that it is appropriate to do so:

 (d) do either or both of the following:

 (i) establish one or more Land Trusts under section 4;

 (ii) make a determination in writing specifying one or more existing Land Trusts;

  that are to hold the recommended land or a part or parts of the recommended land for the benefit of Aboriginals who are the relevant Aboriginals in relation to the recommended land or the part or parts of the recommended land; and

 (e) if the recommended land or a part of the recommended land proposed to be held by a Land Trust referred to in paragraph (d) is not, and does not include, alienated Crown land—recommend to the GovernorGeneral that a grant of an estate in fee simple in that land or part be made to that Land Trust; and

 (f) if the recommended land or a part of the recommended land proposed to be held by a Land Trust referred to in paragraph (d) is, or includes, alienated Crown land:

 (i) ensure that the estates and interests in that land or part of persons (other than the Crown) are acquired by the Crown by surrender or otherwise; and

 (ii) after any acquisition referred to in subparagraph (i) has been effected, recommend to the GovernorGeneral that a grant of an estate in fee simple in that land or part be made to that Land Trust.

 (1AE) Where:

 (a) a Commissioner recommends to the Minister in two or more reports made under paragraph 50(1)(a) that areas of Crown land should be granted to two or more Land Trusts for the benefit of Aboriginals entitled by Aboriginal tradition to the use or occupation of those respective areas of land, whether or not the traditional entitlement is qualified as to place, time, circumstance, purpose or permission; and

 (b) the Minister is satisfied that the areas of land or parts of the areas of land to which each of at least two of those reports respectively relate should be granted to a single Land Trust to be held for the benefit of Aboriginals who are the relevant Aboriginals in relation to each of those areas or each of those parts;

the Minister shall:

 (c) do either of the following:

 (i) establish a single Land Trust under section 4;

 (ii) make a determination in writing specifying a single existing Land Trust;

  that is to hold those areas or those parts of those areas for the benefit of Aboriginals who are the relevant Aboriginals in relation to those areas or parts; and

 (d) if those areas or those parts of those areas are not, and do not include, alienated Crown land—recommend to the GovernorGeneral that a grant of an estate in fee simple in those areas or parts be made to the Land Trust; and

 (e) if those areas or those parts of those areas are, or include, alienated Crown land:

 (i) ensure that the estates and interests in those areas or parts of persons (other than the Crown) are acquired by the Crown by surrender or otherwise; and

 (ii) after any acquisition referred to in subparagraph (i) has been effected, recommend to the GovernorGeneral that a grant of an estate in fee simple in those areas or parts be made to that Land Trust.

 (1AF) Where land that is contiguous to Aboriginal land would have been the subject of a recommendation by the Minister under subsection (1), (1AB), (1AD) or (1AE) but for the existence on that land of a stock route (other than a stock route to which subsection 50(2E) applies), then, if the land ceases to be a stock route, the Minister may, on the application of the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated, recommend to the GovernorGeneral that a grant of an estate in fee simple in that land or part of that land be made to the Land Trust that holds, or to one of the Land Trusts that hold, contiguous Aboriginal land.

 (1B) Where an amalgamation in respect of which the Minister has taken action under subsection 4(1C) involves an area of land that was the subject of a deed of grant (in this subsection referred to as the former deed) to an existing Land Trust, the Minister shall recommend to the GovernorGeneral that the GovernorGeneral execute, in lieu of the former deed:

 (a) if that area of land is wholly to be held by another Land Trust—a new deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in that area to that other Land Trust; or

 (b) if that area of land is to be held, as to part of that area, by that existing Land Trust and as to part of that area, by another Land Trust—new deeds of grant of estates in fee simple in the respective parts of that area to the respective Land Trusts that are to hold those respective parts of that area.

 (3) A reference in subsection (1), (1AB), (1AD) or (1AE) to land shall be read as not including a reference to any land on which there is a road over which the public has a right of way.

 (4) In this section, relevant Aboriginals, in relation to an area of land, means Aboriginals entitled by Aboriginal tradition to the use or occupation of that area of land, whether or not the traditional entitlement is qualified as to place, time, circumstance, purpose or permission.

 (5) A recommendation under paragraph (1)(d) or (e), (1AB)(e), (1AD)(e) or (f) or (1AE)(d) or (e) that a grant of an estate in fee simple in land be made to a Land Trust may include a recommendation that the deed of grant not be delivered to the grantee until a condition specified in the recommendation has been complied with.

 (6) A determination under subparagraph (1)(c)(ii), (1AD)(d)(ii) or (1AE)(c)(ii) is not a legislative instrument.

11A  Land Councils may enter into agreements concerning land under claim

 (1) A person who desires to obtain an estate or interest in land the subject of an application of the kind referred to in paragraph 50(1)(a) may, before the land (in this section referred to as the relevant land) is granted to a Land Trust, make representations to the Land Council in the area of which the relevant land is situated concerning the person’s plans in respect of the relevant land.

 (2) Subject to subsection (3), a Land Council to which representations are made pursuant to subsection (1) may, at any time before the relevant land is granted to a Land Trust, agree with the person who made the representations that it will, if the relevant land is granted to a Land Trust, direct the Land Trust to grant an estate or interest in that land to that person and that agreement shall specify the terms and conditions on which the proposed grant is to be made.

 (3) A Land Council shall not enter into an agreement under subsection (2) unless it is satisfied that:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners of the relevant land understand the nature and purpose of the proposed grant and, as a group, consent to it;

 (b) any Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the proposed grant has been consulted and has had adequate opportunity to express its view to the Land Council; and

 (c) the terms and conditions on which the proposed grant is to be made are reasonable.

 (4) An agreement referred to in subsection (2) is binding on any successors to the Land Council that entered into the agreement.

 (5) Where a Land Council has entered into an agreement under subsection (2), it shall, immediately after the relevant land is granted to a Land Trust, give a direction in writing to the Land Trust to grant an estate or interest in the land on the terms and conditions set out in that agreement.

 (6) Where a Land Council, in entering into an agreement under subsection (2), fails to comply with subsection (3), that failure does not invalidate the entry by the Land Council into that agreement.

 (6A) To avoid doubt, an agreement under subsection (2) does not create an estate or interest in the relevant land that would prevent the relevant land from being granted to the Land Trust.

 (7) In this section, a reference to an estate or interest in land includes a reference to:

 (a) a mining interest; and

 (b) a licence granted in respect of that land.

11B  Recommendations for grants of former public roads

 (1) This section applies if:

 (a) a road over which the public had a right of way existed on land that is contiguous to Aboriginal land; and

 (b) the Minister would have made a recommendation about the land under section 10 or subsection 11(1), (1AB), (1AD) or (1AE) but for that public right of way; and

 (c) that public right of way ceases to exist.

 (2) On application by the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated, the Minister may recommend that the GovernorGeneral grant an estate in fee simple for the whole or a part of that land to a Land Trust that holds contiguous Aboriginal land.

12  Grants of land to Land Trusts

 (1) Subject to this section, on the receipt of a recommendation under section 10, 11 or 11B with respect to land, the GovernorGeneral may:

 (a) in the case of a recommendation under subsection 10(1) or (2A), section 11 or 11B, not being a recommendation that includes a recommendation under subsection 11(5)—execute a deed of grant of an estate in the land in accordance with the recommendation and deliver it to the grantee;

 (aa) in the case of a recommendation under section 11 that includes a recommendation under subsection 11(5)—execute a deed of grant of an estate in the land in accordance with the recommendation and, if the GovernorGeneral is satisfied that the condition specified in the recommendation has been complied with, deliver it to the grantee; or

 (b) in the case of a recommendation under subsection 10(2) or (2B)—execute a deed of grant of an estate in the land in accordance with the recommendation and deliver it to the Land Council referred to in the recommendation on the condition that it be held by the Land Council in escrow, and subsequently delivered to the grantee, in accordance with the recommendation.

 (1AA) Subject to this section, on the receipt of a recommendation under subsection 10(2AB) with respect to land, the GovernorGeneral may execute a deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in that land to the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust.

 (1AB) If:

 (a) a deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in land is executed under subsection (1AA); and

 (b) the Minister is satisfied that:

 (i) a lease under section 19 granted by the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust to the Director has been varied to cover the whole of that land; and

 (ii) the variation is expressed to take effect on the date that a deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in that land to that Land Trust is delivered to that Land Trust;

then the GovernorGeneral may deliver that deed of grant to the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust.

 (1AC) Subject to this section, on the receipt of a recommendation under subsection 10(2AC) with respect to land, the GovernorGeneral may execute a deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in that land to the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust.

 (1AD) If:

 (a) a deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in land is executed under subsection (1AC); and

 (b) the Minister is satisfied that subsection (1AH) applies;

then the GovernorGeneral may deliver that deed of grant to the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust.

 (1AH) This subsection applies if:

 (a) the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust has entered into a lease, under section 19A, covering the whole of the Jabiru town land; and

 (b) the lease is expressed to take effect on the date that a deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in that land to that Land Trust is delivered to that Land Trust.

 (1AI) If a deed of grant is delivered to the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust under subsection (1AB) or (1AD), subsection (2A) applies to the estate in fee simple in the land held by the Director, but does not apply to any other estate or interest in the land held by the Director.

Note: Subsection (2A) has the effect that the estate in fee simple in the land held by the Director ceases to exist at the time the deed of grant takes effect.

 (1A) Where the GovernorGeneral, pursuant to a recommendation made under subsection 10(2A) or (2B) or 11(1B), executes a new deed of grant or new deeds of grant under this section in lieu of an existing deed of grant and delivers that new deed of grant or each of those new deeds of grant to a Land Trust or to a Land Council in accordance with this section then, with effect from the date of delivery of that new deed or of each of those new deeds to that Land Trust or to that Land Council:

 (a) that existing deed of grant shall be taken, by force of this subsection, to have been revoked;

 (b) any Land Trust that had been established to hold land to which that existing deed of grant related, being a Land Trust established to hold only areas of land to which the new deed of grant relates or the new deeds of grant relate and not being a Land Trust the boundaries of which have been varied, shall be taken to be dissolved;

 (c) any right, title or other interest in an area of land to which the existing deed of grant related is preserved as a right, title or interest in that area in the new deed of grant or in such of the deeds of grant as relate to that area; and

 (d) any reference in any document to the existing deed shall be read as a reference to the new deed or to the new deeds, as the case requires.

 (1B) Any agreement in respect to an area of land that is entered into by a Land Trust that has been dissolved shall have the same force and effect, with effect from the date of dissolution of the Land Trust, as the agreement would have had if it had been entered into by the Land Trust that, after the dissolution of the firstmentioned Land Trust held the land or by each of the Land Trusts that, after the dissolution of the firstmentioned Land Trust, held part of the land, to which the agreement related.

 (2) A deed of grant under this section shall be expressed to be subject to the reservation that:

 (a) the right to any minerals existing in their natural condition, or in a deposit of waste material obtained from any underground or surface working, on or below the surface of the land, being minerals all interests in which are vested in the Commonwealth, remains with the Commonwealth;

 (b) the right to any minerals existing in their natural condition, or in a deposit of waste material obtained from any underground or surface working, on or below the surface of the land, being minerals all interests in which are vested in the Northern Territory, remains with the Northern Territory; and

 (c) rights to explore for minerals, and leases or licences to mine for minerals, on or below the surface of the land may be granted under section 124 of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989.

 (2AAA) Where a deed of grant executed before the commencement of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989 is expressed to be subject to a reservation that rights to explore for minerals, and leases or licences to mine for minerals, on or below the surface of the land may be granted under subsections 51(1A) and 53(2A) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1955, that reservation has effect on and after the commencement of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989 as if it were a reservation to the effect that such rights, leases or licences may be granted in accordance with section 124 of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989.

 (2AA) For the purposes of the operation of subsection (2), any interest in minerals vested in a person, other than the Commonwealth or the Northern Territory, shall be disregarded, and any reservation inserted in a deed of grant in accordance with that subsection is subject to such an interest.

 (2A) Where a deed of grant under this section relating to land in a Commonwealth reserve under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 takes effect at a particular time, any estate or interest that, immediately before that time, was held by the Director in that land ceases to exist.

 (2AB) If a deed of grant is delivered to the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust under subsection (1AD), then, at the time the deed of grant takes effect, the lease of the Jabiru town land by the Director to the Jabiru Town Development Authority ceases to exist.

 (2B) The delivery of a deed of grant under this section in respect of:

 (a) any land described in Schedule 1 under the heading of “Alligator Rivers (No. 1)” or “Alligator Rivers (No. 2)”; or

 (b) any land described in Schedule 1 under the heading “Kakadu”;

not being land constituting, or forming part of, the land described in Schedule 2 known as the Ranger Project Area, is subject to the condition that the Land Council in the area of which the land is situated shall enter into an agreement with the Director under which the Land Council agrees to direct the Land Trust concerned to grant a lease of the land, or such part of the land as the Director specifies, to the Director, being a lease the terms and conditions of which are set out in the agreement, so as to enable the Director to hold the land for the purposes of Division 4 of Part 15 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.

 (2C) The delivery of a deed of grant under this section in respect of any land described in Schedule 1 under the heading “Uluru” is subject to the condition that the Land Council in the area of which the land is situated shall enter into an agreement with the Director under which the Land Council agrees to direct the Land Trust concerned to grant a lease of the land to the Director, being a lease the terms and conditions of which are set out in the agreement, so as to enable the Director to hold the land for the purposes of Division 4 of Part 15 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.

 (3) A deed of grant under this section in respect of land that is not Schedule 1 land:

 (a) shall identify any land on which there is, at the time of the execution of the deed of grant, a road over which the public has a right of way; and

 (b) shall be expressed to exclude such land from the grant.

 (3A) A deed of grant under this section in respect of Schedule 1 land shall be expressed to exclude from the grant:

 (a) any land on which there was, at the time of the commencement of section 3, a road over which public had, at that time, a right of way; and

 (b) any land on which there is, at the time of the execution of the deed of grant, a road over which the public has a right of way.

 (3B) However, subsections (3) and (3A) do not apply to a deed of grant arising from a recommendation under section 11B.

 (4) A deed of grant under this section takes effect:

 (a) where a deed is delivered by the GovernorGeneral to the grantee—on the date on which it is so delivered; or

 (b) in any other case—on the date on which it is delivered by a Land Council to the grantee in accordance with the condition subject to which it was delivered to the Land Council by the GovernorGeneral.

 (5) On the application of a Land Trust to which has been delivered a deed of grant of an estate in land executed by the GovernorGeneral under this section, whether the delivery was by the GovernorGeneral or by a Land Council, the RegistrarGeneral or other appropriate officer under the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land shall register and otherwise deal with that deed of grant under that law according to its tenor.

 (6) In this section, a reference to a delivery of a deed by a person shall be read as including a reference to a delivery of the deed by the duly authorized agent of the person.

 (7) In this section, Schedule 1 land means land that is, or forms part of, an area of land described in Schedule 1.

12AAA  Additional grant to Tiwi Land Trust

 (1) The GovernorGeneral may execute a deed of grant to the Tiwi Land Trust of an estate in fee simple in so much of the land as was included in the description of Bathurst Island appearing in Schedule 1 as was not included in the description of Bathurst Island that appeared in Schedule 1 as in force immediately before the commencement of this section and may deliver that deed of grant to the Tiwi Land Trust.

 (2) The provisions of this Act apply to a grant made in pursuance of subsection (1) as if it were a grant made under subsection 12(1).

 (3) The Tiwi Land Trust shall be taken for all purposes of this Act or of any other law of the Commonwealth, of a State or of a Territory to hold title both to land granted to it under subsection (1) and to land previously granted to it under this Act, for the benefit of Aboriginals entitled by Aboriginal tradition to the use or occupation of the area of land comprising all the lands so granted whether or not the traditional entitlement is qualified as to place, time, circumstance, purpose or permission.

 (4) On the application of the Tiwi Land Trust, the RegistrarGeneral of the Northern Territory shall take such measures as are necessary under the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land to issue to the Tiwi Land Trust one certificate for the whole of the land granted under this Act to the Tiwi Land Trust and held under separate certificates and, upon the issue of the certificate, to cancel those separate certificates.

 (5) Except to the extent that subsection (4) expressly provides, nothing in that subsection shall be taken to affect the application to land granted under this Act to a Land Trust of any provision of the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land.

 (6) In this section, a reference to the Tiwi Land Trust is a reference to the Land Trust of that name established by the Minister by notice published in the Gazette in pursuance of subsection 4(1).

 (7) In this section, a reference to the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land shall read as a reference to that law as applied in accordance with the requirements of this Act.

12AAB  Grant of land to Anindilyakwa Land Trust etc.

Immediate grant of land to Anindilyakwa Land Trust

 (1) The GovernorGeneral may:

 (a) execute a deed of grant to the Anindilyakwa Land Trust of an estate in fee simple in so much of the land in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council as was included in any Arnhem Land type 1 deed (regardless of whether the deed also included other land); and

 (b) deliver it to the Anindilyakwa Land Trust.

The deed of grant is not a legislative instrument.

Note: See subsection (9) for the definition of Arnhem Land type 1 deed.

Delayed grant of land to Anindilyakwa Land Trust

 (2) The GovernorGeneral may:

 (a) execute a deed of grant to the Anindilyakwa Land Trust of an estate in fee simple in so much of the land in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council as was included in any Arnhem Land type 2 deed; and

 (b) deliver it to the Anindilyakwa Land Council on the condition that the Council hold it in escrow and deliver it to the Anindilyakwa Land Trust when all of the estates and interests in that land held by a person (other than the Crown) have come to an end, whether by surrender to the Crown or otherwise.

The deed of grant is not a legislative instrument.

Note: See subsection (9) for the definition of Arnhem Land type 2 deed.

Application of other provisions of this Act

 (3) The provisions of this Act apply to a grant under subsection (1) or (2) as if it were a grant under subsection 12(1).

Note: One of the consequences of this subsection is that subsection 12(4) will apply to determine when a deed of grant executed under subsection (1) or (2) of this section takes effect. Another consequence is that the Anindilyakwa Land Trust will be able to apply under subsection 12(5) to have such a deed registered.

Land no longer held by Arnhem Land Aboriginal Land Trust

 (4) The following table sets out the effect on:

 (a) an Arnhem Land type 1 deed or an Arnhem Land type 2 deed that included land in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council (regardless of whether the deed also included other land); and

 (b) the boundaries of the land that is held by the Arnhem Land Aboriginal Land Trust.

 

Deeds of grant

 

For this deed:

the result is:

1

An Arnhem Land type 1 deed that included part of the land in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council and no other land

The deed is taken to be revoked. At the time the deed of grant executed under subsection (1) takes effect:

(a) the revocation takes effect; and

(b) the boundaries are taken to have been varied to no longer relate to that part of the land in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council.

2

An Arnhem Land type 1 deed that included part of the land in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council and some other land

The deed ceases to include the part of the land in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council. At the time the deed of grant executed under subsection (1) takes effect:

(a) the cessation takes effect; and

(b) the boundaries are taken to have been varied to no longer relate to that part of the land in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council.

3

An Arnhem Land type 2 deed that included part of the land in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council and no other land

The deed is taken to be revoked. At the time the deed of grant executed under subsection (2) is delivered to the Anindilyakwa Land Council:

(a) the revocation takes effect; and

(b) the boundaries are taken to have been varied to no longer relate to that part of the land in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council.

 (5) If the RegistrarGeneral or other appropriate officer under the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land is required to register the deed of grant executed under subsection (1), he or she must also take such measures as are necessary to take account of the effect on the deeds of grant mentioned in item 1 or 2 of the table in subsection (4).

Note: Subsection 12(5) deals with registration of deeds of grant.

Existing rights, titles or other interests

 (6) The following table sets out the effect on a right, title or other interest in land in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council to which an Arnhem Land type 1 deed or an Arnhem Land type 2 deed related.

 

Existing rights, titles or other interests

 

For this deed:

the result is:

1

An Arnhem Land type 1 deed

The right, title or other interest is, from the day the deed of grant executed under subsection (1) takes effect, preserved as a right, title or interest in that land in that deed.

2

An Arnhem Land type 2 deed

(a) if the right, title or other interest was acquired by the Arnhem Land Aboriginal Land Trust as mentioned in paragraph 5(1)(c)—the right, title or other interest is, from the day the deed of grant executed under subsection (2) of this section is delivered to the Anindilyakwa Land Council, taken to have been acquired and to be held by the Anindilyakwa Land Trust; or

(b) otherwise—the right, title or other interest is, from the day the deed of grant executed under subsection (2) of this section is delivered to the Anindilyakwa Land Council, preserved as a right, title or interest in that land in that deed.

Documents

 (7) The following table sets out the effect on a reference in a document to an Arnhem Land type 1 deed or an Arnhem Land type 2 deed, in so far as the reference relates to land in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council.

 

Documents

 

For this deed:

the result is:

1

An Arnhem Land type 1 deed

The reference is taken, from the day the deed of grant executed under subsection (1) takes effect, to be a reference to that deed.

2

An Arnhem Land type 2 deed

The reference is taken, from the day the deed of grant executed under subsection (2) is delivered to the Anindilyakwa Land Council, to be a reference to that deed.

Agreements

 (8) The following table sets out the effect on an agreement entered into by the Arnhem Land Aboriginal Land Trust in respect of land:

 (a) in the area of the Anindilyakwa Land Council; and

 (b) included in an Arnhem Land type 1 deed or an Arnhem Land type 2 deed.

 

Agreements

 

For this deed:

the result is:

1

An Arnhem Land type 1 deed

The agreement is taken to have the same force and effect, with effect from the day the deed of grant executed under subsection (1) takes effect, as the agreement would have had if it had been entered into by the Anindilyakwa Land Trust.

2

An Arnhem Land type 2 deed

The agreement is taken to have the same force and effect, with effect from the day the deed of grant executed under subsection (2) is delivered to the Anindilyakwa Land Council, as the agreement would have had if it had been entered into by the Anindilyakwa Land Trust.

Definitions

 (9) In this section:

Arnhem Land Aboriginal Land Trust means the Land Trust of that name established by the Minister by notice published in the Gazette under subsection 4(1).

Arnhem Land type 1 deed means:

 (a) a deed of grant executed under paragraph 12(1)(a) to the Arnhem Land Aboriginal Land Trust; or

 (b) a deed of grant executed under paragraph 12(1)(b) to the Arnhem Land Aboriginal Land Trust that took effect before the commencement of this section.

Note: See subsection 12(4) for when a deed of grant under section 12 takes effect.

Arnhem Land type 2 deed means a deed of grant executed under paragraph 12(1)(b) to the Arnhem Land Aboriginal Land Trust that has not taken effect before the commencement of this section.

12AA  Agreements with respect to roads on land described in Schedule 1

 (1) Where a deed of grant of land sets out an exclusion in accordance with subsection 12(3A), the Land Council in the area of which the land is situated and the Northern Territory may, at any time, agree with each other that a part of that land, being a part identified in the agreement, is:

 (a) land on which there was, at the time of the commencement of section 3, a road over which the public had, at that time, a right of way; or

 (b) land on which there was, at the time of the execution of the deed of grant, a road over which the public had, at that time, a right of way.

 (2) An agreement under subsection (1) shall be reduced to writing and a copy of it certified by both parties shall be forwarded to the Minister.

 (3) On the receipt of a copy of an agreement under subsection (2), the Minister shall publish in the Gazette a notification of the agreement, including a copy of the terms of the agreement.

12AB  Declaratory orders with respect to roads on land described in Schedule 1

 (1) Where a deed of grant of land sets out an exclusion in accordance with subsection 12(3A), the Supreme Court of the Northern Territory has jurisdiction, at the suit of the Northern Territory or of the Land Council in the area of which the land is situated, to make an order declaring that a part of the land, being a part identified in the order, is:

 (a) land on which there was, at the time of the commencement of section 3, a road over which the public had, at that time, a right of way; or

 (b) land on which there was, at the time of the execution of the deed of grant, a road over which the public had, at that time, a right of way.

 (2) The jurisdiction conferred by subsection (1) shall be exercised in accordance with the Supreme Court Act 1979 of the Northern Territory.

12AC  Effect of agreement or order

 (1) On the publication in the Gazette of an agreement in accordance with section 12AA or the coming into effect of an order under section 12AB, not being an agreement or order relating to a deed of grant that has been registered in accordance with subsection 12(5), the land the subject of the agreement or order shall, for all purposes, be deemed to be, and always to have been, land coming within the terms of the exclusion set out, in accordance with subsection 12(3A), in the deed of grant to which the agreement or order relates.

 (2) Where an agreement under section 12AA that has been published in the Gazette or an order under section 12AB that has come into effect relates to a deed of grant that has been registered in accordance with subsection 12(5), a party to the agreement or the person who obtained the order may lodge the agreement or order, as the case may be, with the RegistrarGeneral or other appropriate officer under the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land, and, on that lodgement, the RegistrarGeneral or other appropriate officer shall:

 (a) call in the deed of grant; and

 (b) enter on the deed of grant and in the register book a memorandum setting out the terms of the agreement or order, as the case may be.

 (3) On the entering of a memorandum under subsection (2), the land the subject of the agreement or order to which the memorandum relates shall, for all purposes, be deemed to be, and always to have been, land coming within the terms of the exclusion set out, in accordance with subsection 12(3A), in the deed of grant to which the agreement or order, as the case may be, relates.

12AD  Compensation for loss of licences etc.

 (1) Where a person has, by virtue of a grazing licence, an occupation licence or a miscellaneous licence under the Crown Lands Ordinance 1931 of the Northern Territory, as amended and in force from time to time, a right to use land to which a recommendation under subsection 11(1) or (1AD) relates, then, upon the execution under this Act of a deed of grant in respect of the land, that right is converted into a right to compensation from the Commonwealth.

 (2) Where a person has a right to compensation under subsection (1) in relation to the loss of a licence, the right extends to compensation for decrease in value of an estate or interest or other licence of the person in land that is adjacent to the land granted, to the extent that the decrease arose out of the loss of that licence.

 (3) Compensation under this section is not payable in respect of improvements that are not authorised under the Crown Lands Ordinance 1931 of the Northern Territory, as amended and in force from time to time.

 (4) The amount of compensation payable to a person under this section shall be such reasonable amount of compensation as is, subject to the operation of subsections (2) and (3), agreed between the Commonwealth and that person or, failing agreement, as is determined by the Federal Court of Australia.

12A  Occupation of land by Director

 (1) Where the estate or interest of the Director in any land ceases to exist by virtue of subsection 12(2A), the Director is entitled, by virtue of this section, to continue his or her occupation of the land for the purposes of Division 4 of Part 15 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 and, during that period of occupation, any buildings or improvements on the land shall be deemed to be the property of the Director.

 (1A) Subsection (1) does not apply to an estate or interest of the Director in land described under the heading “JABIRU” in Part 4 of Schedule 1.

 (2) Nothing in subsection (1) prevents the granting by a Land Trust of a lease to the Director of land to which this section applies and, if such a lease is granted, the land ceases to be land to which this section applies.

12B  Arbitration on agreement between Land Council and Director

 (1) Where the Minister is satisfied that a Land Council and the Director are unable to agree on the terms of an agreement to be entered into by them in compliance with the condition referred to in subsection 12(2B), the Minister may, after consulting with the Land Council and with the Director, appoint an Arbitrator, being a person whom the Minister considers to be in a position to deal with the matter impartially, to determine the terms of an agreement that, in the opinion of the Arbitrator, complies with that condition and should be acceptable to the Land Council and to the Director.

 (2) An agreement determined by the Arbitrator under subsection (1) shall not include a term or condition (whether in the agreement or in a lease the terms and conditions of which are set out in the agreement) that:

 (a) requires the Land Council or Land Trust concerned to take any action that it is not authorized to take by, or under, this Act or any other Act or by, or under, a law of the Northern Territory; or

 (b) requires the Director to take any action that the Director is not authorized to take by, or under, the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 or any other Act or by, or under, a law of the Northern Territory.

 (3) Where the Arbitrator has determined the terms of an agreement under subsection (1), the Land Council concerned and the Director shall enter into that agreement.

 (4) Where the Minister is satisfied that a Land Council has refused, or is unwilling, to enter into an agreement with the Director as required by subsection (3), the Minister may, on behalf of the Land Council, enter into the agreement with the Director.

12C  Minister may grant lease in certain circumstances

  Where the Minister is satisfied that:

 (a) a Land Council has refused, or is unwilling, to direct a Land Trust to grant to the Director a lease in accordance with an agreement entered into between the Land Council and the Director (including such an agreement entered into by the Minister on behalf of the Land Council) in compliance with the condition referred to in subsection 12(2B); or

 (b) a Land Trust has refused, or is unwilling, to take action in accordance with a direction given to it by a Land Council, being a direction to grant to the Director a lease in accordance with an agreement entered into between the Land Council and the Director (including such an agreement entered into by the Minister on behalf of the Land Council) in compliance with the condition referred to in subsection 12(2B);

the Minister may, on behalf of the Land Trust, grant to the Director the lease provided for by the agreement.

12D  Land subject of deed in escrow—Land Councils may enter into agreements

 (1) If:

 (a) land is the subject of a deed of grant held in escrow by a Land Council on the condition that the Land Council deliver the deed to a Land Trust when all of the estates and interests in the land held by a person (other than the Crown) have come to an end; and

 (b) a person (the proponent) desires to obtain an estate or interest in the land;

the proponent may make representations to the Land Council concerning the proponent’s plans for the land.

 (2) At any time before the deed is delivered to the Land Trust, the Land Council may agree with the proponent that the Land Council will, if the deed is delivered to the Land Trust, direct the Land Trust to grant the proponent an estate or interest in the land.

 (3) The agreement must specify the terms and conditions on which the proposed grant is to be made.

 (4) The Land Council must not enter into the agreement unless it is satisfied that:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of the land understand the nature and purpose of the proposed grant and, as a group, consent to it; and

 (b) any Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the proposed grant has been consulted and has had adequate opportunity to express its view to the Land Council; and

 (c) the terms and conditions on which the proposed grant is to be made are reasonable.

 (5) The agreement is binding on any successors to the Land Council.

 (6) The Land Council must, immediately after the deed is delivered to the Land Trust, in writing direct the Land Trust to grant an estate or interest in the land on the terms and conditions set out in the agreement.

 (7) A failure to comply with subsection (4) does not invalidate the agreement.

 (8) To avoid doubt, the agreement does not create an estate or interest in the land that would prevent the deed from being delivered to the Land Trust.

 (9) For the purposes of this section, an estate or interest in land includes a mining interest or licence in respect of the land.

13  Land subject of deed in escrow—grants of interests by the Crown

 (1) Subject to subsection (2), no grant of an estate or interest in land the subject of a deed of grant held in escrow by a Land Council shall be made by the Crown to any person.

 (2) Subsection (1) does not prevent the grant by the Crown of an estate or interest in land referred to in that subsection in any of the following circumstances:

 (a) where the grant is made in consequence of the exercise by a person of a right, under a law of the Northern Territory, to require the grant to be made;

 (b) where:

 (i) the grant is made in consequence of an application by a person having a right, under a law of the Northern Territory, to make that application for a renewal of the person’s estate or interest in the land for a further period or a conversion of the person’s estate or interest in the land into another estate or interest;

 (ii) a copy of the application is served on the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated; and

 (iii) an arbitrator appointed by the Minister is satisfied, after hearing both the views of the applicant and the views of the Land Council on the matter, that the hardship that would be occasioned to the applicant by a refusal of his or her application would be greater than the hardship that would be occasioned to the Aboriginal communities or groups interested in the land by an approval of the application;

 (c) where the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated consents to the grant.

 (3) A reference in paragraph (2)(a) or in subparagraph (2)(b)(i) to a right of a person shall be read as a reference to a right that was vested in the person immediately before the land became Aboriginal land.

14  Occupation etc. by the Crown etc. of Aboriginal land vested in Land Trust

 (1) Where, on the vesting in a Land Trust of an estate in fee simple in land, the land is being occupied or used by the Crown or, with the licence or permission of the Crown, by an Authority, the Crown or the Authority is entitled to continue that occupation or use for such period as the land is required by the Crown or the Authority.

 (2) During the period for which, by virtue of subsection (1), the Crown or an Authority is entitled to the occupation or use of land, any buildings and improvements on that land shall be deemed to be the property of the Crown or the Authority.

 (3) Nothing in this section prevents the granting by a Land Trust of a lease of land referred to in subsection (1) to the Commonwealth, the Northern Territory or an Authority, as the case may be, and, if such a lease is granted, the land ceases to be land to which this section applies.

 (3A) Nothing in this section prevents a Land Trust granting a lease of land to an approved entity under section 19A that includes land referred to in subsection (1) of this section.

 (3B) If land (the applicable land):

 (a) is of a kind referred to in subsection (1); and

 (b) is part of land that is leased to an approved entity under section 19A;

nothing in this section prevents the approved entity granting a sublease of the applicable land to the Commonwealth, the Northern Territory or an Authority, as the case may be.

 (3C) If such a sublease is granted, the applicable land ceases to be land to which this section applies.

 (4) This section does not apply in relation to an occupation or use of land that is authorized by the Atomic Energy Act 1953 or any other Act authorizing mining for minerals and this section does not prejudice the operation of the Atomic Energy Act 1953 or that other Act, as the case may be.

15  Payments in respect of occupation of land by the Crown etc.

 (1) Subject to subsection (1A), if an occupation or use of Aboriginal land to which section 14 applies is for a purpose that is not a community purpose, the Crown shall pay to the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated amounts in the nature of rent for that occupation or use at such rate as is fixed by the Minister having regard to the economic value of the land.

 (1A) If the land referred to in subsection (1) is part of land that is leased to an approved entity under section 19A, the Crown must pay to the approved entity the amounts referred to in subsection (1) of this section (instead of paying the amounts to the Land Council concerned).

 (2) For the purposes of subsection (1):

 (a) an occupation or use of land by the Crown for forestry purposes shall be deemed to be an occupation or use for a purpose that is not a community purpose; and

 (b) the economic value of land shall not include the value of any royalties that are, or may be, payable in connexion with forestry operations on the land.

16  Payments to Land Council by the Crown in respect of interests in Aboriginal land

  The Crown shall pay to a Land Council amounts equal to the amounts of rents and other prescribed payments paid to the Crown in respect of an interest (including a mining interest) granted by the Crown (whether before or after the commencement of this Act) in Aboriginal land in the area of the Land Council, not being payments in the nature of royalties in respect of a mining interest or payments made to the Northern Territory by way of fees for services provided under provisions of a law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals.

17  Appropriation etc. of payments to Land Council or approved entity

  The amount of any payment to a Land Council or an approved entity under section 15 or 16 shall be paid:

 (a) in the case of a payment by the Commonwealth—out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund, which is appropriated accordingly; or

 (b) in the case of a payment by the Northern Territory—out of moneys lawfully available for the purpose.

18  Occupation or use of Aboriginal land by mission

 (1) Where, on the vesting of an estate in fee simple in land in a Land Trust, the land is being occupied or used by a mission with the licence or permission of the Crown, the mission is entitled to continue that occupation or use in accordance with this section.

 (2) The Land Council for the area in which land referred to in subsection (1) is situated may serve notice on the mission that it wishes to terminate the occupation or use of the land by the mission on a date specified in the notice, being a date not earlier than 12 months after the date on which the notice is served.

 (3) Where a notice is served on a mission in accordance with subsection (2), the mission ceases, on the date of termination specified in the notice, to be entitled to occupy or use the land.

 (4) Where:

 (a) a mission ceases, by virtue of a notice served on it under subsection (2), to be entitled to occupy or use land; and

 (b) there are on the land buildings or other improvements that were erected, wholly or partially, by or at the expense of the mission before the service of that notice;

the Land Council shall pay to the mission an amount equal to:

 (c) where the buildings or other improvements referred to in paragraph (b) were erected wholly by or at the expense of the mission—the value, as agreed by the Land Council and the mission, or, in the absence of such agreement, as determined by the Minister, of those buildings or other improvements when the mission ceased to be entitled to occupy or use the land; or

 (d) in any other case—such part of the value referred to in paragraph (c) as is attributable to the action of the mission.

 (5) Nothing in this section prevents the granting by the Land Trust of a lease of land referred to in subsection (1) to a mission and, if such a lease is granted, the land ceases to be land to which this section applies.

18A  Occupation or use of land in Ranger Project Area

 (1) Subject to section 18C, where, on the vesting in a Land Trust of an estate in fee simple in land (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as the vested land) that constitutes, or forms part of, the land described in Schedule 2 known as the Ranger Project Area, the vested land is being occupied or used by a person as provided for by a law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals or with the licence or permission of the Crown:

 (a) the person is entitled to continue that occupation or use during the period commencing on that vesting and ending on:

 (i) the entering into an agreement with respect to the vested land under subsection 44(2); or

 (ii) the granting of an authority under the Atomic Energy Act 1953 with respect to the vested land;

  whichever last occurs; and

 (b) any fixtures or other improvements constructed or erected on the vested land by the person before 17 May 1978 shall, during the period commencing at the commencement of the period referred to in paragraph (a) and ending when the authority under the Atomic Energy Act 1953, referred to in subparagraph (a)(ii), or any extension or renewal of that authority, is revoked or otherwise ceases to operate, be deemed to be the property of that person.

 (2) A person who, by force of subsection (1):

 (a) has a right to occupy or use land during a period; or

 (b) has, during a period, a title to fixtures or other improvements constructed or erected on land;

may, with the consent of the Minister, transfer that right or title to another person and may, subject to any conditions or restrictions applicable by or under a law of the Commonwealth or of the Northern Territory, demolish or remove any such fixtures or other improvements during, or within 3 months after the expiration of, that period.

18B  Occupation or use of land in Alligator Rivers Region, other than the Ranger Project Area

 (1) Subject to section 18C, where, on the vesting in a Land Trust of an estate in fee simple in land (hereinafter in this subsection referred to as the vested land) that forms part of the Alligator Rivers Region, the vested land is being occupied or used by a person as provided for by a law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals or with the licence or permission of the Crown:

 (a) the person is entitled to continue that occupation or use during the period commencing on that vesting and ending:

 (i) when the person or another person, having obtained a grant in respect of the land under the Atomic Energy Act 1953 or any other Act authorizing mining for minerals or any law of the Northern Territory, becomes, as such grantee, entitled, whether at the time of the grant or subsequently, to occupy or use the land; or

 (ii) when the Minister, by notice in the Gazette, declares that he or she is satisfied that no grant of a kind referred to in subparagraph (i) will be made to any person; and

 (b) any fixtures or other improvements constructed or erected on the vested land by the person before 17 May 1978, shall, during the period commencing at the commencement of the period referred to in paragraph (a) and ending:

 (i) where a grant referred to in subparagraph (a)(i) is made—when that grant, or any extension or renewal of that grant, is revoked or otherwise ceases to operate; or

 (ii) where the Minister makes a declaration under subparagraph (a)(ii)—when that declaration is published in the Gazette;

  be deemed to be the property of that person.

 (2) A person who, by force of subsection (1):

 (a) has a right to occupy or use land during a period; or

 (b) has, during a period, a title to fixtures or other improvements constructed or erected on land;

may, with the consent of the Minister, transfer that right or title to another person and may, subject to any conditions or restrictions applicable by or under a law of the Commonwealth or of the Northern Territory, demolish or remove any such fixtures or other improvements during, or within 3 months after the expiration of, that period.

 (3) In this section, Alligator Rivers Region means the Alligator Rivers Region as defined for the purposes of the Environment Protection (Alligator Rivers Region) Act 1978, but does not include the land described in Schedule 2, being the land known as the Ranger Project Area.

18C  Section 18A or 18B not to authorise mining etc.

  Nothing in section 18A or 18B shall be taken to authorize the carrying out of mining operations, or exploration for minerals, on land.

19  Dealings etc. with interests in land by Land Trusts

 (1) Except as provided by this section or section 19A or 20, a Land Trust must not deal with or dispose of, or agree to deal with or dispose of:

 (a) any estate or interest in land vested in it; or

 (b) the land described under the heading “JABIRU” in Part 4 of Schedule 1.

 (1A) Subsection (1) does not prevent a dealing with, or disposal of, an estate or interest in land, being land to which the condition referred to in subsection 12(2B) or (2C) relates, in accordance with an agreement entered into in compliance with that condition.

 (2) With the consent, in writing, of the Minister, and at the direction, in writing, of the relevant Land Council, a Land Trust may, subject to subsection (7), grant an estate or interest in land vested in it to an Aboriginal or an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation:

 (a) for use for residential purposes by:

 (i) the Aboriginal and his or her family; or

 (ii) an employee of the Aboriginal or the corporation, as the case may be;

 (b) for use in the conduct of a business by the Aboriginal or the corporation, not being a business in which a person who is not an Aboriginal has an interest that entitles him or her to a share in, or to a payment that varies in accordance with, the profits of the business; or

 (c) for any community purpose of the Aboriginal community or group for whose benefit the Land Trust holds the land.

 (3) With the consent, in writing, of the Minister, and at the direction, in writing, of the relevant Land Council, a Land Trust may, subject to subsection (7), grant an estate or interest in land vested in it to the Commonwealth, the Northern Territory or an Authority for any public purpose or to a mission for any mission purpose.

 (3A) If a Land Trust is considering granting a lease under subsection (3), the relevant Land Council may, by notice in writing given to the Minister, request that, if the Land Trust and the Commonwealth intend to enter into the lease, the Executive Director:

 (a) enter into the lease on behalf of the Commonwealth; and

 (b) administer the lease.

 (3B) If the Minister receives a request under subsection (3A), the Minister must, by notice in writing given to the relevant Land Council, agree or refuse to agree to the request.

 (3C) A notice given under subsection (3A) or (3B) is not a legislative instrument.

 (3D) A lease under this section granted by the Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust to the Director may be varied to cover the land described in paragraphs (a) and (c) under the heading “JABIRU” in Part 4 of Schedule 1, despite a deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in that land to that Land Trust not having been delivered to that Land Trust. The variation must be expressed to take effect on the date that such a deed of grant is delivered to that Land Trust.

 (4) With the consent, in writing, of the Minister and at the direction, in writing, of the relevant Land Council, a Land Trust may:

 (b) transfer to another Land Trust, or surrender to the Crown, the whole of its estate or interest in the whole, or any part of, the land vested in it.

Note: See also section 20A (which deals with the application of the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land).

 (4AA) Any right, title or other interest in land transferred under subsection (4) that existed immediately before the transfer is preserved as a right, title or interest in that land after the transfer.

 (4AB) Any agreement in respect of land transferred under subsection (4) that was entered into by the transferor Land Trust and that is in force immediately before the transfer is taken to have the same force and effect, after the transfer, as the agreement would have had if it had been entered into by the transferee Land Trust.

 (4A) With the consent, in writing, of the Minister, and at the direction, in writing, of the relevant Land Council, a Land Trust may, subject to subsection (7), grant an estate or interest in the whole, or any part, of the land vested in it to any person for any purpose.

 (5) A Land Council shall not give a direction under this section for the grant, transfer or surrender of an estate or interest in land unless the Land Council is satisfied that:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of that land understand the nature and purpose of the proposed grant, transfer or surrender and, as a group, consent to it;

 (b) any Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the proposed grant, transfer or surrender has been consulted and has had adequate opportunity to express its view to the Land Council; and

 (c) in the case of a grant of an estate or interest—the terms and conditions on which the grant is to be made are reasonable.

 (6) Where a Land Council, in giving a direction for a proposed grant, transfer or surrender of an estate or interest in land, fails to comply with subsection (5), that failure does not invalidate that grant, transfer or surrender unless the person to whom the grant, transfer or surrender was made procured the direction of the Land Council by fraud.

 (7) The consent of the Minister is not required for the grant under subsection (2), (3) or (4A) of an estate or interest the term of which does not exceed 40 years.

 (8) The grantee of an estate or interest under this section is not empowered to transfer his or her interest as such grantee to another person, or to grant to another person an interest dependent upon his or her interest as such grantee, except with the consent, in writing, of the relevant Land Council and, if the consent of the Minister was required to the grant of that estate or interest to the grantee, the consent, in writing, of the Minister.

 (8A) A Land Council may give a consent under subsection (8) at the time it gives a direction under subsection (2), (3) or (4A) or at any later time.

 (8B) The Minister may give a consent under subsection (8) at the time he or she gives a consent under subsection (2), (3) or (4A) or at any later time.

 (8C) A consent of the Minister or a Land Council under subsection (8) relating to a transfer or grant may:

 (a) be general; or

 (b) be expressed to be limited to a specified person or a person included in a specified class.

 (9) Where a grant of an estate or interest is invalidated, by virtue of subsection (6), on account of fraud, that invalidity does not affect the rights of a person who has, for value and without notice of the fraud, accepted the transfer of that estate or interest or been granted an interest dependent upon that estate or interest.

 (9A) When the Minister is satisfied that a Land Council has refused, or is unwilling, to give a direction under subsection 11A(5) to a Land Trust to grant an estate or interest in land in accordance with an agreement entered into by the Land Council under subsection 11A(2), the Minister shall, in the name of, and on behalf of, that Land Council, give the Land Trust that direction.

 (9B) Where the Minister is satisfied that a Land Trust has refused, or is unwilling, to comply with a direction given under subsection 11A(5), or subsection (9A) of this section, to grant an estate or interest in particular land on particular terms and conditions, the Minister shall, in the name of, and on behalf of, that Land Trust, grant that estate or interest in relation to that land on those terms and conditions.

 (10) In this section, relevant Land Council, in relation to land, means the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated.

 (11) A reference in this section to an estate or interest in land includes:

 (a) a reference to a licence granted in respect of that land including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a licence granted under a law of the Northern Territory relating to exploration for, or the mining or development of, extractive mineral deposits; or

 (b) a reference to a lease or other interest in that land, or a right granted in respect of that land, under such a law.

 (12) The preceding provisions of this section do not authorise the grant by a Land Trust of the fee simple in land vested in it except in the circumstances referred to in paragraph (4)(b).

 (13) If a Land Trust grants an estate or interest in Aboriginal land under this section, then, at the direction, in writing, of the relevant Land Council, the Land Trust may, in writing, authorise a specified person, or any person included in a specified class of persons, to enter or remain on the land for a specified purpose that is related to that estate or interest.

Note: Section 70 will not apply to a person who enters or remains on the land in accordance with such an authorisation: see subsection 70(2B).

 (14) A direction or an authorisation under subsection (13) is not a legislative instrument.

19A  Land Trust may grant headlease over township

Grant of lease

 (1) A Land Trust may grant a lease of a township to an approved entity if:

 (a) the Minister consents, in writing, to the grant of the lease; and

 (b) the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated directs, in writing, the Land Trust to grant the lease; and

 (c) if the approved entity is an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation—some or all of an area of land for which the corporation is approved under subsection 3AA(2) falls within the area of the township.

A consent or direction under this subsection is not a legislative instrument.

 (1A) If an approved entity is the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth authority (within the meaning of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989), the Commonwealth or authority is authorised to acquire a lease under this section.

Lease of Jabiru town land

 (1B) The Kakadu Aboriginal Land Trust may grant a lease of the Jabiru town land under this section despite a deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in that land to that Land Trust not having been delivered to that Land Trust. The lease must be expressed to take effect on the date that such a deed of grant is delivered to that Land Trust.

 (1C) The Minister must not give a consent under subsection (1) to the grant of a lease mentioned in subsection (1B) unless the Minister administering the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 is satisfied that the terms and conditions of the lease are consistent with the protection of the world heritage values, and other natural and cultural values, of Kakadu National Park (within the meaning of that Act).

Land Council direction

 (2) A Land Council must not give a direction under subsection (1) for the grant of a lease unless it is satisfied that:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of the land understand the nature and purpose of the proposed lease and, as a group, consent to it; and

 (b) any Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the proposed lease has been consulted and has had adequate opportunity to express its view to the Land Council; and

 (c) the terms and conditions of the proposed lease (except those relating to matters covered by this section) are reasonable.

 (3) If a Land Council, in giving a direction for a grant of a lease, fails to comply with subsection (2), that failure does not invalidate that grant unless the approved entity to whom the grant was made procured the direction of the Land Council by fraud.

Term of lease

 (4) The term of a lease granted under this section is the term specified in the lease (which must be at least 40 years and no more than 99 years). The term specified in the lease must not be varied. This subsection is subject to subsections (4A) and (5).

 (4A) A lease granted under this section may provide for the variation of the lease by way of one or more extensions of the term of the lease. The extensions must not result in the term of the lease being more than 99 years.

Interpretation

 (4B) Subsection (4A) does not limit variations of the lease in relation to other matters.

Operation of Lands Acquisition Act

 (4C) If an approved entity is the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth authority (within the meaning of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989), the Commonwealth or authority is authorised to acquire the interest (within the meaning of that Act) in land that arises under an extension of the term of a lease granted under this section (as mentioned in subsection (4A)).

Grant of replacement lease

 (5) If, at least 20 years before the end of the term of a lease (the original lease) granted under this section (including that term as extended as mentioned in subsection (4A)), a Land Trust grants another lease under this section to the same approved entity covering the area of land concerned (whether or not the other lease also covers other land), the original lease ends at the time the other lease takes effect.

Limitation on grant of replacement lease

 (5A) The Minister must not, under subsection (1), consent to the grant of another lease as mentioned in subsection (5) unless the Minister is satisfied that the grant of the other lease would not adversely affect a sublease or other right or interest derived from the original lease mentioned in subsection (5).

Payments

 (6) A lease granted under this section must not make provision for the lessee to make a payment to a person other than the lessor.

Transfer of lease

 (8) A lease granted under this section may be transferred to another approved entity:

 (a) with the written approval of the Minister; and

 (b) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the lease; and

 (c) in the case where the other approved entity is an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation—only if some or all of an area of land for which the corporation is approved under subsection 3AA(2) falls within the area of the township.

An approval under paragraph (a) is not a legislative instrument.

 (8A) The Commonwealth or a Commonwealth authority (within the meaning of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989) is authorised to:

 (a) transfer a lease granted under this section in accordance with subsection (8); or

 (b) acquire a lease that is transferred in accordance with subsection (8).

Lease not to be used as security

 (9) A lease granted under this section must not be used as security for a borrowing.

Preserving any existing right, title or other interest

 (10) Any right, title or other interest in land the subject of a lease granted under this section that existed immediately before the time the lease takes effect is preserved as a right, title or interest in that land after that time.

 (11) If that right, title or other interest was granted by the Land Trust, then, at the time the lease granted under this section takes effect, that right, title or other interest has effect as if it were granted by the approved entity on the same terms and conditions as existed immediately before that time.

 (11A) Subsections (10) and (11) do not apply in relation to the grant of a lease mentioned in subsection (1B).

 (11B) If a lease mentioned in subsection (1B) is granted under this section:

 (a) any right, title or interest, or any thing, that was registered under the Land Title Act 2000 (NT) in relation to the land (the relevant land) the subject of the lease immediately before the time the lease takes effect, other than:

 (i) the estate in fee simple in the relevant land held by the Director; and

 (ii) any right, title or interest, or any thing, held by the Jabiru Town Development Authority in relation to the relevant land;

  has full force and effect in accordance with its terms at and after that time; and

 (b) any right, title or interest in relation to the relevant land that was granted:

 (i) under any right, title or interest, or any thing, covered by paragraph (a); or

 (ii) under any right, title or interest, or any thing, held by the Jabiru Town Development Authority in relation to the relevant land;

  and that existed immediately before the time the lease takes effect, has full force and effect in accordance with its terms at and after that time, subject to subsection (11GA); and

 (c) any right, title or interest:

 (i) in relation to a facility (within the meaning of the Telecommunications Act 1997) that is on, over or under the relevant land and is owned or operated by a carrier (within the meaning of that Act); and

 (ii) that existed immediately before the time the lease takes effect;

  has full force and effect in accordance with its terms at and after that time; and

 (d) any right, title or interest in relation to the trust assets (see subsection (11C)) that existed immediately before the time the lease takes effect, has full force and effect in accordance with its terms at and after that time; and

 (e) any right, title or interest, or any thing, in relation to the relevant land, specified in a legislative instrument made by the Minister under this paragraph, has full force and effect in accordance with its terms at and after the time the lease takes effect.

 (11C) For the purposes of paragraph (11B)(d), trust assets means Trust Assets within the meaning of subclause 1(1) of the Agreement between the Jabiru Town Development Authority and Energy Resources of Australia Ltd made on 23 August 1985.

 (11D) Paragraphs (11B)(a) to (d) do not limit paragraph (11B)(e).

 (11E) Any right, title, interest or thing to which subsection (11B) applies has full force and effect in accordance with its terms, at and after the time the lease takes effect, even if the right, title, interest or thing did not have full force and effect according to its terms immediately before that time.

 (11F) If subsection (11B) applies in relation to a right, title, interest or thing granted by the Jabiru Town Development Authority, then, at and after the time the lease takes effect, the right, title, interest or thing has full force and effect in accordance with its terms as if it were granted by the approved entity to which the lease was granted.

 (11G) If:

 (a) subsection (11B) applies in relation to a right, title, interest or thing; and

 (b) immediately before the time the lease (the new lease) mentioned in subsection (1B) takes effect, that right, title, interest or thing is, in accordance with its terms, contingent on the existence of the lease of the Jabiru town land by the Director to the Jabiru Town Development Authority;

then, for the purposes of subsections (11B) to (11F), at the time the new lease takes effect, those terms are taken to have been modified so that the right, title, interest or thing is contingent on the existence of the new lease.

 (11GA) Despite subsections (11B), (11F) and (11G), a right, title or interest that relates to the relevant land mentioned in subsection (11B) and was granted under a lease (a DirectorJTDA lease) of the Jabiru town land by the Director to the Jabiru Town Development Authority ceases to have effect at the earlier of the following times (or either of them if they are the same):

 (a) the time the DirectorJTDA lease that ceases to exist because of subsection 12(2AB) would have expired if it had not ceased to exist under subsection 12(2AB);

 (b) the time the right, title or interest would have expired had the DirectorJTDA lease not ceased to exist under subsection 12(2AB).

 (11GB) Subsection (11GA) does not prevent the right, title or interest from ceasing to have effect according to its terms (as affected by subsections (11F) and (11G)) before the time worked out under subsection (11GA).

Example: The right, title or interest may be surrendered or terminated in accordance with those terms before that time.

 (11H) Before making a legislative instrument under paragraph (11B)(e), the Minister must consult the Land Council for the area in which the relevant land is situated. The Minister may also consult such other persons or bodies as the Minister thinks appropriate.

 (11J) If the Minister makes a legislative instrument under paragraph (11B)(e), the Minister must give a copy of the instrument to the Land Council for the area in which the relevant land is situated.

 (12) If:

 (a) subsection (11) or (11F) applies in relation to a right, title, interest or thing; and

 (b) the lease is transferred in accordance with this section; and

 (c) the right, title, interest or thing existed immediately before the time the transfer takes effect;

then, at that time, the right, title, interest or thing has effect as if it were granted by the transferee on the same terms and conditions as existed immediately before that time.

Subleases

 (13) This section does not prevent a sublease of a lease granted under this section.

 (14) A lease granted under this section must not contain any provision requiring the consent of any person to the grant of a sublease of the lease.

 (15) A lease granted under this section must not contain any provision relating to the payment of rent, or the nonpayment of rent, in relation to a sublease of the lease.

 (16) The Commonwealth or a Commonwealth authority (within the meaning of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989) is authorised to acquire, or grant, a sublease of a lease granted under this section in accordance with the terms and conditions of the lease.

Licences

 (17) This section does not prevent the lessee of a lease granted under this section from granting a licence in relation to land covered by the lease.

 (18) The Commonwealth or a Commonwealth authority (within the meaning of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989) is authorised to acquire, or grant, a licence in relation to land covered by a lease granted under this section in accordance with the terms and conditions of the lease.

19B  Expenditure of approved entities to be in accordance with approved estimates

 (1) An approved entity must:

 (a) prepare estimates, in such form and for such periods as the Minister directs, of its expenditure to meet its costs of:

 (i) acquiring leases, or administering leases granted or transferred to the approved entity, under section 19A; or

 (ii) the payment of amounts under leases granted or transferred to the approved entity under section 19A; and

 (b) submit those estimates to the Minister for the Minister’s approval not later than such date as the Minister directs.

Note: The Minister must have regard to approved estimates in directing that an amount be debited from the Account under paragraph 64(4A)(a) or (b).

 (2) A period directed under paragraph (1)(a) for an approved entity may be wholly or partly concurrent with another period directed under that paragraph for the entity.

 (3) Subject to subsection (4), if the Minister has directed under paragraph (1)(a) that an approved entity prepare estimates for a period, money of the approved entity must not be spent to meet its costs referred to in paragraph (1)(a) in respect of the period otherwise than in accordance with estimates of expenditure approved by the Minister.

 (4) The amount of expenditure by an approved entity in relation to the matter or matters covered by an item in the estimates approved by the Minister may exceed the amount specified in the item by an amount not exceeding 20% of the amount so specified.

 (5) An approved entity must not spend amounts, in relation to matters covered by estimates approved by the Minister, that exceed the total amount of expenditure provided for by those estimates.

 (6) An obligation imposed by this section on an approved entity must be fulfilled by the Executive Director of Township Leasing if the approved entity is the Commonwealth.

 (7) Nothing in this section affects a requirement under section 36 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 to prepare budget estimates in relation to an approved entity that is the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth authority (within the meaning of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989).

19C  Modification of certain NT laws for a township lease held by an approved entity

 (1) This section applies to:

 (a) the grant of a lease to an approved entity under section 19A; or

 (aa) the extension of the term of a lease granted under that section (as mentioned in subsection 19A(4A)) if the lease is held by an approved entity at the time of the variation mentioned in that subsection; or

 (b) the transfer of a lease to an approved entity in accordance with that section.

Taxes

 (2) No stamp duty or similar tax is payable under a law of the Northern Territory in respect of the grant, extension or transfer.

Registration

 (3) On the application of the approved entity, the RegistrarGeneral or other appropriate officer under the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land must register the instrument of grant, extension or transfer as if it were duly executed under that law.

19D  Modification of NT subdivision law for grant of a township lease to an approved entity

  The procedures for the subdivision of land under the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land do not apply in respect of the grant of a lease to an approved entity under section 19A.

19E  Modification of certain NT laws for a township lease held by an approved entity

 (1) This section applies in relation to a lease:

 (a) granted to an approved entity under section 19A; or

 (b) transferred to an approved entity in accordance with that section.

 (2) The regulations may make modifications of any law of the Northern Territory relating to:

 (a) planning; or

 (b) infrastructure; or

 (c) the subdivision or transfer of land; or

 (d) other prescribed matters;

to the extent that the law applies to land the subject of the lease.

 (3) In subsection (2):

modifications includes additions, omissions and substitutions.

20  Leases in compliance with obligations of the Commonwealth

 (1) Where an agreement entered into by the Commonwealth before the commencement of this section gives a person an entitlement, in certain circumstances, to the grant of a lease under the Special Purposes Leases Ordinance 1953 of the Northern Territory, as amended from time to time, of land in Schedule 1, that agreement shall be taken to provide that, after the vesting in a Land Trust of an estate in fee simple in the land, the lease to which the person is to become so entitled in those circumstances shall be a lease granted by that Land Trust in accordance with this section, being a lease under which that person and the Land Trust have rights and obligations that are as near as practicable the same as the rights and obligations that would have been applicable to that person and the Crown, respectively, under a lease from the Crown granted in accordance with the agreement.

 (2) Where a person who, by virtue of subsection (1), has become entitled to the grant of a lease of land by a Land Trust has informed the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated that the person requires the lease, the Land Council shall:

 (a) negotiate with the person with respect to the terms and conditions of the lease; and

 (b) if agreement is reached on terms and conditions, direct the Land Trust to grant the lease on those terms and conditions;

and the Land Trust shall comply with that direction.

 (3) Where the Minister is satisfied that:

 (a) a Land Council has refused, or is unwilling, to negotiate with respect to the terms and conditions of a lease to which a person has become entitled by virtue of subsection (1); or

 (b) the Land Council and that person cannot agree on the terms and conditions of the lease;

the Minister may, after consultation with the Land Council and with the person, appoint an Arbitrator, being a person whom the Minister considers to be in a position to deal with the matter impartially, to determine terms and conditions of the lease that, in the opinion of the Arbitrator, should be acceptable to the Land Council and to the person.

 (4) Where the Arbitrator has determined terms and conditions of a lease under subsection (3) and the person entitled to the lease is willing to enter into that lease on those terms and conditions, the Land Council shall direct the Land Trust in which the land is vested to grant the lease on those terms and conditions.

 (5) Where the Minister is satisfied that a Land Council has refused, or is unwilling, to give a direction in compliance with subsection (2) or (4) or a Land Trust has refused, or is unwilling, to comply with such a direction, the Minister may, in the name of, and on behalf of, the Land Trust, grant a lease in accordance with the direction that should have been, or has been, given.

20A  Northern Territory transfer of land law to apply

 (1) Subject to sections 19C to 19E, this section and sections 20SA and 20SB, the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land applies, according to its tenor, to, and in relation to, any dealing with, or disposition of, an estate or interest in land by, or on behalf of, a Land Trust.

 (2) No stamp duty or similar tax is payable under a law of the Northern Territory in respect of a transfer under subsection 19(4).

 (3) The procedures for the subdivision of land under the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land do not apply in respect of a transfer of an estate or interest in any part of land under subsection 19(4).

 (4) On the application of a Land Trust that has had an estate or interest in any part of land transferred to it under subsection 19(4), the RegistrarGeneral or other appropriate officer under the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land must register the instrument of transfer as if it were duly executed under that law.

Part IIAExecutive Director of Township Leasing

Division 1Establishment of the Executive Director of Township Leasing

20B  Executive Director of Township Leasing

  There is to be an Executive Director of Township Leasing.

Note: Division 3 deals with the appointment and terms and conditions of the Executive Director.

Division 2Functions of the Executive Director etc.

20C  Functions of the Executive Director

  The functions of the Executive Director are:

 (aa) if the Minister has agreed to a request under subsection 19(3A) or 20CA(2) in relation to a lease, and the Commonwealth intends to enter into the lease—to enter into, on behalf of the Commonwealth, the lease; and

 (ab) to administer leases covered by paragraph (aa), including administering subleases and other rights and interests derived from such leases, in accordance with their terms and conditions; and

 (ac) if the Minister has agreed to a request under subsection 20CA(2) in relation to a sublease, and the Commonwealth intends to enter into the sublease—to enter into, on behalf of the Commonwealth, the sublease; and

 (ad) to administer subleases covered by paragraph (ac), including administering other rights and interests derived from such subleases, in accordance with their terms and conditions; and

 (ae) to administer subleases acquired by the Commonwealth under subsection 20CB(2), including administering other rights and interests derived from such subleases, in accordance with their terms and conditions; and

 (a) to enter into, on behalf of the Commonwealth, leases under section 19A; and

 (b) to administer leases granted to the Commonwealth under section 19A, including administering subleases and other rights and interests derived from such leases, in accordance with their terms and conditions; and

 (c) any other functions that are prescribed by the regulations, being functions relating to the matters referred to in this section.

20CA  Executive Director to hold leases and subleases on behalf of the Commonwealth

 (1) This section applies if:

 (a) a proprietor of a community living area is considering granting a lease of some or all of the community living area; or

 (b) a proprietor of a lease of a town camp is considering granting a sublease of some or all of the town camp; or

 (c) a proprietor of land:

 (i) that is prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this section; and

 (ii) that has been granted to the proprietor primarily for the benefit of Aboriginal people in the Northern Territory;

  is considering granting a lease of some or all of the land; or

 (d) a proprietor of a lease of land:

 (i) that is prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this section; and

 (ii) that has been leased to the proprietor primarily for the benefit of Aboriginal people in the Northern Territory;

  is considering granting a sublease of some or all of the land; or

 (e) the proprietor of a lease of Aboriginal land is considering granting a sublease of some or all of the land.

 (2) The proprietor may, by notice in writing given to the Minister, request that, if the proprietor and the Commonwealth intend to enter into the lease or sublease, the Executive Director:

 (a) enter into the lease or sublease on behalf of the Commonwealth; and

 (b) administer the lease or sublease.

 (3) If the Minister receives a request under subsection (2), the Minister must, by notice in writing given to the proprietor, agree or refuse to agree to the request.

 (4) A notice given under subsection (2) or (3) is not a legislative instrument.

 (4A) To avoid doubt, for the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the proprietor may be the Director of National Parks (within the meaning of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999).

 (4B) To avoid doubt, for the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the lease may be a lease granted under section 19A.

 (5) In this section:

town camp means land leased primarily for residential, community or cultural purposes for Aboriginal people under:

 (a) the Special Purposes Leases Act 1953 of the Northern Territory; or

 (b) the Crown Lands Act 1992 of the Northern Territory.

Note: The reference to the Special Purposes Leases Act 1953 and the Crown Lands Act 1992 of the Northern Territory is to be construed as a reference to that Act as originally enacted and as amended from time to time: see section 10A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 of the Commonwealth.

20CB  Transfer of subleases

 (1) If the Executive Director holds a sublease of some or all of a parcel of Aboriginal land on behalf of the Commonwealth, the Executive Director may, on behalf of the Commonwealth, transfer the sublease to an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation, so long as the transfer is in accordance with the terms and conditions of the sublease.

 (2) If:

 (a) an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation holds a sublease of some or all of a parcel of Aboriginal land; and

 (b) the sublease was transferred to the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation under subsection (1);

the Executive Director may, on behalf of the Commonwealth, acquire the sublease by way of transfer from the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation, so long as the transfer is in accordance with the terms and conditions of the sublease.

Division 3Administrative provisions about the Executive Director

20D  Appointment of Executive Director

 (1) The Executive Director is to be appointed by the GovernorGeneral by written instrument.

 (2) The Executive Director holds office for the period specified in the instrument of appointment. The period must not exceed 5 years.

20E  Appointment to be fulltime or parttime

  The Executive Director may be appointed on a fulltime basis or on a parttime basis.

20F  Terms and conditions—general

  The Executive Director holds office on the terms and conditions (if any) in relation to matters not covered by this Division that are determined by the GovernorGeneral.

20G  Remuneration and allowances

 (1) The Executive Director is to be paid the remuneration that is determined by the Remuneration Tribunal. If no determination of that remuneration by the Tribunal is in operation, the Executive Director is to be paid the remuneration that is prescribed by the regulations.

 (2) The Executive Director is to be paid the allowances that are prescribed by the regulations.

 (3) This section has effect subject to the Remuneration Tribunal Act 1973.

20H  Restrictions on outside employment

Fulltime Executive Director

 (1) If the Executive Director is appointed on a fulltime basis, he or she must not engage in paid employment outside the duties of his or her office without the Minister’s approval.

Parttime Executive Director

 (2) If the Executive Director is appointed on a parttime basis, he or she must not engage in any paid employment that conflicts or may conflict with the proper performance of his or her duties.

20J  Acting Executive Director

  The Minister may appoint a person to act as the Executive Director:

 (a) during a vacancy in the office of the Executive Director (whether or not an appointment has previously been made to the office); or

 (b) during any period, or during all periods, when the Executive Director is absent from duty or from Australia, or is, for any reason, unable to perform the duties of the office.

Note: For rules that apply to acting appointments, see section 33A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.

20K  Leave of absence

Fulltime Executive Director

 (1) If the Executive Director is appointed on a fulltime basis:

 (a) he or she has the recreation leave entitlements that are determined by the Remuneration Tribunal; and

 (b) the Minister may grant the Executive Director leave of absence, other than recreation leave, on the terms and conditions as to remuneration or otherwise that the Minister determines.

Parttime Executive Director

 (2) If the Executive Director is appointed on a parttime basis, the Minister may grant leave of absence to the Executive Director on the terms and conditions that the Minister determines.

20L  Resignation

  The Executive Director may resign his or her appointment by giving the GovernorGeneral a written resignation.

20M  Termination of appointment

 (1) The GovernorGeneral may terminate the appointment of the Executive Director for misbehaviour or physical or mental incapacity.

 (2) The GovernorGeneral must terminate the appointment of the Executive Director if:

 (a) the Executive Director:

 (i) becomes bankrupt; or

 (ii) applies to take the benefit of any law for the relief of bankrupt or insolvent debtors; or

 (iii) compounds with his or her creditors; or

 (iv) makes an assignment of his or her remuneration for the benefit of his or her creditors; or

 (b) the Executive Director is absent, except on leave of absence, for 14 consecutive days or for 28 days in any 12 months; or

 (c) the Executive Director is appointed on a fulltime basis and engages, except with the Minister’s approval, in paid employment outside the duties of his or her office; or

 (d) the Executive Director is appointed on a parttime basis and engages in paid employment that conflicts or may conflict with the proper performance of his or her duties; or

 (e) the Executive Director fails, without reasonable excuse, to comply with section 20N.

20N  Disclosure of interests

  The Executive Director must give written notice to the Minister of all interests, pecuniary or otherwise, that the Executive Director has or acquires that could conflict with the proper performance of the Executive Director’s functions.

Division 4Staff and consultants

20P  Staff

  The staff required to assist the Executive Director are to be persons engaged under the Public Service Act 1999 and made available for the purpose by the Secretary of the Department.

20Q  Consultants

 (1) The Executive Director may, on behalf of the Commonwealth, engage consultants to perform services for the Executive Director.

 (2) The consultants are to be engaged on the terms and conditions that the Executive Director determines in writing.

Division 5Annual report

20R  Annual report

Annual report to be given to Minister

 (1) The Executive Director must, as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year, prepare and give to the Minister, for presentation to the Parliament, a report on the operations of the Executive Director during that year.

Note: See also section 34C of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, which contains extra rules about annual reports.

Other reports

 (2) The Executive Director must give to the Minister such additional reports as the Minister requests and may give to the Minister such other reports as the Executive Director thinks fit.

Division 6Effect on other laws in relation to certain leases or subleases held by Executive Director

20S  Operation of Lands Acquisition Act

 (1) This section applies for the purposes of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989.

 (2) The Commonwealth is authorised to acquire a lease or sublease if the Minister has agreed to a request under subsection 20CA(2) in relation to the lease or sublease.

 (2A) The Commonwealth is authorised to acquire a sublease in accordance with subsection 20CB(2).

 (3) The Commonwealth is authorised to dispose (within the meaning of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989) of a lease or sublease covered by paragraph 20C(aa) or (ac).

 (3A) The Commonwealth is authorised to transfer a sublease in accordance with subsection 20CB(1).

 (4) The Commonwealth is authorised to grant a sublease, or other right or interest, in relation to a lease covered by paragraph 20C(aa) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the lease.

 (5) The Commonwealth is authorised to grant a right or interest in relation to a sublease covered by paragraph 20C(ac) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the sublease.

 (6) If a sublease was acquired by the Commonwealth under subsection 20CB(2), the Commonwealth is authorised to grant a right or interest in relation to the sublease in accordance with the terms and conditions of the sublease.

20SA  Modification of certain NT laws in relation to leases or subleases held by Executive Director

 (1) This section applies to:

 (a) the grant of a lease to the Commonwealth if the Minister has agreed to a request under subsection 19(3A) or 20CA(2) in relation to the lease; or

 (b) the grant of a sublease to the Commonwealth if the Minister has agreed to a request under subsection 20CA(2) in relation to the sublease; or

 (c) the transfer of a sublease to the Commonwealth under subsection 20CB(2).

Taxes

 (2) No stamp duty or similar tax is payable under a law of the Northern Territory in respect of the grant or transfer, as the case may be.

Registration

 (3) On the application of the Commonwealth, the RegistrarGeneral or other appropriate officer under the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land must register the instrument of grant, or the instrument of transfer, as the case may be, as if it were duly executed under that law.

Subdivision of land

 (4) The procedures for the subdivision of land under the law of the Northern Territory relating to the transfer of land do not apply in respect of the grant of the lease or sublease, or the transfer of the sublease, as the case may be.

20SB  Modification of certain NT laws in relation to land the subject of leases or subleases held by Executive Director

 (1) This section applies in relation to:

 (a) a lease granted to the Commonwealth if the Minister agreed to a request under subsection 19(3A) or 20CA(2) in relation to the lease; or

 (b) a sublease granted to the Commonwealth if the Minister agreed to a request under subsection 20CA(2) in relation to the sublease; or

 (c) a sublease acquired by the Commonwealth under subsection 20CB(2).

 (2) The regulations may make modifications of any law of the Northern Territory relating to:

 (a) planning; or

 (b) infrastructure; or

 (c) the subdivision or transfer of land; or

 (d) other prescribed matters;

to the extent that the law applies to land the subject of the lease or sublease.

 (3) In subsection (2):

modifications includes additions, omissions and substitutions.

 (4) The regulations cease to have effect if the lease or sublease ceases to be held by the Commonwealth.

Part IIIAboriginal Land Councils

 

21  Establishment of Land Councils

 (1) The Minister shall, on the commencement of this section, by notice published in the Gazette, divide the Northern Territory into at least 2 areas and establish an Aboriginal Land Council for each area.

Note: New Land Councils may also be established: see sections 21A to 21D.

 (2) A notice published under subsection (1) shall, in respect of each Aboriginal Land Council, set out:

 (a) the name of the Council; and

 (b) the boundaries of the area for which the Council is established.

21A  Aboriginal group or body may seek establishment of new Land Council

 (1) The following may apply to the Minister, in writing, for the establishment of a new Land Council for a qualifying area:

 (a) one or more adult Aboriginals living in the qualifying area;

 (b) an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation, the majority of whose members live in the qualifying area;

 (d) an association of Aboriginals, or a company whose shareholders are all Aboriginals, incorporated under a law of the Northern Territory and the majority of whose members or shareholders live in the qualifying area;

 (e) any other body prescribed by the regulations, the majority of whose members live in the qualifying area.

 (2) An application must:

 (a) set out the boundaries of the qualifying area; and

 (b) specify a name for the proposed new Land Council; and

 (c) include an estimate of the number of Aboriginals living in the qualifying area and an explanation of how the estimate was arrived at; and

 (d) specify the proposed management structure for the proposed new Land Council; and

 (e) specify the proposed arrangements for consulting and representing Aboriginals living in the qualifying area on issues affecting that area; and

 (f) include details of any consultation that has occurred with Aboriginals living in the qualifying area on the proposed establishment of the new Land Council; and

 (g) include any other information prescribed by the regulations.

21B  Minister’s assessment of application for establishment of new Land Council

 (1) If the Minister receives an application under section 21A, the Minister must, by notice in writing:

 (a) state that he or she supports the establishment of the new Land Council and that he or she will request the Australian Electoral Commission to hold a vote on the matter; or

 (b) refuse the application.

 (2) The Minister must not give a notice stating that he or she supports the establishment of the new Land Council unless he or she is satisfied that:

 (a) the qualifying area is an appropriate area for the establishment of a new Land Council; and

 (b) the proposed new Land Council will be able to satisfactorily perform the functions of a Land Council.

 (3) The Minister must give the applicant written notice of the Minister’s decision. If the Minister refuses the application, the notice must also include reasons for the refusal.

 (4) A notice under subsection (1) is not a legislative instrument.

21C  Establishment of new Land Council if a 55% positive vote

 (1) If the Minister gives a notice under section 21B stating that he or she supports the establishment of the new Land Council, he or she must request the Australian Electoral Commission to hold a vote on the proposed establishment of the new Land Council.

 (2) The Australian Electoral Commission must hold the vote as soon as practicable after being requested to do so.

Voting

 (3) A person is entitled to vote if:

 (a) the person is an adult Aboriginal; and

 (b) either:

 (i) the person’s name is on the Commonwealth Electoral Roll and the person’s place of living as shown on the Roll is in the qualifying area; or

 (ii) the person is entitled to vote under rules made under subsection (4).

Note: See also section 21D (which contains further provisions about the Commonwealth Electoral Roll).

 (4) The Minister may, by legislative instrument, make rules for and in relation to the holding of the vote. In particular, the rules may:

 (a) deal with the timing of the vote; and

 (b) for the purposes of subparagraph (3)(b)(ii)—deal with those persons entitled to vote; and

 (c) confer powers on the Electoral Commissioner or a member of the staff of the Australian Electoral Commission.

Minister may establish new Land Council if a 55% positive vote

 (5) The Minister may, by notice in writing, establish the new Land Council for the qualifying area if at least 55% of the formal votes cast by persons entitled to vote on the proposal are in favour of it.

 (6) For the purposes of subsection (5), a vote is formal if and only if:

 (a) a person authorised under subsection (7) is satisfied that it is on an authentic ballot paper; and

 (b) it indicates the voter’s preference for either being in favour or against the proposal; and

 (c) it does not have upon it any writing or another mark by which, in the opinion of a person authorised under subsection (7), the voter can be identified (not including writing or another mark placed on the ballot paper, whether or not in contravention of any law, by a person involved in conducting the vote).

 (7) The Electoral Commissioner may, by writing, authorise a member of the staff of the Australian Electoral Commission for the purpose of subsection (6).

Name and boundaries of new Land Council

 (8) The notice under subsection (5) must:

 (a) specify the name of the new Land Council (which must be the name specified in the application under section 21A); and

 (b) set out the boundaries of the area for which the new Land Council is established.

Redrawing of boundaries of other Land Council areas

 (9) On the establishment of the new Land Council, the area specified in the notice under subsection (5) ceases to be part of the area of the Land Council, or of the areas of the Land Councils, in which it was included immediately before that establishment.

Informing Aboriginals about existence of new Land Council

 (10) On the establishment of the new Land Council, the Minister must take whatever steps he or she considers necessary and practicable to inform the adult Aboriginals living in the area of the Council of the existence of the Council.

Publication

 (11) The Minister must publish the notice under subsection (5) in the Gazette.

Notice not a legislative instrument

 (12) A notice under subsection (5) is not a legislative instrument.

21D  Rules about Commonwealth Electoral Roll

 (1) For the purposes of section 21C, a person’s name is taken to be on the Commonwealth Electoral Roll if the name appearing on the Roll is, in the opinion of a person authorised under subsection (2) of this section, sufficient to identify the person.

 (2) The Electoral Commissioner may, by writing, authorise a member of the staff of the Australian Electoral Commission for the purpose of subsection (1).

21E  Variation of boundaries

Request

 (1) Two Land Councils may, by joint written notice given to the Minister, request the Minister to vary the boundaries of the areas of the Councils, so that a specified area:

 (a) ceases to be part of the area of one of those Councils; and

 (b) becomes part of the area of the other Council.

 (2) A Land Council must not make a request under subsection (1) unless the Council is satisfied that:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of the land in the specified area understand the nature and purpose of the proposed variation and, as a group, consent to it; and

 (b) any Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the proposed variation has been consulted and has had adequate opportunity to express its view to the Council.

Variation

 (3) If the Minister receives a request under subsection (1), the Minister may, by writing, vary the boundaries of the areas of the Land Councils in accordance with the request.

Publication

 (4) The Minister must publish an instrument under subsection (3) in the Gazette.

Notice not a legislative instrument

 (5) An instrument under subsection (3) is not a legislative instrument.

22  Land Council to be body corporate etc.

 (1) A Land Council:

 (a) is a body corporate, with perpetual succession;

 (b) shall have a common seal;

 (c) may acquire, hold and dispose of real and personal property; and

 (d) may sue and be sued in its corporate name.

Note: The Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 applies to a Land Council. That Act deals with matters relating to corporate Commonwealth entities, including reporting and the use and management of public resources.

 (2) All courts, judges and persons acting judicially shall take notice of the common seal of a Land Council affixed to a document and shall presume that it was duly affixed.

23  Functions of Land Council

 (1) The functions of a Land Council are:

 (a) to ascertain and express the wishes and the opinion of Aboriginals living in the area of the Land Council as to the management of Aboriginal land in that area and as to appropriate legislation concerning that land; and

 (b) to protect the interests of traditional Aboriginal owners of, and other Aboriginals interested in, Aboriginal land in the area of the Land Council; and

 (ba) to assist Aboriginals in the taking of measures likely to assist in the protection of sacred sites on land (whether or not Aboriginal land) in the area of the Land Council; and

 (c) to consult with traditional Aboriginal owners of, and other Aboriginals interested in, Aboriginal land in the area of the Land Council with respect to any proposal relating to the use of that land; and

 (d) where the Land Council holds in escrow a deed of grant of land made to a Land Trust under section 12:

 (i) to negotiate with persons having estates or interests in that land with a view to the acquisition of those estates or interests by the Land Trust; and

 (ii) until those estates or interests have been so acquired, to negotiate with those persons with a view to the use by Aboriginals of the land in such manner as may be agreed between the Land Council and those persons; and

 (e) to negotiate with persons desiring to obtain an estate or interest in land in the area of the Land Council:

 (i) where the land is held by a Land Trust or is the subject of a deed of grant made to a Land Trust under section 12 that the Land Council holds in escrow—on behalf of traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of that land and of any other Aboriginals interested in the land; and

 (ii) where the land is the subject of an application referred to in paragraph 50(1)(a)—on behalf of the traditional Aboriginal owners of that land or on behalf of any other Aboriginals interested in the land; and

 (ea) to assist Aboriginals in the area of the Land Council to carry out commercial activities (including resource development, the provision of tourist facilities and agricultural activities), in any manner that will not cause the Land Council to incur financial liability or enable it to receive financial benefit; and

 (eb) for land that is a community living area and in the area of the Land Council—to assist the owner of the land, if requested to do so, in relation to any dealings in the land (including assistance in negotiating leases of, or other grants of interests in, the land); and

 (f) to assist Aboriginals claiming to have a traditional land claim to an area of land within the area of the Land Council in pursuing the claim, in particular, by arranging for legal assistance for them at the expense of the Land Council; and

 (fa) to negotiate, and enter into agreements, as necessary, for the purposes of subsection 70(4); and

 (g) to compile and keep:

 (i) a register recording the names of the members of the Land Council; and

 (ii) a register recording the names of the members of the Land Trusts holding, or established to hold, Aboriginal land in its area and descriptions of each area of such Aboriginal land; and

 (h) to supervise, and provide administrative or other assistance for, Land Trusts holding, or established to hold, Aboriginal land in its area; and

 (i) such other functions as are prescribed by the regulations.

 (2) A Land Council may, with the approval of the Minister, perform any functions that may be conferred on it by a law of the Northern Territory, including, without limiting the foregoing, functions in relation to:

 (a) the protection of sacred sites;

 (b) access to Aboriginal land; and

 (c) schemes for the management of wildlife on Aboriginal land.

 (3) In carrying out its functions with respect to any Aboriginal land in its area, a Land Council shall have regard to the interests of, and shall consult with, the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of the land and any other Aboriginals interested in the land and, in particular, shall not take any action, including, but not limited to, the giving of consent or the withholding of consent, in any matter in connexion with land held by a Land Trust, unless the Land Council is satisfied that:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of that land understand the nature and purpose of the proposed action and, as a group, consent to it; and

 (b) any Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the proposed action has been consulted and has had adequate opportunity to express its view to the Land Council.

 (4) The reference in paragraph (1)(e) to an estate or interest in land includes a reference to a licence in respect of that land.

23AA  How functions of a Land Council are to be performed

Priorities

 (1) A Land Council must from time to time determine the priorities it will give to performing its functions under this Part.

 (2) A Land Council may allocate resources in the way it thinks fit so as to be able to perform its functions efficiently.

 (3) A Land Council must give priority to the protection of the interests of traditional Aboriginal owners of, and other Aboriginals interested in, Aboriginal land in the area of the Council.

Functions to be performed in a timely manner

 (4) A Land Council must use its best efforts to perform its functions in a timely manner, particularly in respect of matters affected by:

 (a) time limits under this Act; or

 (b) time limits under another law of the Commonwealth or a law of the Northern Territory that are relevant to the performance of its functions.

Maintenance of organisational structures and processes

 (5) A Land Council must perform its functions in a manner that:

 (a) maintains organisational structures and administrative processes that promote the satisfactory representation by the Council of, and promote effective consultation with, the traditional Aboriginal owners of, and other Aboriginals interested in, Aboriginal land in the area of the Council; and

 (b) ensures that the structures and processes operate in a fair manner.

23A  Power of Land Council to obtain information and documents

 (1) In this section, authorized person means a person authorized by a Land Council for the purposes of this section, and any word or phrase that is defined by section 3 of the Environment Protection (Northern Territory Supreme Court) Act 1978 and is used in this section has the same meaning as in that Act.

 (2) An authorized person may, by notice in writing served either personally or by post on a person, require the person (in this subsection referred to as the person liable):

 (a) to furnish to the authorized person, by writing signed by the person liable, or, if the person liable is a body corporate, by a competent officer of the body corporate, within the time and in the manner specified in the notice, such information in the possession of the person liable as is specified in the notice; or

 (b) to furnish to the authorized person, within the time and in the manner specified in the notice, such documents in the possession of the person liable as are specified in the notice;

being information or documents that:

 (c) relates, or relate, to:

 (i) uranium mining operations in the Alligator Rivers Region; or

 (ii) any action taken to comply with any requirement of or having effect under a prescribed instrument so far as the requirement relates to the effect of those operations on the environment; and

 (d) is, or are, relevant to the question whether or not the Land Council should exercise the power conferred on it by section 4 of the Environment Protection (Northern Territory Supreme Court) Act 1978 to make application to the Supreme Court of the Northern Territory of Australia for the making of an order under that section.

23B  Application to Supreme Court for order with respect to information or documents

 (1) Where a person who has been served with a notice under section 23A has refused or failed to comply, or to comply fully, with the notice, the Land Council concerned may apply to the Supreme Court of the Northern Territory of Australia for an order under this section against that person.

 (2) The person against whom an order under this section is sought is entitled to notice of, and to appear in, the proceedings.

 (3) Where, in proceedings under this section, the Court is satisfied that all or any of the information or documents that was or were required by the notice to be furnished and has or have not been furnished:

 (a) is or are in the possession of, or available to, the person against whom the order is sought; and

 (b) is or are information or documents of a kind referred to in paragraphs 23A(2)(c) and (d);

the Court may make an order requiring the person against whom the order is sought to furnish to the Land Council concerned, within the time and in the manner specified in the order, the information or documents as to which the Court is so satisfied.

 (4) The Court shall not, under this section, require a person to furnish information or a document if the Court is satisfied that compliance with a requirement to furnish that information or document might tend to incriminate that person.

23C  A person authorised by Land Council to have access to buildings and places in Region

 (1) In this section, authorized person means a person authorized by a Land Council for the purposes of this section, and any word or phrase that is defined by section 3 of the Environment Protection (Northern Territory Supreme Court) Act 1978 and is used in this section has the same meaning as in that Act.

 (2) An authorized person is entitled, with the consent of the occupier, to full and free access to all buildings and places in the Alligator Rivers Region for the purpose of obtaining, and reporting to the Land Council, any information that:

 (a) relates to:

 (i) uranium mining operations in the Alligator Rivers Region; or

 (ii) any action taken to comply with any requirement of or having effect under a prescribed instrument so far as the requirement relates to the effect of those operations on the environment; and

 (b) is relevant to the question whether or not the Land Council should exercise the power conferred on it by section 4 of the Environment Protection (Northern Territory Supreme Court) Act 1978 to make application to the Supreme Court of the Northern Territory of Australia for the making of an order under that section.

23D  Application to Supreme Court for order with respect to access

 (1) Where the occupier of a building or place has refused, or is unwilling, to consent to the entry of an authorized person into that building or place under section 23C, the Land Council concerned may apply to the Supreme Court of the Northern Territory of Australia for an order under this section against the occupier.

 (2) A person against whom an order under this section is sought is entitled to notice of, and to appear in, the proceedings.

 (3) Where, in proceedings under this section, the Court is satisfied that access by an authorized person to the building or place to which the proceedings relate is necessary for the purpose of obtaining information of a kind referred to in paragraphs 23C(2)(a) and (b), the Court may make an order requiring the person against whom the order is sought to give his or her consent, within a time specified in the order, to the entry of an authorized person into that building or place for the purpose referred to in section 23C.

 (4) In this section, authorized person, means a person who is an authorized person for the purposes of section 23C.

23E  Secrecy

 (1) Subsection (2) applies to every person who is, or has been:

 (a) an authorized person;

 (b) a member of a Land Council; or

 (c) a member of the staff of a Land Council.

 (2) Subject to subsection (3), a person to whom this section applies who, either directly or indirectly, otherwise than in the performance of the person’s functions or duties as an authorized person, a member of a Land Council or a member of the staff of the Land Council, makes a record of, or divulges or communicates to any person any information concerning the affairs of any other person that has been acquired by the person in the course of performing functions or duties under section 23A, 23B, 23C or 23D is guilty of an offence punishable, on summary conviction, by a fine of not more than 60 penalty units or imprisonment for not more than 12 months, or both.

 (3) Subsection (2) does not prevent the communication of information or the production of a document by a person authorized by a Land Council for the purpose:

 (a) to the Supreme Court of the Northern Territory of Australia in support of an application made by the Land Council under section 4 of the Environment Protection (Northern Territory Supreme Court) Act 1978; or

 (b) to the Minister, to the Secretary of the Department that deals with matters arising under this Act or to an officer of that Department approved by the Secretary of that Department; or

 (c) to a person to whom, in the opinion of the Minister, it is in the public interest that the information be communicated or the document produced.

 (4) A person commits an offence if:

 (a) information is communicated to the person (the first person) in accordance with paragraph (3)(b) or (ba); and

 (b) the information is communicated by a person (the second person) to whom this section applies; and

 (c) the second person acquired the information because of his or her membership of, or employment by, a Land Council or his or her activities as an authorised person; and

 (d) the information concerns the affairs of a third person; and

 (e) the first person, either directly or indirectly, makes a record of, or divulges or communicates the information to any other person.

Penalty: 30 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months.

 (4A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (4)(a), (b) and (c).

Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.

 (4B) Subsection (4) does not apply if the first person makes the record, or divulges or communicates the information, for the purpose of advising the Minister in connection with this Act.

Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (4B) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).

 (5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to affect the operation of section 9 of the Ombudsman Act 1976.

 (6) In this section, authorized person means an authorized person for the purposes of section 23A or 23C.

24  Register of traditional Aboriginal owners

  A Land Council may compile, and maintain, a register setting out:

 (a) the names of the persons who, in the opinion of the Council, are the traditional Aboriginal owners of Aboriginal land in the area of the Land Council; and

 (b) in relation to each group of traditional Aboriginal owners, a map or other references showing the sites belonging to them in so far as such can be done without breach of Aboriginal usage.

25  Duty of Land Council to attempt conciliation of disputes

 (1) This section applies to:

 (a) Aboriginals;

 (b) Land Trusts; and

 (c) Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporations and any other incorporated Aboriginal groups.

 (2) Where a Land Council is informed that there is, or there may arise, a dispute with respect to land in the area of the Council between persons to whom this section applies, the Land Council shall use its best endeavours by way of conciliation for the settlement or prevention, as the case may be, of that dispute.

 (3) Where proceedings are commenced before a court with respect to a dispute of a kind referred to in subsection (2), the judge or magistrate constituting the court may, if he or she thinks it appropriate, adjourn the proceedings at any time for the purpose of affording a Land Council the opportunity of undertaking conciliation with a view to the settlement of that dispute.

26  Land Council to meet expenses etc. of Land Trust

  A Land Council shall pay or discharge any administrative expenses, charges or obligations incurred or undertaken by a Land Trust that holds, or is established to hold, land in its area.

27  Powers of Land Council

 (1) Subject to this Act, a Land Council may do all things necessary or convenient to be done for or in connexion with the performance of its functions and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, may:

 (a) employ staff;

 (b) obtain the advice and assistance of persons who are expert in any matter with which the Council is concerned (including assistance in connection with the administration of the affairs of the Council);

 (c) give lawful directions to Land Trusts holding land in its area concerning the performance of their functions; and

 (d) receive moneys due and owing to Land Trusts holding, or established to hold, land in its area and give a valid discharge for those moneys.

 (1A) A Land Council may, on the request of an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation that has received an amount of money from the Council under this Act, provide administrative or other assistance to the corporation.

 (2) Where a Land Council employs a person as a staff member, the terms and conditions of the person’s employment are such as are from time to time determined by the Land Council.

 (2A) Where a Land Council obtains the advice and assistance of a person under paragraph (1)(b), the terms and conditions of the engagement of that person are such as are approved by the Land Council.

 (3) A Land Council shall not, without the approval of the Minister, enter into, or permit a Land Trust holding land in its area to enter into, a contract involving the payment or receipt of an amount exceeding $5,000,000, or, if a higher amount is prescribed, that higher amount.

 (4) The Minister shall not give an approval under subsection (3) with respect to entering into a contract relating to Aboriginal land unless the Minister is satisfied that the Land Council concerned has, in taking the action that has resulted in the proposed contract, complied with any duty imposed on it by subsection 23(3).

28  Delegation

Delegation to Council Chair or Council member or staff member

 (1) A Land Council may, in writing under its common seal, delegate to the following:

 (a) the Chair or another member of the Council;

 (b) a member of the staff of the Council;

any of the Council’s functions or powers under this Act other than the following:

 (c) the giving or withholding of consent in relation to the acquisition or grant of an estate or interest in Aboriginal land under an agreement or agreements:

 (i) that will have effect for a period that exceeds, or for periods that together exceed, 2 years; or

 (ii) in respect of which the approval of the Minister is required by subsection 27(3);

 (ca) the making of a request under section 21E;

 (d) the making of determinations under section 35;

 (e) the giving or refusing of a consent under subsection 42(1);

 (f) the giving of a consent under section 48C;

 (g) any function or power prescribed by the regulations.

Delegation to Council committee

 (2) A Land Council may, in writing under its common seal, delegate to a committee appointed under section 29A any of the Council’s functions or powers under this Act other than the following:

 (aa) the making of a request under section 21E;

 (a) the making of determinations under section 35;

 (b) any function or power prescribed by the regulations.

Functions and powers that depend on satisfaction of certain matters

 (4) Where the provisions of this Act require that a Land Council, before performing a function or exercising a power conferred upon it to do, or to consent to the doing of, an act or thing, satisfy itself that:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of the land affected by the performance of the function or the exercise of the power understand the nature and purpose of the act or thing and consent to it; and

 (b) any Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the doing of the act or thing has been consulted and has had adequate opportunity to express its views to the Land Council;

then, if that function or power is delegated, the delegate may perform the function or exercise the power if the delegate is satisfied:

 (c) of the matter referred to in paragraph (a); and

 (d) that any Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the doing of the act or thing has been consulted and has had adequate opportunity to express its views to the delegate.

29  Membership of Land Council

 (1) The members of a Land Council shall be Aboriginals living in the area of the Land Council, or whose names are set out in the register maintained by the Land Council in accordance with section 24, chosen by Aboriginals living in the area of the Land Council in accordance with such method or methods of choice, and holding office on such terms and conditions, as is, or are, approved by the Minister from time to time.

 (2) A Land Council may, with the approval of the Minister, coopt Aboriginals living in the area of the Land Council as additional members, but not more than 5 such members may hold office at any one time.

Eligibility requirements

 (3) A person is not eligible to be a member of a Land Council for the period set out in subsection (6) if a disqualifying event happens in relation to the person.

 (4) A person ceases to be a member of a Land Council if a disqualifying event happens in relation to the person.

 (5) For the purposes of subsections (3) and (4), a disqualifying event happens in relation to a person if the person:

 (a) is convicted of an offence against a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory (not involving dishonesty) and sentenced to a period of imprisonment of 12 months or more; or

 (b) is convicted of an offence against a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory involving dishonesty and sentenced to a period of imprisonment of 3 months or more; or

 (c) is convicted of 2 or more offences against a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory, is sentenced to a period or periods of imprisonment in respect of the offences and is required (or would have been required if the sentence or sentences had not been suspended) to serve a term of imprisonment of 12 months or more; or

 (d) is convicted of 2 or more offences against a law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory involving dishonesty, is sentenced to a period or periods of imprisonment in respect of the offences and is required (or would have been required if the sentence or sentences had not been suspended) to serve a term of imprisonment of 3 months or more.

This subsection applies whether or not the person is also fined in respect of the offence or offences.

 (6) For the purposes of subsection (3), the period of ineligibility is for:

 (a) if the person serves a term of imprisonment—2 years beginning on the day the person is released from prison; or

 (b) if the person does not serve a term of imprisonment—2 years beginning on the day the person is convicted.

29AA  Register of interests of members of Land Council

Disclosure

 (1) Each member of a Land Council must make to the Council written disclosures of the member’s direct or indirect pecuniary interests in accordance with a determination of the Minister under this section.

Keeping of register

 (2) The Council must keep a register of the interests disclosed in accordance with the determination.

Determination

 (3) The Minister may, by legislative instrument, make a determination specifying:

 (a) the kinds of interests to be disclosed; and

 (b) the manner in which, and the times at which, disclosures are to be made; and

 (c) the form in which the register is to be kept.

29A  Committees

 (1) A Land Council may, by notice in writing, appoint a committee or committees of its members to assist the Council in relation to the performance of any of its functions or the exercise of any of its powers.

Content of notice

 (2) The notice must specify:

 (a) the name of each committee member; and

 (b) if the committee is appointed in relation to a particular area of the Land Council—that area.

Number of committee members

 (3) A committee must consist of at least 7 members or such other number as is prescribed by the regulations.

Rules for conduct of meetings

 (4) The Land Council must make written rules providing for and in relation to the convening of meetings, and the procedure for the conduct of meetings, of a committee appointed under this section. The rules are not a legislative instrument.

 (5) The Land Council must give a copy of the rules made under subsection (4) to the Minister.

Minutes

 (6) A committee must keep minutes of its meetings.

Inspection

 (7) The Land Council must allow:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners of Aboriginal land in the area of the Council; or

 (b) any Aboriginal living in the area of the Council;

to inspect, at any reasonable time without charge:

 (c) rules made under subsection (4); or

 (d) the minutes of committee meetings (other than any part of the minutes that relates to an excludable matter).

30  Chair and Deputy Chair of Land Council

 (1) The Minister shall, as soon as practicable after the establishment of a Land Council, or at any time when the office of Chair of a Land Council is vacant, convene a meeting of that Council for the purpose of electing a member of that Council as the Chair of that Council.

 (2) The Minister shall appoint one of the members of the Council to preside at a meeting referred to in subsection (1).

 (3) When a Chair is elected at a meeting referred to in subsection (1), the Chair shall preside at that meeting in place of the person appointed by the Minister under subsection (2).

 (4) A Land Council shall, as soon as practicable after its establishment, elect a member of that Council as the Deputy Chair of that Council and shall, thereafter, whenever the position of Deputy Chair is vacant, elect a new Deputy Chair.

 (5) Subject to subsection (6), a person elected as the Chair or the Deputy Chair of a Land Council under this section holds office for a period of 3 years, and is eligible for reelection.

 (6) A Land Council may, at any time, by resolution, elect a new Chair or Deputy Chair and, on the passing of such a resolution, the person who held that office immediately before that resolution was passed ceases to hold that office.

 (7) A coopted member of a Land Council is not eligible to be elected as the Chair or the Deputy Chair of the Land Council.

31  Meetings of Land Council

 (1) The Chair shall convene such meetings of a Land Council as are, in his or her opinion, necessary for the efficient conduct of its affairs and, at such a meeting, the Chair shall preside if he or she is present and, if the Chair is not present, the Deputy Chair shall preside.

 (2) At the request of at least 6 members of a Land Council, the Deputy Chair may convene a meeting of the Land Council and, if the Deputy Chair does so, shall preside at that meeting.

 (3) The Minister may, where he or she considers that the circumstances require it, convene a meeting of the Land Council and appoint a member of the Land Council to preside at the meeting.

 (4) The quorum for a meeting of a Land Council is such number of members as is equal to:

 (a) where the number of members of the Land Council at the time of the meeting is an even number—onehalf of that lastmentioned number; or

 (b) any other case—onehalf of the number that is less by 1 than the number of members of the Land Council at the time of the meeting;

and, except where the meeting has been convened under subsection (3), includes the Chair or the Deputy Chair.

 (5) A question arising at a meeting of a Land Council shall be decided by a majority of the votes of members present and voting.

 (6) At a meeting of a Land Council the member presiding has a deliberative vote and, in the event of votes being equal, has a casting vote.

 (7) A Land Council must make written rules, not inconsistent with this Act, providing for and in relation to the convening of meetings, and the procedure for the conduct of meetings, of the Council. The rules are not a legislative instrument.

 (7A) A Land Council must give a copy of the rules made under subsection (7) to the Minister for his or her approval.

 (7B) The Minister must, by notice in writing, approve or refuse to approve the rules. The notice is not a legislative instrument.

 (7C) The rules come into force once the Minister has approved them.

 (7D) A Land Council must allow the following persons to inspect, at any reasonable time without charge, rules made under subsection (7) and approved by the Minister:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners of Aboriginal land in the area of the Council;

 (b) any Aboriginal living in the area of the Council.

 (9) Subject to any direction of the member presiding, a member of a Land Council may be accompanied to a meeting of the Land Council by such other residents of the area of the Land Council as may wish so to accompany him or her.

Minutes

 (10) A Land Council must keep minutes of its meetings.

 (11) A Land Council must allow the following persons to inspect, at any reasonable time without charge, the minutes of its meetings (other than any part of the minutes that relates to an excludable matter):

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners of Aboriginal land in the area of the Council;

 (b) any Aboriginal living in the area of the Council.

33  Borrowing by Land Council

 (1) With the approval of the Finance Minister, a Land Council may, in any one financial year, borrow from a bank approved by the Finance Minister for the purpose an amount not exceeding, or amounts not exceeding in the aggregate, an amount equal to 10% of the total of the estimates of expenditure approved by the Minister under section 34 in respect of that year.

 (2) The Finance Minister may, by written instrument, delegate any of the Finance Minister’s powers or functions under this section to an official (within the meaning of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013) of a noncorporate Commonwealth entity (within the meaning of that Act). In exercising powers or functions under a delegation, the official must comply with any directions of the Finance Minister.

33A  Land Council may charge fees for services

 (1) A Land Council may charge a fee for services prescribed by the regulations that it provides in performing any of its functions, or exercising any of its powers, under this Act.

 (2) The fee must not be such as to amount to taxation.

33B  Land Council may charge other fees

 (2) A Land Council may charge the Commonwealth a fee for the reasonable expenses incurred by the Council in providing services prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.

 (3) A fee under subsection (2) must not be such as to amount to taxation.

 (4) Nothing in this section prevents a Land Council charging the Commonwealth a fee under section 33A.

34  Expenditure to be in accordance with approved estimates

 (1) A Land Council shall prepare estimates, in such form as the Minister directs, of its expenditure to meet its administrative costs or capital costs for each financial year and, if the Minister so directs, for any other period and the Land Council shall submit those estimates to the Minister for his or her approval not later than such date as the Minister directs.

Note: The Minister must have regard to approved estimates in determining what amounts are to be debited from the Account under subsection 64(1).

 (1AA) A period directed under subsection (1) for a Land Council may be wholly or partly concurrent with a financial year or other period directed under that subsection for which the Land Council is required to prepare estimates.

 (1A) A Land Council must, at the time it submits estimates to the Minister under subsection (1), notify the Minister, in such form as the Minister directs, of:

 (a) the total amount of fees it expects to receive under section 33A or 33B during the period to which those estimates relate; and

 (b) the total amount of other income it expects to receive during the period to which those estimates relate in relation to performing functions or exercising powers under this Act.

Note: The Minister must have regard to these amounts in determining what amounts are to be debited from the Account under subsection 64(1).

 (1B) Paragraph (1A)(b) does not apply to:

 (a) a payment made to a Land Council as mentioned in subsection 35(2), (3), (4) or (4B); or

 (b) interest received by a Land Council as mentioned in subsection 35(11) in relation to such a payment.

 (2) Subject to subsection (3), moneys of the Land Council shall not be expended to meet its administrative costs or capital costs otherwise than in accordance with estimates of expenditure approved by the Minister.

 (3) The amount of the expenditure by a Land Council in relation to the matter or matters covered by an item in the estimates approved by the Minister may exceed the amount specified in the item by an amount not exceeding 20% of the amount so specified.

 (3AA) Nothing in subsection (3) empowers a Land Council to spend amounts, in relation to matters covered by the estimates approved by the Minister, that exceed the total amount of expenditure provided for by those estimates.

 (3A) A Land Council is also required to prepare budget estimates under section 36 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013.

 (4) In this section:

administrative costs of a Land Council includes:

 (a) the cost of providing services for which the Council may charge a fee under section 33A; and

 (aa) expenses for which the Council may charge a fee under section 33B; and

 (b) the cost of paying remuneration and allowances that are payable under this Act to:

 (i) a member of the Council; or

 (ii) a member of a Land Trust holding land, or established to hold land, in the area of the Council.

35  Application of money of Land Council

 (1) A Land Council must spend the following amounts in meeting its administrative costs or capital costs, in accordance with section 34, in the financial year in which the amounts are received or in the next financial year:

 (a) money paid to the Council under subsection 64(1);

 (b) fees the Council receives under section 33A or 33B;

 (c) other income the Council receives in relation to performing functions or exercising powers under this Act.

 (1A) Paragraph (1)(c) does not apply to:

 (a) a payment made to a Land Council as mentioned in subsection (2), (3), (4) or (4B); or

 (b) interest received by a Land Council as mentioned in subsection (11) in relation to such a payment.

 (2) Subject to this section, money paid to a Land Council under subsection 64(3) must be paid, within 6 months of its receipt by the Land Council, to any Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporations whose members live in, or are the traditional Aboriginal owners of, the area affected by those mining operations, in such proportions as the Land Council determines.

 (3) Subject to this section, within 6 months after money is paid to a Land Council under an agreement made under section 42, 43, 44, 46, 48A, 48B or 48D, it must:

 (a) be applied by the Land Council in accordance with the agreement; or

 (b) if the agreement makes no provision in relation to the application of the money—be paid to any Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporations whose members are affected by the agreement, in such proportions as the Land Council determines.

 (4) Where a Land Council receives a payment in respect of Aboriginal land (including a payment under section 15 or 16 or a payment under a lease or licence under section 19 or 20, but not including a payment under section 33A, 33B or 64 of this Act), the Land Council shall, within 6 months after that payment is received, pay an amount equal to that payment to or for the benefit of the traditional Aboriginal owners of the land.

 (4A) If:

 (a) a Land Council receives a payment as mentioned in subsection (4); and

 (b) the payment is made by the Commonwealth, the Northern Territory or an Authority; and

 (c) the payment is of a kind prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection; and

 (d) under subsection (4), the Land Council pays an amount equal to that payment to a person;

the Land Council must, at the time it pays that amount, advise the person in writing that the amount is an accountable amount.

Note: Sections 35B and 35C impose requirements on a body corporate in relation to accountable amounts.

 (4B) If a Land Council receives a payment in respect of Aboriginal land under a lease under section 19A, the Land Council must, within 6 months of receiving the payment, pay an amount equal to that payment to an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation for the benefit of the traditional Aboriginal owners of the land.

 (5) Where a Land Council has not, before the expiration of the period specified in subsection (2) or (3), disbursed any amount that it is, under that subsection, required to disburse because it has not been able to make a determination under that subsection, the Land Council shall, as soon as practicable after the expiration of that period, but not later than one month after the expiration of that period, give to the Minister a report, in writing, setting out its reasons for not having made that determination.

 (6) Where the Minister receives a report from a Land Council under subsection (5), the Minister may, after having regard to the matters set out in that report and to any other matters that the Minister considers relevant, make a determination in relation to the amount to which the report relates, being a determination that could have been made by the Land Council, and, upon the Minister’s so doing:

 (a) the determination shall have effect, for all purposes of this Act, as if it were a determination that had been duly made by the Land Council; and

 (b) subject to this section, the Land Council shall cause the amount to which the determination relates to be disbursed forthwith in accordance with the determination.

Note: Sections 35B and 35C impose requirements on a body corporate that receives an amount under a determination.

 (6A) If:

 (a) a body corporate spends an amount it received under a determination under subsection (2), (3) or (6); and

 (b) the Land Council concerned is satisfied that the body corporate has not complied with section 35C in respect of the financial year in which the body corporate spent the amount;

the Land Council may, by notice in writing given to the body corporate, suspend payments under a determination under subsection (2), (3) or (6) of this section, as the case may be, to the body corporate until the body corporate does so comply.

 (6B) If a Land Council gives a notice under subsection (6A), the Council must:

 (a) hold an amount that would have been paid to the body corporate, apart from the giving of that notice, in trust for the body corporate; and

 (b) hold the amount in trust until it is paid to the body corporate.

 (6C) During the period of a suspension under subsection (6A), the Land Council may, under subsection 35A(3) or (4):

 (a) vary a determination under subsection (2), (3) or (6) of this section, as the case may be, so that the determination no longer applies in respect of the body corporate and instead applies in respect of another body corporate; or

 (b) revoke a determination under subsection (2), (3) or (6) of this section, as the case may be, in respect of the body corporate and make a new determination under subsection (2) or (3) of this section, as the case may be, in respect of another body corporate.

 (6D) If subsection (6C) applies, the Land Council must pay to the other body corporate any amount held in trust in accordance with subsection (6B). This subsection applies despite subsection (6B).

Note: Interest may also be payable to the other body corporate under subsection (11).

 (6E) A notice under subsection (6A) is not a legislative instrument.

 (8) Each amount of money that is paid to a Land Council as mentioned in subsection (2), (3), (4) or (4B) shall be held in trust for the bodies to which or persons to whom that amount is eventually to be paid in accordance with this section until that amount is so paid.

 (9) Where an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation or the traditional Aboriginal owners of an area of Aboriginal land to which or to whom an amount of money would, but for this subsection, be required to be paid by a Land Council in accordance with subsection (2), (3), (4), (4B) or (6) requests or request the Land Council, in writing, before that amount is so paid, to hold, or to continue to hold, that amount in trust for it or for them, the Land Council shall, notwithstanding that subsection, hold, or continue to hold, that amount in trust accordingly until that request is revoked.

 (10) While an amount of money referred to in subsection (6B), (8) or (9) is held in trust in accordance with that subsection, the Land Council shall cause that amount to be invested in investments of the kind authorised by section 58 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013.

 (11) Where a Land Council pays out an amount of money that it has held in trust and invested in accordance with this section, the Land Council shall, so far as is practicable, pay to the body or person to whom that amount is paid the interest received by the Land Council in respect of the investment of that amount.

Note: Sections 35B and 35C impose requirements on a body corporate that receives an amount under this subsection.

35A  Making of determinations under subsection 35(2), (3) or (6)

 (1) A Land Council must have regard to the following matters before making a determination under subsection 35(2) or (3) in relation to a body corporate:

 (a) any report:

 (i) of an evaluation or audit conducted under paragraph 193X(1)(cb) of the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Act 2005 in relation to the body; and

 (ii) that was given to the Minister administering Part 4B of that Act in the period of 5 years before the time when the Council began to consider making the determination;

 (b) if the body was required to comply with section 35C for one or more of the previous 5 financial years—whether the body has so complied.

 (2) A determination under subsection 35(2), (3) or (6) must be in writing and must specify the period, not exceeding 5 years, for which it is in force.

 (3) A Land Council may vary or revoke a determination under subsection 35(2) or (3). The variation or revocation must be in writing.

 (4) A Land Council may, with the Minister’s approval, vary or revoke a determination under subsection 35(6). The variation or revocation must be in writing.

 (5) A determination under subsection 35(2), (3) or (6) is not a legislative instrument.

35B  Notification requirements for body corporate receiving money from Land Council

  A body corporate that spends an amount that it received:

 (a) under a determination under subsection 35(2), (3) or (6); or

 (b) under subsection 35(3) in accordance with an agreement mentioned in that subsection; or

 (c) under subsection 35(4) that the Land Council concerned has advised, under subsection 35(4A), is an accountable amount; or

 (d) under subsection 35(4B); or

 (e) under subsection 35(11) in relation to an amount covered by paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this section; or

 (f) under subsection 67B(6) that the Land Council concerned has advised, under subsection 67B(7), is an accountable amount;

must inform the recipient of the amount of the purpose of the payment.

35C  Reporting obligations for body corporate receiving money from Land Council

 (1) This section applies to a body corporate that spends an amount in a financial year (the reporting year) that it received in that year or an earlier financial year:

 (a) under a determination under subsection 35(2), (3) or (6); or

 (b) under subsection 35(3) in accordance with an agreement mentioned in that subsection; or

 (c) under subsection 35(4), but only if the Land Council concerned has advised, under subsection 35(4A), that the amount the body corporate received is an accountable amount; or

 (d) under subsection 35(4B); or

 (e) under subsection 35(11) in relation to an amount covered by paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this subsection; or

 (f) under subsection 67B(6), but only if the Land Council concerned has advised, under subsection 67B(7), that the amount the body corporate received is an accountable amount.

 (2) The body corporate must give the Land Council concerned:

 (a) a copy of the financial statements that the body is required, under the law under which it is incorporated, to give in respect of the reporting year; and

 (b) a written report setting out:

 (i) the purpose for which that amount was spent (including details of any relevant project); and

 (ii) each recipient of that amount; and

 (iii) the amount paid to each recipient and the day or days the amount was paid.

 (3) The body corporate must comply with subsection (2) within 30 days after the day by which it is required to give those financial statements.

Note: A body corporate’s failure to do so may affect future payments to the body: see subsections 35(6A) to (6D) and section 35A.

36  Other payments to be approved by Minister

  No payment, other than a payment in accordance with section 34 or 35, shall be made by a Land Council unless the payment has been approved by the Minister.

37  Additional Land Council reporting requirements

 (1) The annual report prepared for a Land Council and given to the Minister under section 46 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 for a period must also include the matters set out in this section in relation to the period.

Fees

 (2) The report must specify:

 (a) the total fees the Council received under section 33A of this Act during that period for services the Council provided under Part IV (whether in that period or the previous period); and

 (b) the total fees the Council received under section 33A of this Act during that period for any other services the Council provided (whether in that period or the previous period); and

 (c) the total fees the Council received under section 33B of this Act during that period.

Section 35 determinations

 (3) The report must include:

 (a) particulars of any determinations made by the Council under subsection 35(2) or (3) during that period; and

 (b) particulars of any determinations made by the Minister under subsection 35(6) during that period.

Details of amounts paid

 (4) The report must include for each amount paid by the Council during that period:

 (a) under a determination made under subsection 35(2); or

 (b) under a determination made under subsection 35(6) (in so far as that determination was made because the Council did not make a determination under subsection 35(2)); or

 (c) under subsection 35(4) that the Council has advised, under subsection 35(4A), is an accountable amount; or

 (d) under subsection 35(4B); or

 (e) under subsection 35(11) in relation to an amount covered by paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this subsection; or

 (f) under subsection 67B(6) that the Council has advised, under subsection 67B(7), is an accountable amount;

the following details:

 (g) the recipient of the amount;

 (h) the subsection under which the amount was paid;

 (i) the total of the amount paid.

Details of amounts held in trust

 (5) If, at the end of that period, the Council holds an amount:

 (a) paid to the Council, in any financial year, as mentioned in subsection 35(2) or (3); and

 (b) in trust as mentioned in subsection 35(6B), (8) or (9);

the report must include the following details:

 (c) the amount paid to the Council and the financial year in which the amount was paid;

 (d) the amount held in trust;

 (e) the mining operations concerned.

Details of approved entities

 (5A) If a lease, granted or transferred to an approved entity under section 19A, of a township in the area of the Land Council is in effect at any time during that period, the report must specify the following for the lease:

 (a) the name of the township;

 (b) the name of the approved entity;

 (c) the name of any other party to the lease.

Details of section 29A committees

 (7) If the appointment of a committee under 29A is in force at any time during that period, the report must include particulars of the activities of the committee during that period.

Details of consultants

 (8) The report must specify:

 (a) each consultant engaged by the Council during that period to do work in relation to the Council’s performance of functions or exercise of powers under this Act; and

 (b) the amount paid to the consultant by the Council during that period for that work.

39  Minister may give directions about Land Council finances

 (1) The Minister may give a written direction to a Land Council about the administration of the Council’s finances.

 (2) A direction under subsection (1) must not be inconsistent with:

 (a) this Act or the regulations under this Act; or

 (b) the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013, or any legislative instruments made under that Act.

 (3) A Land Council must comply with a direction that is in force under subsection (1).

 (4) A direction under subsection (1) is not a legislative instrument.

Part IVMining

 

40  Grants of exploration licences

  An exploration licence must not be granted to a person in respect of Aboriginal land (including Aboriginal land in a conservation zone) unless:

 (a) the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated gives consent under subsection 42(1) to the grant of the licence; or

 (b) the GovernorGeneral has, by Proclamation, declared that the national interest requires that the licence be granted;

and the Land Council and the person have entered into an agreement under this Part as to the terms and conditions to which the grant of the licence will be subject.

41  Application for consent to exploration licences

 (1) Where the Northern Territory Mining Minister has given consent, whether before or after the commencement of this section, to a person’s entering into negotiations with a Land Council for the consent of the Land Council to the grant to the person of an exploration licence in respect of Aboriginal land (in this section referred to as the affected land), the person may submit to that Land Council an application, in writing, for consent to the grant of that licence.

Note: If the consent of the Northern Territory Mining Minister is withdrawn, then the application is also taken to have been withdrawn: see section 41A.

 (2) The person must make the application:

 (a) within the period (the standard period) of 3 months after the consent of the Northern Territory Mining Minister was given; or

 (b) if before the end of the standard period the person requests, in writing, the Minister to extend the standard period:

 (i) if the Minister grants the request—within the extension period; or

 (ii) if the Minister refuses the request—before the end of the period of 7 days beginning on the day the person receives notice of the refusal.

 (2A) The Minister must decide any extension request within 6 weeks of receiving it. The Minister must, by notice in writing given to the person:

 (a) extend the standard period for a period not exceeding 3 months; or

 (b) refuse to extend the standard period.

 (3) If the application is not made as required by subsection (2), the consent of the Northern Territory Mining Minister under subsection (1) is taken to be withdrawn.

 (4) The Land Council must notify the Northern Territory Mining Minister of the day on which the Land Council receives the application.

 (5) The applicant must cause a copy of the application to be sent to the Minister and the Northern Territory Mining Minister.

 (6) The application must set out a comprehensive proposal which includes, but is not limited to, the following particulars:

 (a) a description of the applicant and of the business activities of the applicant;

 (b) a description of the affected land by reference to a map showing roads, topographical features, residential areas and other relevant features;

 (c) a copy of the instrument by which the consent of the Northern Territory Mining Minister was given and of any conditions relevant to the potential impact of the exploration works on the affected land and on Aboriginals, being conditions that are, under a law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals, likely to be conditions to which the grant of the exploration licence will be subject;

 (d) an outline of the proposed exploration program stating, as far as practicable, the location, and likely effect, of proposed exploration works, and including details of:

 (i) the anticipated period of activity upon such works;

 (ii) proposed and possible exploration techniques;

 (iii) the extent to which exploration activities will, or are likely to, affect the environment inside and outside the affected land;

 (iv) the proposed method and amount of vehicular access to and within the affected land with reference to any proposals to construct roads, landing strips or other access facilities;

 (v) the maximum number of people likely to be on the affected land from time to time;

 (vi) the proposed water, timber or other requirements to be obtained from the affected land; and

 (vii) proposals for minimising the effect of the proposed exploration works on the affected land;

 (viii) the estimated cost of exploration;

 (ix) the estimated geological potential of the area;

 (x) a proposal in relation to payments for exploration activities;

 (xi) the term of the exploration period;

 (xii) proposals for rehabilitation; and

 (xiii) proposals for minimising social impact;

 (e) a description, expressed as fully as practicable, of the various methods for the recovery of any minerals found as a result of the exploration;

 (f) the name, position and qualifications of the person or persons, not exceeding 3 in number, who will represent the applicant at meetings convened under subsection 42(4) or, if any such person is unable so to represent the applicant, of any substitute authorised to represent the applicant.

 (7) The Land Council must determine whether it is satisfied the application complies substantially with subsection (6) and give the following written notice of the Council’s determination:

 (a) the applicant;

 (b) the Minister;

 (c) the Northern Territory Mining Minister.

 (8) If the Land Council determines it is not satisfied the application complies substantially with subsection (6), the application is taken not to be a valid application.

 (9) The Land Council may, by written notice, request the applicant to give the Land Council specified information, in the form (if any) and within a period of at least 14 days specified in the notice, for the purpose of making the determination.

 (10) If the Land Council has concerns about whether the application complies substantially with subsection (6), the Land Council may give the applicant a written notice that:

 (a) specifies the concerns; and

 (b) invites the applicant to vary the application to address the concerns; and

 (c) specifies a period of at least 14 days after the date of the notice within which the applicant may give the Land Council the varied application.

 (11) The applicant may vary the application in response to the invitation by giving the Land Council the varied application before the end of the period specified under paragraph (10)(c).

 (12) If the Land Council determines that it is satisfied the application complies substantially with subsection (6), the applicant may request, in writing, the Land Council to agree to a variation of the application in so far as it sets out the comprehensive proposal. The request must be accompanied by a copy of the application as proposed to be varied.

 (13) The application is varied under this subsection if the Land Council agrees to the request by written notice given to the applicant. The Land Council may agree to the request only if it is satisfied that the application as proposed to be varied complies substantially with subsection (6).

 (14) If the application is varied under subsection (11) or (13), the applicant must give the Minister and the Northern Territory Mining Minister:

 (a) a copy of the varied application and the notice given by the Land Council under subsection (10) or (13) (as the case requires); and

 (b) for a variation under subsection (11)—written notice of the date on which the varied application was given to the Land Council.

41A  Withdrawal of application for consent to exploration licence

  If the consent of the Northern Territory Mining Minister referred to in subsection 41(1) is withdrawn before the Land Council consents, or refuses to consent, to the grant of an exploration licence in respect of the Aboriginal land concerned, the application under that subsection is taken to have been withdrawn on the day the consent is withdrawn.

42  Response of Land Council and Minister to application

 (1) Where a Land Council receives an application under section 41 for consent to the grant of an exploration licence in respect of particular land, it must, before the end of the negotiating period in respect of that application:

 (a) by notice in writing, either consent, or refuse to consent, to the grant of an exploration licence authorising the proposed exploration program in respect of that land or of a part of that land; and

 (b) notify the applicant, the Minister and the Northern Territory Mining Minister, in writing, of its decision and of the day on which the decision is made.

 (1AA) The Land Council must notify the applicant, the Minister and the Northern Territory Mining Minister of its decision within 7 days of making the decision.

 (1A) A notice under paragraph (1)(a) is not a legislative instrument.

 (1B) If the Land Council does not make a decision under paragraph (1)(a) before the end of the negotiating period, the consent of the Northern Territory Mining Minister referred to in subsection 41(1) is taken to be withdrawn at the end of that period.

 (2) The Land Council must not consent to the grant of the licence unless it has, before the end of the negotiating period, to the extent practicable:

 (a) consulted the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of the land to which the application relates concerning:

 (i) the exploration proposals; and

 (ii) the terms and conditions to which the grant of the licence may be subject; and

 (b) consulted any Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the grant of the licence to ensure that the community or group has had an adequate opportunity to express to the Land Council its views concerning the terms and conditions.

 (3) The Land Council must not refuse to consent to the grant of the licence unless it has, before the end of the negotiating period, to the extent practicable, consulted the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of the land to which the application relates concerning the matters referred to in paragraph (2)(a).

 (4) To facilitate consultation between the Land Council and the traditional Aboriginal owners, the Land Council must:

 (a) subject to subsection (4A), convene such meetings with them, after the Land Council determines under subsection 41(7) that it is satisfied the application complies substantially with subsection 41(6), as the Land Council considers appropriate for the purposes of considering the exploration proposals and the terms and conditions; and

 (b) give reasonable notice to:

 (i) the applicant before any meeting the applicant is entitled to attend; and

 (ii) the Minister before any meeting a person authorised under subsection (4D) is entitled to attend.

 (4A) The following matters must be discussed at a meeting convened in accordance with paragraph (4)(a), unless the applicant notifies the Land Council that the applicant does not wish its representatives to attend such a meeting to discuss the matter:

 (a) the substantive content of the exploration program;

 (b) the terms and conditions.

 (4B) To avoid doubt, subsection (4A) does not require a meeting to be convened in relation to the application after it is varied under subsection 41(13) if the matters were discussed at one or more meetings convened in accordance with paragraph (4)(a) of this section before the variation.

 (4C) The representatives of the applicant may attend:

 (a) so much of the first meeting (if any) at which the matter mentioned in paragraph (4A)(a) is discussed as is appropriate for the purposes of presenting and explaining the exploration proposals (including any information required to be given to the Northern Territory Mining Minister); and

 (b) so much of the first meeting (if any) at which the matter mentioned in paragraph (4A)(b) is discussed as is appropriate for the purposes of outlining the applicant’s views concerning the terms and conditions; and

 (c) so much of any subsequent meeting as is appropriate for any of the purposes referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this subsection unless the traditional Aboriginal owners, as a group, decide and, through the Land Council, notify the applicant, that the representatives may not attend.

 (4D) The Minister may, in writing, authorise a specified person or any person included in a specified class of persons to attend a meeting in accordance with subsection (5).

 (5) A person authorised by the Minister under subsection (4D) may attend:

 (a) a meeting referred to in paragraph (4C)(a) or (b); and

 (b) any subsequent meeting, unless the traditional Aboriginal owners, as a group, decide and, through the Land Council, notify the Minister, that the person may not attend.

 (6) Subject to subsection (7), the Land Council must not consent to the grant of the licence unless:

 (a) it is satisfied that the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of the land understand the nature and purpose of the terms and conditions and, as a group, consent to them;

 (b) it is satisfied that the terms and conditions are reasonable; and

 (c) it has agreed with the applicant upon the terms and conditions.

 (7) If, at any time within the negotiating period, the Land Council notifies the Minister in writing that the Council and the applicant agree that the terms and conditions should be dealt with by arbitration, the Council is, for the purposes of this Part, taken to have consented to the grant of the licence on the day of the notification.

 (11) If subsection (7) does not apply, the applicant and the Land Council may at any time during the negotiating period:

 (a) appoint a person agreed upon by the parties; or

 (b) request the Minister in writing to appoint a person as a Mining Commissioner;

to try to determine the terms and conditions by conciliation.

 (12) Where a request is made to the Minister under paragraph (11)(b), the Minister must, as soon as practicable, appoint a person under section 48F as a Mining Commissioner and that person must try to determine the terms and conditions by conciliation.

Standard negotiating period

 (13) Subject to subsections (15) and (17), the negotiating period for an application is the period beginning on the day the application is first received by the Land Council and ending at the end of:

 (a) the period of 22 months beginning on 1 January in the calendar year after the calendar year in which the application is first received by the Council; or

 (b) if, before the end of that 22 month period, the applicant and the Council agree in writing to extend that period by 2 years—that 2 year period; or

 (c) if, before the end of the following period (the agreed period):

 (i) that 2 year period;

 (ii) any 12 month period applicable under any application or applications of this paragraph;

  the applicant and the Council agree in writing to extend the agreed period by 12 months—that 12 month period.

Notification of extension agreed between the applicant and the Land Council

 (14) The Land Council must notify the Minister and the Northern Territory Mining Minister of any extension agreed under paragraph (13)(b) or (c).

Ministerial deadline

 (15) At any time during a period applicable under paragraph (13)(b) or (c), the Minister may, in writing, determine that a specified day is to be the end of the negotiating period (which must be a day at least 12 months after the day of the determination).

Consultation

 (16) The Minister must, before making a determination under subsection (15), consult the applicant, the Land Council and the Northern Territory Mining Minister. The Minister may conduct the consultation during the period applicable under paragraph (13)(a).

Special negotiating period for some applications

 (17) If:

 (a) a person makes an application (the original application) under section 41; and

 (b) subsection (1B) of this section applies in relation to the original application; and

 (c) the person makes a later application under section 41 and the comprehensive proposal set out in the later application as first received by the Land Council is substantially the same as the comprehensive proposal set out in the original application (including as varied under subsection 41(11) or (13));

the negotiating period for the later application is the period determined by the Minister under subsection (18).

 (18) The Minister must, in writing, determine a period for the purposes of subsection (17). The period must not be more than 12 months beginning on the day the later application is first received by the Land Council.

 (18A) If:

 (a) subsection (17) applies; and

 (b) the matters mentioned in paragraphs (4A)(a) and (b) were discussed at one or more meetings held in relation to the original application;

then the Land Council is not required to hold any further meeting of the kind referred to in subsection (4) in relation to the later application.

Notice of determination

 (19) The Minister must give written notice of a determination under subsection (15) or (18) to:

 (a) the applicant; and

 (b) the Land Council; and

 (c) the Northern Territory Mining Minister.

Determination not a legislative instrument

 (20) A determination made under subsection (15) or (18) is not a legislative instrument.

43  National interest cases

 (1) Where the GovernorGeneral has, under paragraph 40(b), issued a Proclamation relating to the grant of an exploration licence to a person in respect of Aboriginal land, the person (in this section called the applicant) and the relevant Land Council must, within the negotiating period, try to agree upon the terms and conditions to which the grant will be subject.

 (2) The Land Council shall not agree upon the terms and conditions unless:

 (a) it has, as far as practicable, consulted the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of the land concerning the terms and conditions and it is satisfied that they understand the nature and purpose of the terms and conditions and, as a group, consent to them;

 (b) it has, as far as practicable, consulted any other Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the grant of the licence concerning the terms and conditions and it is satisfied that the community or group has had an adequate opportunity to express its views to the Land Council; and

 (c) it is satisfied that the terms and conditions are reasonable.

Consultation obligations

 (3) In order to facilitate consultation between the Land Council and the traditional Aboriginal owners:

 (a) the Council must convene such meetings with them as are necessary for the purpose of considering the terms and conditions; and

 (b) the Council must give reasonable notice to the applicant and the Minister before each meeting which the applicant and the Minister are entitled to attend; and

 (c) the representatives of the applicant may attend so much of the first meeting at which the terms and conditions are discussed as is appropriate for the purpose of outlining the applicant’s views concerning the terms and conditions; and

 (d) the representatives of the applicant may attend so much of any subsequent meeting as is appropriate for the purpose referred to in paragraph (c) unless the traditional Aboriginal owners as a group:

 (i) decide that the representatives must not attend; and

 (ii) notify the applicant, through the Council, of that decision.

Minister’s representative may attend meetings

 (4) A representative of the Minister:

 (a) may attend the meeting referred to in paragraph (3)(c); and

 (b) may attend any subsequent meeting unless the traditional Aboriginal owners as a group:

 (i) decide that the representative must not attend; and

 (ii) notify the Minister, through the Council, of that decision.

Negotiating period

 (5) Subject to subsection (6), the negotiating period is:

 (a) the period of 180 days after the Proclamation referred to in subsection (1) takes effect; or

 (b) such longer period as is agreed upon in writing between the applicant and the Land Council.

 (6) If:

 (a) the Land Council, within the period applicable under paragraph (5)(a) or (b), requests the Minister to extend that period; and

 (b) the Minister, after consulting the Northern Territory Mining Minister, is satisfied that:

 (i) it is not reasonably practicable for the Council to perform its functions under this section within that period; and

 (ii) it is appropriate to extend that period in all the circumstances;

the Minister may, by notice in writing given to the applicant, the Land Council and the Northern Territory Mining Minister, determine the negotiating period to be a specified longer period.

44  Determination of conditions of exploration licences

 (1) This section applies to a person (in this section called the applicant), in relation to an area of Aboriginal land, if:

 (a) a Land Council is taken to have consented to the grant of an exploration licence in respect of the land under subsection 42(7) (arbitration of terms and conditions by agreement); or

 (b) section 43 applies to the applicant, but the applicant and the Land Council have failed to agree upon the terms and conditions of the grant of the licence within the period referred to in subsection 43(1).

 (2) If paragraph (1)(a) applies, the applicant and the relevant Land Council may refer the terms and conditions of the grant of the licence to be determined by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Act of the Northern Territory.

 (3) A reference to an arbitrator must be made within 30 days, or such other period as is prescribed, after this section applies to the applicant.

 (4) If paragraph (1)(b) applies, the applicant or the Land Council, or both, may, in writing, request the Minister to refer the terms and conditions to a person appointed by the Minister as a Mining Commissioner for determination by conciliation or, failing that, by arbitration.

 (5) Where a request is made to the Minister under subsection (4), the Minister must, as soon as practicable, appoint a person under section 48F as a Mining Commissioner and that person must thereupon try to determine the terms and conditions by conciliation.

 (6) If the Mining Commissioner becomes of the opinion that there is no reasonable prospect of determining the terms and conditions by conciliation, he or she must notify both parties, in writing, of that opinion and, unless either party objects, must proceed to determine by arbitration the terms and conditions that should, in his or her opinion, be acceptable to both parties.

 (7) If either party objects under subsection (6), the Minister must, as soon as practicable, appoint another person under section 48F as a Mining Commissioner and that person must thereupon determine by arbitration the terms and conditions that should, in his or her opinion, be acceptable to both parties.

 (8) In determining the terms and conditions, the Mining Commissioner must take into account:

 (a) the effect that the entry on to the relevant land and the carrying out of exploration operations on the land would have on:

 (i) the preservation and protection of the lifestyle, culture and traditions of the traditional owners of the land;

 (ii) the proposals and wishes of those owners about its management, use and control;

 (iii) the development of the social, cultural and economic structures of those owners; and

 (iv) the freedom of access of those owners and their freedom to carry out, in accordance with tradition, rites, ceremonies and other activities on the land;

 (b) the applicant’s capacity, in carrying out the proposed exploration operations, to minimise any disturbance to those owners and the land;

 (c) the best practicable industry practices for minimising the impact of proposed exploration works upon the land and upon Aboriginals living on that land;

 (d) the nature and location of the exploration works proposed to be carried out; and

 (e) usual industry technology for carrying out exploration works of the kind proposed.

 (9) Where the applicant is willing to enter into an agreement with the Land Council setting out the terms and conditions determined in accordance with this section, the Land Council must enter into that agreement.

 (10) Where the Minister is satisfied that the Land Council has refused, or is unwilling, to enter into an agreement in the circumstances referred to in subsection (9), the Minister must, in the name of, and on behalf of, the Land Council, enter into such an agreement.

 (11) Nothing in this Part is taken to imply that the applicant must enter into an agreement with the Land Council to give effect to any terms and conditions determined by the Mining Commissioner under this section, but if the applicant does not enter into the agreement within 90 days after the determination or such longer period as the Minister may determine on application, within that period of 90 days, by either party, the consent of the Northern Territory Mining Minister under subsection 41(1) is taken to be withdrawn.

44A  Terms and conditions of exploration licences

 (1) The terms and conditions agreed under section 42 or 43, or determined under section 44, must include terms and conditions requiring the applicant to pay compensation for damage or disturbance caused to the relevant Aboriginal land, and to the traditional Aboriginal owners of the land, by exploration activities undertaken on the land.

 (1A) Without limiting subsection (1), the terms and conditions may require the applicant to pay compensation for one or more of the following:

 (a) the value of minerals removed or proposed to be removed from the land;

 (b) deprivation of the use of the land or a part of the land;

 (c) deprivation of the use of improvements on the land as permitted by the agreement;

 (d) severance of the land from other land having the same traditional Aboriginal owners as the land concerned.

 (1B) To avoid doubt, the terms and conditions must not require the applicant to pay any amount as consideration for giving consent to the grant of the exploration licence.

 (2) Where an agreement is entered into under this Part concerning the terms and conditions, the terms and conditions remain in force during the period that:

 (a) the exploration licence;

 (b) if an exploration retention licence is applied for or granted in respect of the whole or a part of the land to which the exploration licence relates—that application or exploration retention licence; or

 (c) if an exploration retention licence granted in respect of the whole or a part of the land to which the exploration licence relates is renewed—that exploration retention licence as so renewed;

is held by the applicant or by the heirs, successors or assigns of that person and such period (if any) immediately following that period as is specified in the agreement.

45  Mining interest not to be granted in certain circumstances

  A mining interest shall not be granted to an intending miner in respect of Aboriginal land unless:

 (a) the relevant Land Council and the intending miner have entered into an agreement under section 46 as to the terms and conditions to which the grant of the mining interest will be subject; and

 (b) the Minister has consented, in writing, to the grant of that mining interest.

46  Terms and conditions to which grant of mining interest subject

 (1) An intending miner who seeks the grant of a mining interest in respect of Aboriginal land in respect of which that intending miner holds or held an exploration licence or an exploration retention licence (whether that exploration licence or exploration retention licence was granted before or after the land became Aboriginal land) shall submit to the relevant Land Council a statement, in writing, setting out:

 (a) a comprehensive proposal in relation to the mining works that the intending miner proposes to conduct on the land which includes, but is not limited to, the following particulars:

 (i) the anticipated period of activity of the mining works;

 (ii) the proposed mining techniques;

 (iii) the extent to which the mining and related activities will, or are likely to affect the environment inside and outside the affected land;

 (iv) the proposed method and amount of vehicular access to and within the affected land with reference to any proposals to construct roads, landing strips or other access facilities;

 (v) the maximum number of people likely to be on the affected land from time to time;

 (vi) the water, timber and other requirements to be obtained from the affected land;

 (vii) proposals for minimising the effect of the proposed mining works on the affected land;

 (viii) any other information of the kind that would, under the law of the Northern Territory relating to the protection of the environment, be required to be included in an environmental impact statement in relation to the proposed mining works;

 (ix) proposals for rehabilitation;

 (x) proposals for minimising social impact;

 (xi) projected production capacity and scale of operations;

 (xii) infrastructure requirements; and

 (xiii) terms and conditions relating to payment;

 (b) the name, position and qualifications of the person or persons, not exceeding 3 in number, who will represent the intending miner at meetings convened pursuant to subsection (5) or, in the event that that person or any of those persons is unable so to represent the intending miner, of any other person authorised to represent the intending miner in lieu of the person who is unable so to represent the intending miner.

 (2) The intending miner shall cause a copy of the statement to be sent to the Minister.

 (3) Where the intending miner submits the statement to the Land Council, the intending miner and the Land Council shall try, within 12 months after receipt by the Land Council of the statement or, if a longer period is agreed upon, in writing, between the intending miner and the Land Council, that longer period, to agree upon the terms and conditions to which the grant of the mining interest will be subject.

 (4) Subject to subsections (7) to (11), inclusive, the Land Council shall not agree upon the terms and conditions unless:

 (a) it has, as far as practicable, consulted the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of the land concerning the terms and conditions and it is satisfied that they understand the nature and purpose of the terms and conditions and, as a group, consent to them;

 (b) it has, as far as practicable, consulted any other Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the grant of the mining interest concerning the terms and conditions and it is satisfied that the community or group has had an adequate opportunity to express its view to the Land Council; and

 (c) it is satisfied that the terms and conditions are reasonable.

 (5) In order to facilitate consultation between the Land Council and the traditional Aboriginal owners:

 (a) the Land Council shall convene such meetings with them as it considers necessary to consider the intending miner’s mining proposals and discuss the terms and conditions;

 (b) the Land Council shall give reasonable notice to the applicant and the Minister before each meeting which the applicant and the Minister are entitled to attend;

 (c) the representatives of the intending miner may attend so much of the first meeting as is appropriate in order to present and explain the intending miner’s mining proposals and to outline the intending miner’s views concerning the terms and conditions; and

 (d) except where the traditional Aboriginal owners as a group decide, and, through the Land Council, notify the intending miner that the representatives of the intending miner may not attend a subsequent meeting that is so convened—the representatives may attend so much of that subsequent meeting as is appropriate in order further to explain those mining proposals or further to discuss the terms and conditions.

 (6) The Minister may, in writing, authorise a specified person, or any person included in a specified class of persons, to:

 (a) attend the first meeting; and

 (b) attend any subsequent meeting.

 (6A) However, a person covered by subsection (6) must not attend any subsequent meeting if the traditional Aboriginal owners as a group:

 (a) decide that the person must not attend; and

 (b) notify the Minister, through the Land Council, of that decision.

 (7) If the intending miner and the Land Council fail, within the period referred to in subsection (3), to agree upon the terms and conditions, either or both of them may, by writing, request the Minister to refer the matters in dispute to a person appointed as a Mining Commissioner for resolution of those matters by conciliation, or, failing that, by arbitration.

 (8) Where a request is made to the Minister under subsection (7), the Minister shall, as soon as practicable, arrange for a person to be appointed as a Mining Commissioner under section 48F and that person shall thereupon try, by conciliation, to assist the intending miner and the Land Council to resolve the matters in dispute.

 (9) If the Mining Commissioner becomes of the opinion that there is no reasonable prospect, by conciliation, of assisting the intending miner and the Land Council to resolve any matters in dispute between them, he or she shall notify both parties, in writing, that he or she is so satisfied and, unless either party objects, proceed, by arbitration of the matters in dispute, to determine the terms and conditions that should, in his or her opinion, be acceptable to both parties.

 (10) If either party objects under subsection (9), the Minister shall, as soon as practicable, arrange for another person to be appointed as a Mining Commissioner under section 48F and that person shall, by arbitration of the matters in dispute, determine the terms and conditions that should, in his or her opinion, be acceptable to both parties.

 (11) The Mining Commissioner shall determine terms and conditions that are fair and reasonable and that, in his or her opinion, should have been negotiated by the parties in commercial arms’ length negotiations conducted in good faith.

 (12) Where the intending miner is willing to enter into an agreement with the Land Council setting out the terms and conditions determined under this section, the Land Council shall enter into that agreement.

 (13) Where the Minister is satisfied that the Land Council has refused, or is unwilling, to enter into an agreement in the circumstances referred to in subsection (12), the Minister shall, in the name of, and on behalf of, the Land Council, enter into such an agreement.

 (14) Where an agreement is entered into under this section concerning the terms and conditions, the terms and conditions are binding upon the parties and their heirs, successors or assigns.

 (15) Nothing in this Part shall be taken to imply that the intending miner must enter into an agreement with the Land Council to give effect to any terms and conditions determined by the Mining Commissioner under this section, but, if the intending miner does not enter into the agreement, within 90 days after the determination or such longer period as the Minister may determine on application, within that period of 90 days, by either party, the licence or lease referred to in subsection (1) is cancelled.

 (16) Where:

 (a) the Mining Commissioner has, under this section, determined the terms and conditions; and

 (b) the intending miner has withdrawn the application for the grant of the mining interest because the intending miner is unwilling to accept the terms and conditions so determined;

the Minister shall not consent to the grant to another intending miner of a mining interest that will enable the mining of a mineral deposit on the same land, being a deposit that was delineated by a previous intending miner (whether the firstmentioned intending miner or not), unless the Minister is satisfied that the other intending miner has entered into an agreement described in subsection (17).

 (17) For the purposes of subsection (16), the agreement shall be an agreement with the previous intending miner or with the heirs, successors or assigns of the previous intending miner to reimburse the previous intending miner, or the heirs, successors or assigns of the previous intending miner, an amount equal to the sum of the exploration expenditure reported by the previous intending miner in accordance with the conditions of the exploration licence or exploration retention licence held by the previous intending miner in respect of the land under a law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals.

 (18) Without limiting the generality of the preceding subsections, the terms and conditions of an agreement under this section shall include terms and conditions relating to the payment to the Land Council of an amount or amounts specified in, or determined under, the agreement.

47  Cancellation of exploration licence or mining interest

Exploration works

 (1) If:

 (a) a Land Council has consented to the grant of an exploration licence (including because of the operation of subsection 42(7)); and

 (b) the Council, by notice in writing to the Minister, states that:

 (i) the licenceholder is conducting, or is likely to conduct, exploration works otherwise than in accordance with the proposed exploration program referred to in the application for that consent (including the application as varied under subsection 41(11) or (13)); and

 (ii) the exploration works are causing, or are likely to cause, a significant impact on the affected land and on Aboriginals, to the extent that the Council would not have consented to the grant of the licence;

the Minister must, within 90 days after receiving the notice:

 (c) consult the Northern Territory Mining Minister; and

 (d) determine, in writing, whether the Minister is satisfied that the Council was entitled to make the statement; and

 (e) determine, in writing, whether the Minister is satisfied that the national interest does not require that the exploration works should proceed.

 (2) If the Minister determines that he or she is satisfied of the matters in paragraphs (1)(d) and (e):

 (a) the Minister must inform the Land Council, the Northern Territory Mining Minister and the licenceholder; and

 (b) the exploration licence is cancelled under this subsection.

Mining works or activities

 (3) If an intending miner causes a copy of a statement of mining proposals to be sent to the Minister under subsection 46(2), the Minister must, within 90 days after receiving the statement:

 (aa) consult the Northern Territory Mining Minister; and

 (a) determine, in writing, whether the Minister is satisfied that:

 (i) the proposed mining works or related activities are not in accordance with the description set out under paragraph 41(6)(e) in respect of the application relating to the relevant exploration licence (including the application as varied under subsection 41(11) or (13)); and

 (ii) the Land Council consented to the grant of the licence (including because of the operation of subsection 42(7)); and

 (iii) the works or activities are causing, or are likely to cause, a significant impact on the affected land and on Aboriginals, to the extent that the Council would not have consented to the grant of the licence; and

 (b) determine, in writing, whether the Minister is satisfied that the national interest does not require that the works or activities should proceed.

 (4) If the Minister determines that he or she is satisfied of the matters in paragraphs (3)(a) and (b):

 (a) the Minister must inform the Land Council, the Northern Territory Mining Minister and the intending miner; and

 (b) if the mining interest applied for has not yet been granted—the application must not be granted; and

 (c) if the mining interest has been granted—the interest is cancelled under this subsection.

Determination not a legislative instrument

 (5) A determination under paragraph (1)(d) or (e) or (3)(a) or (b) is not a legislative instrument.

48  No further applications within certain periods

 (1A) Subsections (1) to (4A) have 3 separate applications as follows:

 (a) the first application is in relation to petroleum and for this purpose those subsections apply as if:

 (i) a reference to a refusal to consent to the grant of an exploration licence were a reference to a refusal to consent to the grant of an exploration licence in relation to petroleum; and

 (ii) a reference to an application under section 41 in respect of particular land or an area within that land were a reference to an application under section 41 in relation to petroleum in respect of that land or an area within that land;

 (b) the second application is in relation to geothermal energy resources and for this purpose those subsections apply as if:

 (i) a reference to a refusal to consent to the grant of an exploration licence were a reference to a refusal to consent to the grant of an exploration licence in relation to geothermal energy resources; and

 (ii) a reference to an application under section 41 in respect of particular land or an area within that land were a reference to an application under section 41 in relation to geothermal energy resources in respect of that land or an area within that land;

 (c) the third application is in relation to minerals other than petroleum or geothermal energy resources and for this purpose those subsections apply as if:

 (i) a reference to a refusal to consent to the grant of an exploration licence were a reference to a refusal to consent to the grant of an exploration licence in relation to minerals other than petroleum or geothermal energy resources; and

 (ii) a reference to an application under section 41 in respect of particular land or an area within that land were a reference to an application under section 41 in relation to minerals other than petroleum or geothermal energy resources in respect of that land or an area within that land.

 (1) Where a Land Council refuses to consent to the grant of an exploration licence in respect of particular land, a further application under section 41 shall not be made in respect of that land, or an area within that land, by any person except as provided in subsection (2), (3), (4) or (4A).

 (2) Where a Land Council has refused to consent to the grant of an exploration licence, the applicant may, during the reapplication period, make a further application under section 41 to the Land Council in respect of the same land or an area within that land.

Note: See also the requirement in subsection (4B) (about having a consent to negotiate).

 (3) Where:

 (a) a Land Council has refused to consent to the grant of an exploration licence;

 (b) at any time after the refusal, the Land Council applies to the Minister under this subsection; and

 (c) the Minister, after consultation with the Commonwealth Minister responsible for mineral resources matters and the Northern Territory Mining Minister, is satisfied on reasonable grounds that:

 (i) the refusal was for a reason or reasons other than a desire to maximise the amount of financial compensation to be received, whether at the exploration or the mining stage;

 (ii) the circumstances or concern that resulted in the refusal are no longer applicable; and

 (iii) the public interest requires that a further application under section 41 be made in respect of the same land or an area within that land;

the Minister shall, subject to subsection (3A), authorise such an application to be made:

 (d) within 90 days—by the original applicant; or

 (e) if the original applicant fails to apply within that period or notifies the Minister that he or she does not intend to apply—by any other person.

Note: See also the requirement in subsection (4B) (about having a consent to negotiate).

 (3A) However, if:

 (a) the refusal under paragraph (3)(a) is in relation to a body corporate; and

 (b) at the time the Minister is satisfied of the matters referred to in paragraph (3)(c), the body corporate has been wound up and has not assigned its rights in relation to this section;

then the Minister may, under subsection (3), authorise an application in respect of the land concerned or an area within that land to be made by any person under section 41 within the period applicable under subsection 41(2).

 (4) Subject to subsection (4A), if:

 (a) a Land Council has refused to consent to the grant of an exploration licence in respect of particular land; and

 (b) the applicant:

 (i) has failed during the reapplication period to make an application under subsection (2); or

 (ii) has notified the Minister in writing within that period of the intention not to make such an application;

a person other than the applicant may apply to the Land Council for consent under section 41 in respect of the firstmentioned land or an area within that land.

Note: See also the requirement in subsection (4B) (about having a consent to negotiate).

 (4A) However, if:

 (a) the refusal under paragraph (4)(a) is in relation to a body corporate; and

 (b) at the start of the reapplication period, the body corporate has been wound up and has not assigned its rights in relation to this section;

then an application in respect of the land concerned or an area within that land may be made by any person under section 41 within the period applicable under subsection 41(2).

Note: See also the requirement in subsection (4B) (about having a consent to negotiate).

 (4B) A person cannot make an application under section 41 as provided for in subsection (2), (3), (4) or (4A) of this section unless the person has in force a consent of the Northern Territory Mining Minister referred to in subsection 41(1).

 (5) Where an exploration licence or mining interest in respect of particular land is cancelled under subsection 47(2) or (4), an application under section 41 or 46, as the case may be, in respect of that land, or an area within that land, shall not be made by any person within 5 years of the cancellation except with the consent of the Minister given after consultation with the Northern Territory Mining Minister.

 (6) The Minister shall not give consent under subsection (5) to a person other than the previous holder of the licence or interest unless the other person has entered into an agreement under subsection (7).

 (7) For the purposes of subsection (6), the agreement shall be an agreement with the previous holder or with his or her heirs, successors or assigns to reimburse the previous holder or his or her heirs, successors or assigns, an amount equal to the sum of the exploration expenditure reported by the previous holder in accordance with the conditions of the exploration licence or exploration retention licence held by the previous holder in respect of the land under a law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals.

 (8) Without limiting the generality of the preceding subsections, the terms and conditions of an agreement under this section may include terms and conditions relating to the payment to the Land Council of an amount or amounts specified in, or determined under, the agreement.

 (9) In this section:

 (a) a reference to a person, in the case of a person who has died or been wound up or has assigned his or her rights under this Part, includes a reference to the heirs, successors or assigns of the person; and

 (b) a reference to the reapplication period, in relation to a refusal by a Land Council to consent to the grant of an exploration licence, means the period of 30 days commencing 5 years after the day on which the refusal decision was made.

Note: Paragraph 42(1)(b) requires the Land Council to notify the applicant, the Minister and the Northern Territory Mining Minister of its refusal decision and of the day on which the refusal decision is made.

48A  Land Council may enter agreement concerning exploration or mining of land subject to claim

 (1) A Land Council may enter into an agreement with a person who has, under the law of the Northern Territory relating to mining, made application for an exploration licence in respect of land that is the subject of an application referred to in paragraph 50(1)(a) and is in the area of that Land Council setting out the terms and conditions to which, if the land becomes Aboriginal land before the grant of that licence, the grant of that licence will be subject.

 (2) A Land Council may enter into an agreement with a person who holds an exploration licence in respect of land that is the subject of an application referred to in paragraph 50(1)(a) and is in the area of that Land Council setting out the terms and conditions subject to which, if the land becomes Aboriginal land, the person may carry out the exploration works authorised by the licence.

 (3) A Land Council may enter into an agreement with a person who:

 (a) under the law of the Northern Territory relating to mining, holds an exploration licence in relation to land that is the subject of an application referred to in paragraph 50(1)(a) and is in the area of that Land Council; and

 (b) has lodged an application, under that law, for the grant of a mining interest in respect of that land;

setting out the terms and conditions to which, if the land becomes Aboriginal land before the grant of that mining interest, the grant of that mining interest will be subject.

 (4) A Land Council shall not enter into an agreement under subsection (1), (2) or (3) in respect of an area of land unless it is satisfied that:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners of the land understand the nature and purpose of the agreement and, as a group, consent to it; and

 (b) any Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the agreement has been consulted and has had an adequate opportunity to express its views to the Land Council.

 (5) An agreement referred to in subsection (1) or (2) is binding on the successors to the Land Council.

 (6) Where, before an area of land became Aboriginal land, a Land Council had entered into an agreement under subsection (1) with a person who has made application for an exploration licence in respect of that land, then, for the purposes of this Part, when the land becomes Aboriginal land:

 (a) the consent of the Land Council to the grant of the exploration licence is not required; and

 (b) the agreement shall be taken, for all purposes, to be an agreement under section 44 as to terms and conditions to which the grant of that exploration licence will be subject.

 (7) Where, before an area of land becomes Aboriginal land, a Land Council had entered into an agreement under subsection (3) with a person who has made application for the grant of a mining interest in that land, then, for the purposes of this Part, when the land becomes Aboriginal land:

 (a) the person shall be treated as an intending miner; and

 (b) the agreement shall be taken, for all purposes, to be an agreement under section 46 as to the terms and conditions to which the grant of that mining interest will be subject.

48AA  Special provisions relating to specified areas

 (1) This section applies to:

 (a) the Aboriginal land described in Schedule 3, being the land known as the Eastern Areas on Groote Eylandt; and

 (b) if:

 (i) the boundaries of the area known as the Coronation Hill Project Area are prescribed for the purposes of this section; and

 (ii) any land within the boundaries so prescribed becomes Aboriginal land;

  that Aboriginal land.

 (2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the preceding provisions of this Part do not apply to Aboriginal land to which this section applies.

 (3) An exploration licence in respect of Aboriginal land to which this section applies must not be granted unless the applicant for the licence has entered into an agreement in writing with the relevant Land Council on the terms and conditions of the grant of the licence.

 (4) The applicant shall:

 (a) submit to the Land Council, in writing, a comprehensive proposal including, but not limited to, the particulars set out in paragraphs 41(6)(a) to (f), inclusive; and

 (b) cause a copy of the proposal to be sent to the Minister.

 (5) Where the applicant and the Land Council fail to agree upon the terms and conditions within 12 months after receipt of the proposal by the Land Council, the applicant or the Land Council, or both, may, in writing, request the Minister to refer the terms and conditions to a person appointed by the Minister as a Mining Commissioner for determination by conciliation, or, failing that, by arbitration.

 (6) Where such a request is made, subsections 44(5) to (11) (inclusive) apply.

 (7) Section 44A applies, with the necessary changes, to terms and conditions agreed upon or determined under this section.

 (8) A mining interest in respect of Aboriginal land to which this section applies must not be granted to an applicant unless the relevant Land Council and the applicant have entered into an agreement in writing as to the terms and conditions of the grant of the interest.

 (9) Section 46 applies, with the necessary changes, to the grant of a mining interest in respect of the land.

48B  Variation of terms and conditions

 (1) Where:

 (a) an agreement setting out the terms and conditions subject to which an exploration licence or mining interest will be granted to a person (in this section called the person) has been entered into by or on behalf of a Land Council with the person;

 (b) the licence or interest has been granted to the person;

 (c) for reasons (other than financial reasons) outside the control of the person it is not practicable for the person to carry out the exploration or mining works to which the licence or interest relates in accordance with those terms and conditions; and

 (d) the person and the Land Council are unable to agree whether, or in what respect, the terms and conditions should be varied and the agreement does not contain any provision for variation of the agreement;

either or both of them may, by writing, request the Minister to arrange for a person to be appointed as a Mining Commissioner to determine whether, and in what respect, those terms and conditions should be varied.

 (2) The Minister shall, as soon as practicable, arrange for a person to be appointed under section 48F as a Mining Commissioner, who shall determine the matters referred to in subsection (1).

 (3) Where the Mining Commissioner determines that the terms and conditions should be varied and determines the respects in which they should be so varied, then, if the person is willing to enter into an agreement with the Land Council to vary the terms and conditions in accordance with the determination, the Land Council shall enter into an agreement to that effect.

 (4) Where the Minister is satisfied that the Land Council has refused, or is unwilling, to enter into an agreement in the circumstances referred to in subsection (3), the Minister shall, in the name of, and on behalf of, the Land Council, enter into such an agreement.

 (5) Subsection 46(12) applies to an agreement under section 46 as varied under this section as it applied to the agreement before it was so varied.

48C  Application of Acts authorising mining on Aboriginal land

 (1) The Atomic Energy Act 1953 or any other Act authorising mining for minerals does not apply in relation to Aboriginal land so as to authorise a person to enter or remain, or do any act, on the land unless:

 (a) the GovernorGeneral has, by Proclamation, declared that both the Minister and the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated have consented to the application of that Act in relation to entry on that land; or

 (b) the GovernorGeneral has, by Proclamation, declared that the national interest requires the application of that Act in relation to entry on that land.

48D  Payments in respect of mining under Acts

 (1) Where, by virtue of a Proclamation under section 48C, the Atomic Energy Act 1953 or any other Act authorising mining for minerals applies, in the manner referred to in that section, in respect of any Aboriginal land, that Act shall not be taken to authorise a person to enter or remain, or do any act, on that land unless the Commonwealth has entered into an agreement under seal with the relevant Land Council for the acceptance by the Commonwealth of such terms and conditions as are provided for in the agreement, including terms and conditions relating to the payment to the Land Council by the Commonwealth of an amount or amounts specified in, or ascertained in accordance with, the agreement.

 (2) An agreement under subsection (1) may make provision for the distribution of any money paid to the Land Council under the agreement to or for the benefit of such groups of Aboriginals as are specified in the agreement.

 (3) Where a Land Council, in entering into an agreement under subsection (1), fails to comply with subsection 23(3) in respect of Aboriginal land to which the agreement relates, that failure does not invalidate the entry by the Land Council into the agreement.

 (4) A payment by the Commonwealth under an agreement under this section shall be made out of money appropriated by the Parliament for the purpose.

48E  Arbitration on required agreement

 (1) Where the Minister is satisfied that:

 (a) a Land Council has refused, or is unwilling, to negotiate with respect of the terms and conditions of an agreement required by subsection 48D(1); or

 (b) the Land Council and the Commonwealth cannot agree on the terms and conditions of the agreement;

the Minister may, after consultation with the Land Council, arrange for a person to be appointed as a Mining Commissioner, in accordance with section 48F, to determine the terms and conditions that, in the opinion of the Mining Commissioner, should be acceptable to both parties for the purposes of this subsection.

 (2) Where the Mining Commissioner has determined the terms and conditions of the agreement and the Commonwealth is willing to enter into the agreement with the Land Council, the Land Council shall enter into the agreement.

 (3) Where the Minister is satisfied that the Land Council has refused, or is unwilling, to enter into the agreement under subsection (2), the Minister may, in the name of, and on behalf of, the Land Council, enter into the agreement.

48F  Appointment as Mining Commissioner

 (1) If a Mining Commissioner is to be appointed for purposes relating to an exploration licence, the Minister shall appoint:

 (a) a person who holds, or has held, office as a Judge of the Federal Court of Australia; or

 (b) a legal practitioner of at least 5 years standing; or

 (c) a Fellow of the Institute of Arbitrators and Mediators Australia; or

 (d) a person prescribed by the regulations.

 (2) If a Mining Commissioner is to be appointed for purposes relating to a mining interest, the Minister shall notify the AttorneyGeneral who shall, after consultation with the Commonwealth Ministers respectively responsible for Aboriginal affairs matters and mineral resources matters, appoint a person who holds, or has held office, as a Judge of the Federal Court of Australia.

 (3) The Minister shall not appoint a Mining Commissioner for a purpose relating to an exploration licence unless the Minister has submitted the names of not less than 3 persons having the qualifications set out in subsection (1) to the Land Council and the applicant referred in section 42 or 44, or to the Land Council and the person referred to in section 48B, as the case may be.

 (4) Where the Minister has submitted the names of persons to a Land Council, or to a Land Council and another person, under subsection (3), the Minister shall appoint as a Mining Commissioner:

 (a) if the Minister is satisfied that the Land Council, or that the Land Council and that other person, as the case requires, agree to the appointment of one of the persons whose names have been so submitted—the person so agreed upon; or

 (b) if the Minister is satisfied that there is no reasonable prospect that the Land Council or the Land Council and that other person, as the case requires, will so agree—a person having the qualifications set out in subsection (1) whom the Minister considers suitable to be so appointed.

 (5) In the performance by a Mining Commissioner of an arbitration function relating to an exploration licence, the Mining Commissioner shall be assisted by 2 persons appointed for that purpose by the Minister.

 (6) Of the persons appointed under subsection (5), one shall be nominated, in writing, by the Land Council concerned and the other shall be nominated, in writing, by the Northern Territory Minerals Council (Incorporated).

48G  Proclamations to be laid before Parliament

 (1) The Minister shall, as soon as practicable after the making of a Proclamation referred to in paragraph 40(b) or subsection 48C(1), cause a copy of the Proclamation to be laid before each House of the Parliament.

 (2) Either House of the Parliament, within 15 sitting days of that House after a copy of a Proclamation has been laid before that House under subsection (1), may, in pursuance of a motion upon notice, pass a resolution disapproving of the declaration in the Proclamation.

 (3) Where:

 (a) a notice referred to in subsection (2) is given with respect to a Proclamation; and

 (b) at the expiration of the period during which a resolution disapproving of the declaration in the Proclamation could have been passed:

 (i) the notice has not been withdrawn and the relevant motion has not been called on; or

 (ii) the relevant motion has been called on, moved and seconded and has not been withdrawn or otherwise disposed of;

the declaration in the Proclamation shall be deemed to have been disapproved of.

 (4) If:

 (a) neither House of the Parliament passes a resolution in accordance with subsection (2) disapproving of the declaration in a Proclamation; and

 (b) the declaration in the Proclamation has not been deemed to have been disapproved of under subsection (3);

the Proclamation takes effect on the day immediately following the last day upon which a resolution disapproving of the declaration in the Proclamation could have been passed.

 (5) If, before the expiration of 15 sitting days of a House of the Parliament after a copy of a Proclamation referred to in subsection (1) has been laid before that House:

 (a) the House of Representatives is dissolved or expires, or the Parliament is prorogued; and

 (b) a resolution for the disapproval of the declaration in the Proclamation has not been passed by the firstmentioned House;

the copy of the Proclamation shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed to have been laid before that firstmentioned House on the first sitting day of that firstmentioned House after the dissolution, expiry or prorogation, as the case may be.

48H  Agreements for entry on Aboriginal land

 (1) An agreement made, or deemed to have been made, under section 44 or 46 may include provisions regulating or authorising the entry of persons on Aboriginal land for purposes relating to the subjectmatter of the agreement.

 (2) Without affecting the generality of subsection (1), an agreement referred to in that subsection may provide for the issue of permits by the Land Council concerned to persons wishing to enter on Aboriginal land for purposes relating to the subjectmatter of the agreement.

 (3) The issuing and revocation of permits referred to in subsection (2) shall be in accordance with the terms of the relevant agreement and not otherwise.

 (4) This section shall not be taken, by implication, to limit the kinds of estates or interests that can be the subject of an agreement or a determination under subsection 70(4).

48J  Offence in connection with mining interest

 (1) Except as provided by section 33A, 42, 43, 44, 46, 48A, 48B or 48D or as expressly provided by any other law, a person shall not make or agree to make a payment, or offer or agree to offer a gift, to another person in connection with the granting of an exploration licence or a mining interest in Aboriginal land.

 (2) An offence against subsection (1) is an indictable offence and, subject to this section, is punishable on conviction by:

 (a) in the case of a natural person—a fine of not more than 120 penalty units or imprisonment for not more than 2 years, or both; or

 (b) in the case of a body corporate—a fine of not more than 600 penalty units.

 (3) Notwithstanding that an offence against subsection (1) is an indictable offence, a court of summary jurisdiction may hear and determine proceedings in respect of an offence if the court is satisfied that it is proper to do so and the defendant and the prosecutor consent.

 (4) Where a court of summary jurisdiction convicts a person of an offence against subsection (1), the maximum penalty that the court may impose is:

 (a) in the case of a natural person—a fine of 60 penalty units or imprisonment for 12 months, or both; or

 (b) in the case of a body corporate—a fine of 300 penalty units.

Part VAboriginal Land Commissioners

 

49  Aboriginal Land Commissioners

  There shall be such number of Aboriginal Land Commissioners as the Minister determines.

50  Functions of Commissioner

 (1) The functions of a Commissioner are:

 (a) on an application being made to the Commissioner by or on behalf of Aboriginals claiming to have a traditional land claim to an area of land, being unalienated Crown land or alienated Crown land in which all estates and interests not held by the Crown are held by, or on behalf of, Aboriginals:

 (i) to ascertain whether those Aboriginals or any other Aboriginals are the traditional Aboriginal owners of the land; and

 (ii) to report his or her findings to the Minister and to the Administrator of the Northern Territory, and, where the Commissioner finds that there are Aboriginals who are the traditional Aboriginal owners of the land, to make recommendations to the Minister for the granting of the land or any part of the land in accordance with sections 11 and 12;

 (b) to inquire into the likely extent of traditional land claims by Aboriginals to alienated Crown land and to report to the Minister and to the Administrator of the Northern Territory, from time to time, the results of his or her inquiries;

 (c) to establish and maintain a register of the traditional land claims referred to in paragraph (b);

 (d) to advise the Minister in connexion with any other matter relevant to the operation of this Act that is referred to the Commissioner by the Minister; and

 (e) to advise the Minister and the Administrator of the Northern Territory in connexion with any other matter relating to land in the Northern Territory that is referred to the Commissioner by the Minister with the concurrence of the Administrator of the Northern Territory.

 (2) A Commissioner may, with the approval of the Minister, perform any function that may be conferred on the Commissioner by a law of the Northern Territory.

 (2A) A Commissioner shall not perform a function under paragraph (1)(a) in respect of an application made after the expiration of 10 years after the commencement of this subsection.

 (2B) Where:

 (a) an application referred to in paragraph (1)(a) has been made to a Commissioner;

 (b) it appears to the Commissioner that the land to which the application relates is, in whole or part, the same as the whole or part of land to which an earlier application related; and

 (c) the report made under subparagraph (1)(a)(ii) in relation to the earlier application made no recommendation as mentioned in that subparagraph in relation to that land;

the Commissioner shall not perform, or continue to perform, a function under paragraph (1)(a) in relation to the land (in this subsection referred to as the common land) to which both the firstmentioned application and the earlier application relate unless the Commissioner finds:

 (d) that the basis on which the applicants contend that the applicants, or specified Aboriginals, are the traditional Aboriginal owners of the common land is substantially different from the basis on which the like contention was made in relation to the previous claim;

 (e) that information, documents or records that are likely to be relevant to the performance by the Commissioner of that function, being information, records or documents that were not available to the Commissioner to whom the previous application was made, will be available to the Commissioner in connection with the performance of that function; or

 (f) any other ground upon which it appears to the Commissioner appropriate to perform, or continue to perform, that function;

and that it is likely that the Commissioner will find that the applicants or specified Aboriginals are the traditional Aboriginal owners of the common land.

 (2C) Where:

 (a) an application referred to in paragraph (1)(a) has been made to a Commissioner; and

 (b) it appears to the Commissioner that an estate or interest in the land is held by or on behalf of Aboriginals;

the Commissioner shall not perform, or continue to perform, a function under that paragraph in relation to the application as it relates to that land unless the Aboriginals who hold that estate or interest have, or the body which holds that estate or interest on their behalf has, consented, in writing, to the making of the application.

 (2D) Where:

 (a) an application referred to in paragraph (1)(a) has been made to a Commissioner (whether before or after the commencement of this subsection);

 (b) the whole or part of the land to which the application relates was reserved, dedicated or otherwise set aside under a law of the Northern Territory, with effect from a time before the commencement of this subsection, as a stock route or stock reserve; and

 (c) if the application was made before the commencement of this subsection—the Commissioner had not, before that commencement, commenced an inquiry under paragraph (1)(a) in relation to the application in respect of that land or that part;

the Commissioner shall not perform, or continue to perform, a function under paragraph (1)(a) in relation to the application in respect of that land or that part.

 (2E) Paragraph (2D)(b) does not apply in relation to:

 (a) a stock route or stock reserve that is, along each of its two longer boundaries, contiguous to land to which the application relates.

 (3) In making a report in connexion with a traditional land claim a Commissioner shall have regard to the strength or otherwise of the traditional attachment by the claimants to the land claimed, and shall comment on each of the following matters:

 (a) the number of Aboriginals with traditional attachments to the land claimed who would be advantaged, and the nature and extent of the advantage that would accrue to those Aboriginals, if the claim were acceded to either in whole or in part;

 (b) the detriment to persons or communities including other Aboriginal groups that might result if the claim were acceded to either in whole or in part;

 (c) the effect which acceding to the claim either in whole or in part would have on the existing or proposed patterns of land usage in the region; and

 (d) where the claim relates to alienated Crown land—the cost of acquiring the interests of persons (other than the Crown) in the land concerned.

 (4) In carrying out his or her functions a Commissioner shall have regard to the following principles:

 (a) Aboriginals who by choice are living at a place on the traditional country of the tribe or linguistic group to which they belong but do not have a right or entitlement to live at that place ought, where practicable, to be able to acquire secure occupancy of that place;

 (b) Aboriginals who are not living at a place on the traditional country of the tribe or linguistic group to which they belong but desire to live at such a place ought, where practicable, to be able to acquire secure occupancy of such a place.

51  Powers of Commissioner

  A Commissioner may do all things necessary or convenient to be done for or in connexion with the performance of his or her functions.

52  Appointment of Commissioner

 (1) A Commissioner shall be appointed by the GovernorGeneral.

 (2) Subject to this Act, a Commissioner holds office for such period, not exceeding 3 years, as is specified in his or her instrument of appointment and on such terms and conditions as the GovernorGeneral determines, but is eligible for reappointment.

 (4) Where the period of office of a Commissioner has expired, the Commissioner shall, unless the GovernorGeneral otherwise directs, be deemed to continue to hold the office of Commissioner for the purpose only of completing the performance of a function under this Act commenced but not completed before the period of office expired.

53  Judge or former Judge to be appointed as Commissioner

 (1) A person shall not be appointed as a Commissioner unless he or she is or has been a Judge.

 (3) The appointment of a Judge as a Commissioner and the Judge’s service as a Commissioner does not affect:

 (a) his or her tenure of judicial office; or

 (b) the Judge’s rank, title, status, precedence, salary or annual allowances or other judicial privileges as the holder of that judicial office.

 (3A) For all purposes, the Judge’s service as a Commissioner is taken to be service as the holder of his or her judicial office.

 (4) In this section, Judge means:

 (a) a Judge of the Federal Court of Australia; or

 (b) a Judge, additional Judge, or acting Judge of the Supreme Court of the Northern Territory.

53A  Protection for Commissioner etc.

 (1) A Commissioner shall, in the exercise of his or her functions as a Commissioner, have the same protection and immunity as a Justice of the High Court.

 (2) A barrister or solicitor appearing before a Commissioner who is conducting an inquiry in pursuance of his or her functions under this Act has the same protection and immunity as a barrister has in appearing for a party in proceedings in the High Court.

53B  Application of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013

  A Commissioner is not an official of a Commonwealth entity for the purposes of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013.

54  Power to require person to answer questions and produce documents

 (1) A Commissioner may, by notice in writing, require a person whom the Commissioner believes to be capable of giving information relating to a matter being inquired into by the Commissioner in carrying out his or her functions under this Act, being a matter specified in the notice, to attend before him or her at the time and place specified in the notice and there to answer questions in relation to that matter and to produce to the Commissioner such documents and other records in relation to that matter as are specified in the notice.

 (2) A Commissioner may make and retain copies of, or extracts from, any documents or other records produced in pursuance of this section.

 (3) A person is not excused from:

 (a) answering a question; or

 (b) producing any documents or other records;

when required to do so under this section on the ground that the answer to the question, or the production of the records or other documents:

 (c) might tend to incriminate the person; or

 (d) might make the person liable to a penalty.

 (3A) However, the person’s answer to any such question is not admissible in evidence against him or her in proceedings, other than proceedings for an offence against paragraph (6)(b) or section 54B.

 (4) A person attending before a Commissioner in pursuance of this section has the same protection, and is, in addition to the penalties provided by this section, subject to the same liabilities, as a witness in proceedings in the High Court.

 (5) A Commissioner may administer an oath or affirmation to a person required to attend before him or her in pursuance of this section and may examine the person on oath or affirmation.

 (6) A person shall not fail:

 (a) to attend before a Commissioner;

 (b) to be sworn or make an affirmation; or

 (c) to answer a question or produce a document or record;

when so required in pursuance of this section.

Penalty: 30 penalty units.

 (7) Subsection (6) is an offence of strict liability.

Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.

54A  Person wishing to give information etc. to Commissioner

 (1) Where a person present at a place where a Commissioner is conducting an inquiry in pursuance of the Commissioner’s functions under this Act indicates to the Commissioner that the person wishes to give information, or to produce documents or other records, relating to the matter the subject of the inquiry, the Commissioner may:

 (a) if the person wishes to give information—administer an oath or affirmation to that person and examine that person on oath or affirmation; or

 (b) if the person wishes to produce documents or other records—inspect, and make and retain copies of, or extracts from, those documents or other records.

 (2) A person shall not fail to answer a question put to him or her by a Commissioner in the course of an examination under subsection (1).

Penalty: 30 penalty units.

 (2A) Subsection (2) is an offence of strict liability.

Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.

 (3) A person is not excused from answering a question referred to in subsection (2) on the ground that the answer to the question:

 (a) might tend to incriminate the person; or

 (b) might make the person liable to a penalty.

 (3A) However, the person’s answer to any such question is not admissible in evidence against him or her in proceedings other than proceedings for an offence against that subsection or section 54B.

 (4) A person being examined under subsection (1) has the same protection, and is, in addition to the penalty provided by subsection (2), subject to the same liabilities, as a witness in proceedings in the High Court.

54AA  Commissioner may restrict publication etc.

 (1) A Commissioner may give directions prohibiting or limiting the publication of, or access to, information given, or a book, document or other record produced, to the Commissioner under this Act.

 (2) Where information is to be publicly given, or a book, document or other record is to be publicly produced, to a Commissioner under this Act, the Commissioner may give directions requiring that persons specified in the direction, or persons included in a class of persons specified in the direction, are not to be in the vicinity of the place where the information is to be given, or the book, document or other record produced, as the case may be.

 (3) A person who intentionally contravenes or fails to comply with a direction given under this section is guilty of an offence punishable, on summary conviction, by:

 (a) in the case of a natural person—a fine of not more than 60 penalty units or imprisonment for not more than 12 months, or both; or

 (b) in the case of a body corporate—a fine of not more than 300 penalty units.

54C  Financial assistance in respect of legal representation

 (1) Where:

 (a) an application has been made, in accordance with paragraph 50(1)(a), to a Commissioner by or on behalf of Aboriginals claiming to have a traditional land claim to an area of land; and

 (b) a person (not being a person by whom, or on whose behalf, the application referred to in paragraph (a) has been made) or an unincorporated association of persons wishes to be, or is, legally represented at the inquiry by the Commissioner into the claim;

that person or association may apply to the AttorneyGeneral for the provision of assistance under this section in respect of the cost of such representation at that inquiry.

 (2) Where:

 (a) an application is made to the AttorneyGeneral under subsection (1); and

 (b) the AttorneyGeneral, or a person appointed or engaged under the Public Service Act 1999 (the public servant) authorized in writing by the AttorneyGeneral, is satisfied that, in all the circumstances of the case, it is reasonable that the Commonwealth should provide assistance in respect of the whole or a part of the cost of the representation to which the application relates;

the AttorneyGeneral or the public servant may authorize, either unconditionally or subject to such conditions as the AttorneyGeneral or the public servant determines, the provision by the Commonwealth of assistance under this section in respect of the whole or that part of the cost of that representation.

 (3) The reference in subsection (2) to all the circumstances of the case shall be read as including a reference to any hardship that the refusal of the application in question would cause to the applicant or, if the applicant is an unincorporated association of persons, to any of those persons.

54D  Reference of question of law to Federal Court

 (1) A Commissioner may refer a question of law arising in connection with an application referred to in paragraph 50(1)(a) made to the Commissioner to the Federal Court of Australia for determination.

 (2) The Federal Court of Australia has jurisdiction to hear and determine a question of law referred to it under subsection (1) and that jurisdiction shall be exercised by that Court constituted as a Full Court.

 (3) Where a question of law arising in connection with such an application has been referred to the Federal Court of Australia under this section, a Commissioner shall not:

 (a) make a finding to which the question is relevant while the reference is pending; or

 (b) exercise the functions of a Commissioner under paragraph (1)(a) in a manner that is inconsistent with the determination of the Federal Court on the question.

55  Interests of Commissioner in any business

  A Commissioner shall, as soon as practicable, give written notice to the Minister of all direct and indirect pecuniary interests that he or she has or acquires in any business carried on in Australia or in any body corporate carrying on any such business or in any land in the Northern Territory.

56  Leave of absence

  The Minister may grant leave of absence to a Commissioner upon such terms and conditions as the Minister determines.

57  Acting appointments

 (1) Where there is a vacancy in an office of Commissioner, the Minister may appoint a person to act as a Commissioner until the filling of the vacancy, but a person so appointed shall not continue so to act after the expiration of the period of 12 months after the occurrence of the vacancy.

 (2) Where a Commissioner is, or is expected to be, absent from Australia or is unable, whether on account of illness or otherwise, to perform the duties of his or her office, the Minister may appoint a person to act as a Commissioner during the period during which the Commissioner is so absent or so unable to perform the duties of his or her office.

 (3) Subject to subsection (4), a person appointed to act as a Commissioner in accordance with this section has all the functions, powers and duties of the Commissioner in whose place the person is appointed to act.

 (4) A person referred to in subsection (3) does not have the powers conferred on a Commissioner by section 54 or 54A unless the person is or has been a Judge.

 (5) The Minister may:

 (a) subject to this Act and having regard to the terms and conditions of appointment applicable to a Commissioner, determine the terms and conditions of appointment, including remuneration and allowances, of a person appointed under this section; and

 (b) at any time, terminate such an appointment.

 (6) A person appointed under this section may resign his or her appointment by signed writing delivered to the Minister, but the resignation does not have effect until it is accepted by the Minister.

 (7) A reference in subsection (4) to a Judge is a reference to:

 (a) a Judge of the Supreme Court of the Northern Territory or a person appointed as an additional Judge, or a person acting as a Judge, of that Court; or

 (b) a Judge, or a person acting as a Judge, of a court created by Parliament.

58  Resignation

  A Commissioner may resign his or her office by signed writing delivered to the GovernorGeneral, but the resignation does not have effect until it is accepted by the GovernorGeneral.

59  Staff to assist Commissioner

  Any staff required to assist a Commissioner shall be persons engaged under the Public Service Act 1999.

60  Consultants to Commissioner

 (1) A Commissioner may, on behalf of the Commonwealth, engage persons having suitable qualifications and experience as consultants to the Commissioner.

 (2) The terms and conditions on which persons are engaged under subsection (1) shall be such terms and conditions as are determined by the Minister.

61  Annual report etc. by Commissioner

 (1) Each Commissioner shall, as soon as practicable after 30 June in each year, prepare and furnish to the Minister a report of his or her operations during the year that ended on that date and, for that purpose, the period commencing on the day on which this Act receives the Royal Assent and ending on 30 June 1977 shall be regarded as a year.

 (2) A Commissioner shall furnish to the Minister such additional reports as the Minister requires and may furnish such other reports as the Commissioner thinks fit.

 (3) The Minister shall cause a report furnished under subsection (1) to be laid before each House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days of that House after the receipt of the report by the Minister.

Part VIAboriginals Benefit Account

 

62  Aboriginals Benefit Account

 (1) There is continued in existence the Aboriginals Benefit Account.

Note: The Account was established by subsection 5(3) of the Financial Management Legislation Amendment Act 1999.

 (2) The Account is a special account for the purposes of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013.

 (3) If interest is received by the Commonwealth from the investment of an amount standing to the credit of the Account, an amount equal to the interest must be credited to the Account.

62A  Minimum investment amount

 (1) The Minister may, by writing, determine an amount (the investment amount) for the purposes of this section.

 (2) If, at any time while the determination is in effect, the total of the amounts that:

 (a) have been debited from the Account; and

 (b) are invested in accordance with section 58 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013;

is less than the investment amount, the balance is to be available to be debited from the Account for the purpose of being so invested (and not for any other purpose).

 (3) A determination takes effect on the day specified in the determination.

 (4) A determination is not a legislative instrument.

63  Credit of amounts to Account

 (1) Subject to subsection (2), there must be credited to the Account, from time to time, amounts equal to the amounts of any royalties received by the Commonwealth or the Northern Territory in respect of a mining interest in Aboriginal land.

 (2) If, because of an increase in the rate of royalty since 26 January 1977, an amount of royalties received by the Commonwealth in respect of a mining interest in the area of Aboriginal land described in Schedule 5 is higher than the amount that, but for that increase, the Commonwealth would have received in respect of that mining interest, such part only of the increase in the amount of those royalties as is determined by the Minister is to be taken into account in calculating the amount to be credited to the Account under subsection (1) in respect of those royalties.

 (3) If:

 (a) after 17 January 1990, a mining interest in respect of Aboriginal land in the Northern Territory has been granted under:

 (i) subsection 51(1A) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1955 in so far as it applies by virtue of subsection 124(8) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989; or

 (ii) regulations made for the purposes of subsection 124(1) of the Lands Acquisition Act 1989; and

 (b) because of an increase in the rate of royalty since the grant of the mining interest, an amount of royalties received by the Commonwealth in respect of the mining interest is higher than the amount that, but for that increase, the Commonwealth would have received in respect of that mining interest;

such part only of the increase in the amount of those royalties as is determined by the Minister is to be taken into account in calculating the amount to be credited to the Account under subsection (1) in respect of those royalties.

 (4) If mining operations for minerals are carried on under the Atomic Energy Act 1953 or any other Act on Aboriginal land by, or on behalf of, the Commonwealth, the Northern Territory or an Authority, there must be credited to the Account, from time to time, payments in respect of those mining operations of such amounts as are determined in accordance with subsection (5).

 (5) The amounts that must be credited to the Account under subsection (4) are:

 (a) amounts equal to such amounts as would be payable to the Crown as royalties if the mining operations were carried on in accordance with the law of the Northern Territory relating to mining for minerals and the royalties were payable at the rate fixed by that law immediately before 26 January 1977; or

 (b) if the Minister administering the Act under which the mining operations are carried on and the Minister administering this Act jointly determine that amounts higher than the amounts referred to in paragraph (a) are to be credited to the Account under subsection (4) in respect of particular mining operations—amounts equal to the amounts so determined.

 (6) There must be credited to the Account amounts equal to any money paid by any person to the Commonwealth for the purposes of the Account.

 (7) There must be credited to the Account amounts equal to any amounts from time to time received by the Commonwealth as interest on, or as repayment of, any loan made under subsection 64(4).

 (8) For the purposes of this section:

 (a) a royalty is taken to include an amount paid on account of a royalty; and

 (b) an amount may be credited to the Account in purported compliance with a requirement to credit an amount to the Account under subsection (4).

63A  Purposes of the Account

  The purposes of the Account are paying amounts that are required or permitted to be paid under section 64, 64A or 64AA.

Note: See section 80 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 (which deals with special accounts).

64  Debits from the Account

 (1) There must be debited from the Account from time to time, and paid by the Commonwealth for distribution between or among the Land Councils such amounts as the Minister determines having regard to the following in relation to each Land Council:

 (a) the most recent estimates approved by the Minister under section 34;

 (b) the most recent amounts notified to the Minister under subsection 34(1A);

 (c) any surplus specified in the most recent financial statements given under paragraph 42(1)(b) of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013.

 (3) Subject to subsections (3A) and (3B), there must be debited from the Account and paid by the Commonwealth, from time to time, to each Land Council in the area of which a mining interest referred to in subsection 63(1) is situated, or mining operations referred to in subsection 63(4) are being carried on, an amount equal to 30% of any amounts:

 (a) credited to the Account in accordance with subsection 63(1) in respect of that mining interest; or

 (b) credited to the Account in accordance with subsection 63(4) in respect of those mining operations;

as the case may be.

 (3A) If an amount (the debit amount) that would otherwise be required to be debited from the Account under subsection (3) and paid to a Land Council in respect of a mining interest or mining operations (as the case may be) is higher than the amount that would be debited having regard to:

 (a) an amount paid on account of royalties in respect of the mining interest being higher than the royalties that are later assessed were payable in respect of that mining interest; or

 (b) an amount that is credited to the Account in purported compliance with subsection 63(4) in respect of the mining operations being higher than the amount that is later determined was required to be credited under that subsection;

then the Minister may reduce the debit amount by the amount of the excess.

 (3B) If:

 (a) an amount was debited from the Account under subsection (3) and paid to a Land Council in respect of a mining interest or mining operations (as the case may be); and

 (b) that amount is higher than the amount that would have been debited having regard to either of the following:

 (i) an amount paid on account of royalties in respect of the mining interest being higher than the royalties that are later assessed were payable in respect of that mining interest;

 (ii) an amount that is credited to the Account in purported compliance with subsection 63(4) in respect of the mining operations being higher than the amount that is later determined was required to be credited under that subsection;

then the Minister may offset the whole or part of the excess against the whole or part of one or more future amounts otherwise required to be debited from the Account under subsection (3) and paid to that Land Council in respect of that mining interest or mining operations (as the case requires).

 (3C) If an amount is reduced under subsection (3A), or offset under subsection (3B), the Minister may reduce (whether by way of a single reduction or a series of reductions) the amount standing to the credit of the Account by an amount not greater than:

 (a) if paragraph (3A)(a) or subparagraph (3B)(b)(i) applies—the difference between the amount paid on account of royalties in respect of the mining interest and the amount of royalties that are later assessed were payable in respect of the mining interest; or

 (b) if paragraph (3A)(b) or subparagraph (3B)(b)(ii) applies—the difference between the amount that was credited to the Account in purported compliance with subsection 63(4) in respect of the mining operations and the amount that is later determined was required to be credited under that subsection in respect of the mining operations.

 (4) There must be debited from the Account and paid by the Commonwealth such other amounts as the Minister directs to be paid or applied to or for the benefit of Aboriginals living in the Northern Territory.

 (4A) There must be debited from the Account and paid by the Commonwealth such other amounts as the Minister directs to be paid in relation to:

 (aa) the acquiring of a lease by the Commonwealth if the Minister has agreed to a request under subsection 19(3A) or 20CA(2) in relation to the lease; or

 (ab) the administering of a lease covered by paragraph (aa) if the Executive Director entered into the lease on behalf of the Commonwealth; or

 (ac) the acquiring of a sublease by the Commonwealth if the Minister has agreed to a request under subsection 20CA(2) in relation to the sublease; or

 (ad) the administering of a sublease covered by paragraph (ac) if the Executive Director entered into the sublease on behalf of the Commonwealth; or

 (ae) the acquiring of a sublease by an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation by way of transfer under subsection 20CB(1); or

 (af) the administering of a sublease covered by paragraph (ae) if an Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander corporation holds the sublease; or

 (ag) the acquiring of a sublease by the Commonwealth by way of transfer under subsection 20CB(2); or

 (ah) the administering of a sublease covered by paragraph (ag) if the Executive Director holds the sublease on behalf of the Commonwealth; or

 (a) the acquiring of leases by, or the administering of leases granted or transferred to, approved entities under section 19A; or

 (b) the payment of amounts under leases granted or transferred to approved entities under section 19A.

 (4B) In giving a direction to which paragraph (4A)(a) or (b) applies, the Minister must have regard to the most recent estimates approved by the Minister under subsection 19B(1) in relation to each approved entity.

 (5) A payment of an amount debited from the Account under subsection (4) may be by way of a loan (whether secured or unsecured) by the Commonwealth.

 (5A) The Minister may, by notice in writing, specify conditions on which a payment of an amount to a person under subsection (4) (including by way of a loan) is made. The notice is not a legislative instrument.

 (5B) If a condition on which a payment of an amount to a person under subsection (4) is made is breached, the Minister, on behalf of the Commonwealth, may:

 (a) if the payment is by way of a loan—recover so much of the loan as has not been repaid, and any accrued interest that has not been paid, as a debt in a court of competent jurisdiction; or

 (b) in any other case—recover the whole or a part of the amount as a debt in a court of competent jurisdiction.

 (6) There must be debited from the Account and paid by the Commonwealth such amounts to meet the expenses of administering the Account as the Minister directs.

 (7) Amounts that the Minister directs to be debited from the Account under subsection (4), (4A) or (6) must be paid or applied in accordance with the direction.

64A  Debit of additional amounts from Account

 (1) The Minister may, in his or her discretion, from time to time, by written instrument, direct the debit from the Account of such amounts as he or she specifies in the direction.

 (2) If the Minister directs, under subsection (1), the debit of a specified amount from the Account, section 12320 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 does not apply in relation to the debit of that amount. But there must also be debited from the Account such additional amount as would be necessary to discharge any liability for mining withholding tax in accordance with Division 11C of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in respect of the firstmentioned amount. The debit of that additional amount discharges that liability.

 (3) The Minister must, in a direction under subsection (1), specify, in relation to each amount that he or she directs be debited from the Account:

 (a) that the amount is to be taken, for the purposes of this section, to have been debited from the Account in relation to a specified Land Council; or

 (b) that specified amounts that are, in the aggregate, equal to that amount are to be respectively taken, for the purposes of this section, to have been debited from the Account in relation to specified Land Councils.

 (4) If, in consequence of a direction by the Minister under subsection (1) that an amount be debited from the Account, an additional amount is also debited from the Account in accordance with subsection (2), the Minister must, by written instrument, direct, in relation to that additional amount:

 (a) that the additional amount is to be taken, for the purposes of this section, to have been debited from the Account in relation to a specified Land Council; or

 (b) that specified amounts that are, in the aggregate, equal to the additional amount are to be respectively taken for the purposes of this section, to have been debited from the Account in relation to specified Land Councils.

 (5) The Minister must, in specifying under subsection (3) that an amount is to be taken, for the purposes of this section, to have been debited from the Account in relation to a specified Land Council, ensure that the aggregate of that amount and the amount or amounts (if any) specified in a previous direction or previous directions under subsection (1) in relation to that Land Council does not exceed the total of the amounts paid by the Commonwealth, after 30 June 1978, to that Land Council for the purpose of meeting the administrative costs or capital costs of that Land Council.

 (6) An amount that is to be taken for the purposes of this section to have been debited from the Account in respect of a particular Land Council must nonetheless be taken into account for the purposes of subsection 64(1) as if it had been debited from the Account and paid by the Commonwealth in accordance with that subsection to the Land Council.

 (7) The reference in subsection (5) to amounts paid by the Commonwealth to a Land Council for the purpose of meeting the administrative costs or capital costs of that Land Council does not include a reference to:

 (a) any amount that is paid to that Land Council under an agreement under subsection 44(1) or (2); or

 (b) any amount that is paid to that Land Council out of the appropriation made by item 07 of subdivision 3 of Division 640 of the Appropriation Act (No. 1) 197879; or

 (c) any amount that is paid to that Land Council out of the appropriation made by subdivision 1 of Division 815 of the Appropriation Act (No. 4) 198081; or

 (d) any amount that is paid to that Land Council out of the appropriation made by item 09 of subdivision 3 of Division 120 of the Appropriation Act (No. 1) 198182; or

 (e) any other amount that is paid to that Land Council for that purpose by the Commonwealth and that the Minister determines, by written instrument, should not be taken into account for the purposes of this section.

64AA  Debit of additional amounts from the Account for the purposes of the NTAI Corporation

 (1) There must be debited from the Account and paid by the Commonwealth to the Northern Territory Aboriginal Investment Corporation (NTAI Corporation) a single amount of $500 million, in accordance with subsection (2).

 (2) The payment must be made within 30 days after the first strategic investment plan for the NTAI Corporation, developed under section 65C, is laid before a House of the Parliament.

 (3) There must be debited from the Account and paid by the Commonwealth to the NTAI Corporation the following amounts:

 (a) $60 million, to be paid within 6 months after the commencement of this section;

 (b) $60 million, to be paid on the first 1 July that occurs after that commencement;

 (c) $60 million, to be paid on the second 1 July that occurs after that commencement.

 (4) There must be debited from the Account, and paid by the Commonwealth to the NTAI Corporation such amounts as the Minister directs from time to time, having regard to:

 (a) the most recent estimates of the NTAI Corporation’s expenditure, to meet its administrative costs and capital costs, approved by the Minister under subsection 65D(1); and

 (b) the most recent estimates (if any) of the NTAI Corporation’s expenditure, approved by the Minister under subsection 65DA(1), to meet its costs of making:

 (i) payments to or for the benefit of Aboriginal people living in the Northern Territory; and

 (ii) investments of the kind mentioned in paragraph 65BB(b); and

 (c) the sustainability of debits and payments from the Account.

64B  Accounts, financial statements and annual report

 (1) As soon as practicable after 30 June in each year, the Secretary of the Department must prepare and give to the Minister a report relating to the operation of the Account for the year.

 (2) The report must include:

 (a) the financial statements required by section 42 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 (as that section applies because of subsection (4) of this section); and

 (b) an audit report on those statements under section 43 of that Act (as that section applies because of subsection (4) of this section).

 (3) The Minister must cause a copy of the report to be tabled in each House of the Parliament as soon as practicable.

 (4) Sections 42 and 43 (other than subsection 43(4)) of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 (which deal with annual financial statements for Commonwealth entities and audits of those statements), and rules made for the purposes of those sections, apply in relation to the Account as if:

 (a) the Account were a Commonwealth entity; and

 (b) the Secretary of the Department were the accountable authority of that Commonwealth entity.

Part VIANorthern Territory Aboriginal Investment Corporation

Division 1Definitions

65A  Definitions

Definitions—general

 (1) In this Part:

Board means the Board of the NTAI Corporation.

Board member means a member of the Board (including the Chair).

borrow: see subsection 65BJ(7).

CEO means the Chief Executive Officer of the NTAI Corporation.

derivative means a derivative (within the meaning of Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act 2001) that is a financial asset.

financial asset: see subsection (5).

investment: see subsection (4).

Note: Invest has a corresponding meaning: see section 18A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.

Land Council Board member means a Board member who is appointed by a Land Council under subsection 65EB(1).

NTAI Corporation (short for Northern Territory Aboriginal Investment Corporation) means the body established by subsection 65B(1).

NTAI Corporation rules means the rules made under section 65JE.

paid work means work for financial gain or reward (whether as an employee, a selfemployed person or otherwise).

responsible entity for a Board member means:

 (a) for a Land Council Board member—the Land Council that appointed the Board member under subsection 65EB(1); or

 (b) for a Board member referred to in paragraph 65EA(b)—the Minister; or

 (c) for a Board member referred to in paragraph 65EA(c)—the Finance Minister; or

 (d) for a Board member referred to in paragraph 65EA(d)—the Board.

strategic investment plan means a strategic investment plan developed under section 65C, and includes a strategic investment plan as revised under that section.

subsidiary of the NTAI Corporation means a subsidiary of the NTAI Corporation for the purposes of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013.

whollyowned subsidiary of the NTAI Corporation means a subsidiary of the NTAI Corporation none of whose members is a person other than:

 (a) the NTAI Corporation; or

 (b) a nominee of the Corporation; or

 (c) a subsidiary of the Corporation, being a subsidiary none of whose members is a person other than:

 (i) the NTAI Corporation; or

 (ii) a nominee of the Corporation; or

 (d) a nominee of such a subsidiary.

References to the NTAI Corporation

 (2) For all purposes, if an expression defined in subsection (1) contains “NTAI Corporation”, the expression when used as so defined may also be referred to by replacing “NTAI Corporation” with any name or acronym specified in the NTAI Corporation rules for the purposes of subsection 65B(2).

 (3) Subsection (2) does not limit subsection 65B(2).

Investments and financial assets

 (4) For the purposes of this Part, an investment is any mode of application of money or financial assets for the purpose of gaining a return (whether by way of income, capital gain or any other form of return).

 (5) A reference in this Part to a financial asset is a reference to:

 (a) an asset that, in accordance with GFS Australia, is treated as a financial asset for the purposes of the GFS system in Australia; or

 (b) an asset specified in the NTAI Corporation rules for the purposes of this paragraph;

but does not include a reference to an asset that, under the NTAI Corporation rules, is taken to be a nonfinancial asset for the purposes of this Part.

 (6) The following expressions have the same meaning when used in subsection (5) as they have in the Future Fund Act 2006:

 (a) asset;

 (b) GFS Australia;

 (c) GFS system.

Division 2Northern Territory Aboriginal Investment Corporation

Subdivision AEstablishment and functions

65B  Establishment

 (1) The Northern Territory Aboriginal Investment Corporation (the NTAI Corporation) is established by this subsection.

 (2) The NTAI Corporation may also be known by one or more names or acronyms specified in the NTAI Corporation rules.

Note: See also subsections 65E(2) and 65G(2).

 (3) The NTAI Corporation:

 (a) is a body corporate; and

 (b) must have a seal; and

 (c) may acquire, hold and dispose of real and personal property; and

 (d) may sue and be sued.

Note: The Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 applies to the NTAI Corporation. That Act deals with matters relating to corporate Commonwealth entities, including reporting and the use and management of public resources.

 (4) The NTAI Corporation’s seal is to be kept in such custody as the Board directs and must not be used except as authorised by the Board.

 (5) All courts, judges and persons acting judicially must:

 (a) take judicial notice of the imprint of the seal of the NTAI Corporation appearing on a document; and

 (b) presume that the document was duly sealed.

65BA  Purposes of the NTAI Corporation

  The NTAI Corporation is established:

 (a) to promote the selfmanagement and economic selfsufficiency of Aboriginal people living in the Northern Territory; and

 (b) to promote social and cultural wellbeing of Aboriginal people living in the Northern Territory.

65BB  NTAI Corporation’s functions

  The NTAI Corporation has the following functions:

 (a) to make payments to or for the benefit of Aboriginal people living in the Northern Territory;

 (b) to make investments for the purposes mentioned in paragraphs 65BA(a) and (b);

 (c) to provide financial assistance (other than payments or investments of the kind mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section), whether on commercial terms or otherwise, to or for the benefit of Aboriginal people living in the Northern Territory;

 (d) any other functions that are prescribed by the NTAI Corporation rules for the purposes of this paragraph;

 (e) any other functions conferred on the NTAI Corporation by this Act or any other Commonwealth law;

 (f) to do anything incidental to, or conducive to, the performance of the above functions.

Note: For paragraph (b), see subsection 65A(4) and section 65BH.

65BC  General rules about performance of functions

  In performing its functions, the NTAI Corporation must:

 (a) have regard to its purposes under section 65BA; and

 (b) have regard to the strategic investment plan that is in force at the relevant time; and

 (c) act in accordance with sound business principles whenever it performs its functions on a commercial basis; and

 (d) maximise the employment of Aboriginal people living in the Northern Territory; and

 (e) maximise the use of goods and services provided by businesses owned or controlled (whether directly or indirectly) by Aboriginal people living in the Northern Territory.

Subdivision BPowers

65BD  Powers

 (1) The NTAI Corporation has power to do all things necessary or convenient to be done for or in connection with the performance of its functions.

 (2) The NTAI Corporation’s powers include, but are not limited to, the following powers:

 (a) to accept gifts, grants, bequests and devises made to it;

 (b) to act as trustee of money and other property vested in it on trust;

 (c) to borrow money, subject to section 65BJ;

 (d) to make loans of money (whether secured or unsecured);

 (e) to give guarantees, subject to section 65BK;

 (f) to enter into arrangements;

 (g) to develop sponsorship, marketing and other commercial activities relating to the NTAI Corporation’s functions;

 (h) to form, and participate in the formation of, companies and other bodies corporate;

 (i) to enter into partnerships;

 (j) to enter into joint ventures and arrangements for the sharing of profits;

 (k) to charge fees for the provision of services by it.

 (3) For the purposes of paragraph (2)(f), an arrangement includes a contract, agreement, deed or understanding.

 (4) The powers of the NTAI Corporation may be exercised within or outside Australia.

 (5) A fee charged under paragraph (2)(k) must not be such as to amount to taxation.

65BE  Payments etc. may be made subject to terms and conditions

 (1) The NTAI Corporation may make payments or loans, or give guarantees, subject to such terms and conditions as the NTAI Corporation determines.

 (2) Subsection (1) does not limit paragraph 65BD(2)(f) (which deals with the power to enter into arrangements).

65BF  Payments repayable if conditions breached etc.

 (1) The NTAI Corporation may give written notice to an individual or body to whom a payment or loan has been made under this Part stating that the NTAI Corporation is satisfied that the individual or body has failed to fulfil a term or condition of the payment or loan.

 (2) An individual or body who is given notice under subsection (1) in relation to a payment is liable to pay to the NTAI Corporation an amount equal to:

 (a) the amount of the payment; or

 (b) so much of that payment as the NTAI Corporation specifies in the notice.

 (3) An individual or body who is given notice under subsection (1) in relation to a loan is liable to pay to the NTAI Corporation, immediately, an amount equal to the sum of:

 (a) so much of the amount of the loan as has not yet been repaid; and

 (b) any accrued interest that has not been paid;

or so much of that amount as the NTAI Corporation specifies in the notice.

65BG  Investment of surplus money

 (1) The NTAI Corporation may invest relevant money (within the meaning of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013) for which the NTAI Corporation is responsible and that is not immediately required for the performance of the NTAI Corporation’s functions (subject to section 65BH and subsection (4) of this section).

Note: For invest, see subsection 65A(1).

 (2) Section 59 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 (which deals with investment by corporate Commonwealth entities) does not apply to the NTAI Corporation.

 (3) Subsection (1) of this section and paragraph 65BB(b) do not limit each other.

 (4) An investment under subsection (1) must not be inconsistent with the terms of any trust that applies to the money concerned.

65BH  Investment limit

 (1) The NTAI Corporation must not make a particular investment that has a value of more than the amount applicable under subsection (2) without the written agreement of the Minister.

 (2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the amount is:

 (a) unless paragraph (b) applies—$100 million; or

 (b) if the NTAI Corporation rules specify a higher amount for the purpose of this paragraph—that higher amount.

 (3) A failure to comply with subsection (1) does not affect the validity of any transaction.

 (4) The NTAI Corporation rules may prescribe a method for working out the value of an investment for the purposes of subsections (1) and (2).

 (5) The Minister must not make NTAI Corporation rules for the purposes of subsection (4) without the written agreement of the Finance Minister.

65BI  Loans

 (1) The NTAI Corporation rules may prescribe limits or conditions on the making of loans by the NTAI Corporation.

 (2) The Minister must not make NTAI Corporation rules for the purposes of subsection (1) without the written agreement of the Finance Minister.

65BJ  Borrowing

 (1) The NTAI Corporation must not borrow money for a purpose in connection with the NTAI Corporation’s functions unless the borrowing is authorised by subsection (2) or under section 57 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013.

 (2) The NTAI Corporation rules may prescribe:

 (a) circumstances in which the NTAI Corporation may borrow money for a purpose in connection with the NTAI Corporation’s functions; and

 (b) limits or conditions on the borrowing of such money.

 (3) The Minister must not make NTAI Corporation rules for the purposes of subsection (2) without the written agreement of the Finance Minister.

 (4) NTAI Corporation rules made for the purposes of subsection (2) prevail over the following, to the extent of any inconsistency:

 (a) a written authorisation by the Finance Minister under paragraph 57(1)(b) of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013;

 (b) rules made for the purposes of paragraph 57(1)(c) of that Act.

Note: Section 57 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 deals with borrowing by a corporate Commonwealth entity.

 (5) A whollyowned subsidiary of the NTAI Corporation may borrow money from the NTAI Corporation (and the borrowing need not comply with subsection (2)).

 (6) Section 86 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 (which deals with subsidiaries of corporate Commonwealth entities) does not apply to the NTAI Corporation in relation to borrowings by subsidiaries authorised by subsection (5) of this section.

 (7) For the purposes of this Part, borrow includes raising money or obtaining credit, including by any of the following ways:

 (a) dealing in securities;

 (b) obtaining an advance on overdraft;

 (c) obtaining credit by way of credit card or credit voucher.

65BK  Guarantees

 (1) The NTAI Corporation may guarantee repayment of a loan (including interest on the loan) made to a person or body only if the loan is one that could have been made by the NTAI Corporation in performing its functions.

 (2) A subsidiary of the NTAI Corporation must not give a guarantee.

 (3) The NTAI Corporation rules may prescribe requirements relating to the granting of guarantees by the NTAI Corporation.

 (4) The Minister must not make NTAI Corporation rules for the purposes of subsection (3) without the written agreement of the Finance Minister.

 (5) NTAI Corporation rules made for the purposes of subsection (3) prevail over any rules made for the purposes of section 61 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 to the extent of any inconsistency.

Note: Rules made under the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 may prescribe requirements relating to the granting of indemnities, guarantees or warranties by corporate Commonwealth entities: see section 61 of that Act.

65BL  Derivatives

 (1) The NTAI Corporation may only acquire a derivative for the purpose of:

 (a) protecting the value of an investment of the NTAI Corporation (other than a derivative); or

 (b) protecting the return on an investment of the NTAI Corporation (other than a derivative); or

 (c) achieving indirect exposure to financial assets (other than derivatives) for a purpose in connection with the NTAI Corporation’s function of making investments; or

 (d) achieving transactional efficiency for a purpose in connection with the NTAI Corporation’s function of making investments;

but must not acquire a derivative for the purpose of:

 (e) speculation; or

 (f) leverage.

 (2) The acquisition of a derivative under subsection (1) must be consistent with the strategic investment plan in force at the time of the acquisition.

 (3) A subsidiary of the NTAI Corporation must only acquire derivatives for a purpose for which the Corporation may do so under subsection (1).

Subdivision CMiscellaneous

65BM  NTAI Corporation does not have privileges and immunities of the Crown

  The NTAI Corporation does not have the privileges and immunities of the Crown in right of the Commonwealth.

65BN  Exemption from taxation

 (1) For the purposes of section 5025 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997, the NTAI Corporation is taken to be a public authority constituted under an Australian law.

Note: This means the NTAI Corporation is exempt from income tax.

 (2) The NTAI Corporation is not subject to taxation under a law of a State or Territory if the Commonwealth is not subject to the taxation.

Division 3Strategic investment plan

65C  Strategic investment plan

Development and approval of strategic investment plan

 (1) The Board must:

 (a) develop a strategic investment plan for the NTAI Corporation; and

 (b) ensure that a strategic investment plan is in force at all times after the end of 18 months starting on the commencement of this section.

 (2) A strategic investment plan must:

 (a) relate to a period of 3, 4 or 5 financial years; and

 (b) state the NTAI Corporation’s priorities and principal objectives for the period in relation to:

 (i) the performance of its functions under paragraphs 65BB(a) and (c); and

 (ii) the making of investments, whether in the performance of its function under paragraph 65BB(b) or in the exercise of its power under subsection 65BG(1).

 (3) A strategic investment plan must be approved by the Board at least 6 months before the start of the period to which it relates.

 (4) A strategic investment plan approved by the Board is in force for the period to which the plan relates.

 (5) The NTAI Corporation rules may prescribe matters that must be included in a strategic investment plan.

 (6) In developing a strategic investment plan, the Board must:

 (a) consult with:

 (i) Aboriginal people living in the Northern Territory; and

 (ii) Aboriginal organisations based in the Northern Territory; and

 (b) have regard to any advice provided by the investment committee referred to in section 65FA in relation to the plan.

Tabling and publishing strategic investment plan

 (7) The Board must give the Minister a copy of a strategic investment plan within 30 days after the Board approves the plan.

 (8) The Minister must cause a copy of a strategic investment plan to be laid before each House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days of that House after the Minister receives the plan.

 (9) The Board must cause a copy of a strategic investment plan to be published on the internet as soon as practicable after the plan is laid before a House of the Parliament.

Revising strategic investment plan

 (10) The Board may review a strategic investment plan for a period, and approve a revised strategic investment plan for the period, at any time.

 (11) If the Board reviews a strategic investment plan, then:

 (a) subsections (5) and (6) apply in relation to any revision of the plan in the same way as they apply in relation to the development of the plan; and

 (b) subsections (7), (8) and (9) apply in relation to any revised strategic investment plan approved under subsection (10) in the same way as they apply in relation to a strategic investment plan approved under subsection (3).

Division 4Financial arrangements

65D  Administrative and capital expenditure to be in accordance with approved estimates

 (1) The NTAI Corporation must:

 (a) prepare estimates, in such form and for such periods as the Minister directs, of its expenditure to meet its administrative costs and capital costs; and

 (b) submit those estimates to the Minister for the Minister’s approval not later than such date as the Minister directs.

Note: The Minister must have regard to approved estimates in directing that an amount is to be debited from the Account under subsection 64AA(4).

 (2) A period directed under paragraph (1)(a) may be wholly or partly concurrent with another period directed under that paragraph.

 (3) Subject to subsection (4), if the Minister has directed under paragraph (1)(a) that the NTAI Corporation prepare estimates for a period, money of the NTAI Corporation must not be spent to meet its administrative costs or capital costs in respect of the period otherwise than in accordance with estimates of expenditure approved by the Minister.

 (4) The amount of expenditure by the NTAI Corporation, in relation to the matter or matters covered by an item in the estimates approved by the Minister under subsection (1), may exceed the amount specified in the item by an amount not exceeding 20% of the amount so specified.

 (5) The NTAI Corporation must not spend amounts, in relation to matters covered by estimates approved by the Minister under subsection (1), that exceed the total amount of expenditure provided for by those estimates.

 (6) Nothing in this section affects a requirement under section 36 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 to prepare budget estimates.

65DA  NTAI Corporation may submit estimates of beneficial payments and investments

 (1) The NTAI Corporation may:

 (a) prepare estimates of its expenditure for a period to meet its costs of making:

 (i) payments to or for the benefit of Aboriginal people living in the Northern Territory; and

 (ii) investments of the kind mentioned in paragraph 65BB(b); and

 (b) submit those estimates to the Minister for the Minister’s approval.

Note: The Minister must have regard to approved estimates in directing that an amount is to be debited from the Account under subsection 64AA(4).

 (2) Estimates prepared under subsection (1) must be in the form (if any) and for such periods (if any) as the Minister directs.

 (3) A period for which the NTAI Corporation prepares estimates under subsection (1) may be wholly or partly concurrent with another period for which the NTAI Corporation prepares estimates under that subsection.

 (4) Nothing in this section affects a requirement under section 36 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 to prepare budget estimates.

Division 5Board of the Northern Territory Aboriginal Investment Corporation

Subdivision AEstablishment and functions

65E  Establishment and functions of the Board

 (1) There is to be a Board of the NTAI Corporation.

 (2) The Board may also refer to itself, and be referred to, by replacing “NTAI Corporation” with any name or acronym that is specified in the NTAI Corporation rules for the purposes of subsection 65B(2).

 (3) The functions of the Board are:

 (a) to ensure the proper, efficient and effective performance of the NTAI Corporation’s functions; and

 (b) to develop and revise strategic investment plans for the NTAI Corporation; and

 (c) any other functions conferred on the Board by this Act.

 (4) The Board has the power to do all things necessary or convenient to be done for or in connection with the performance of its functions.

 (5) Anything done in the name of, or on behalf of, the NTAI Corporation by the Board, or with the authority of the Board, is taken to have been done by the NTAI Corporation.

 (6) If a function or power of the NTAI Corporation is dependent on the opinion, belief or state of mind of the NTAI Corporation in relation to a matter, the function or power may be exercised upon the opinion, belief or state of mind of a person or body acting as mentioned in subsection (5) in relation to that matter.

65EA  Membership

  The Board consists of the following members:

 (a) for each Land Council—2 persons appointed by the Land Council under subsection 65EB(1);

 (b) a person appointed by the Minister under subsection 65EC(1); and

 (c) a person appointed by the Finance Minister under subsection 65EC(2); and

 (d) 2 persons appointed by the Board under subsection 65ED(1).

Subdivision BAppointment of Board members

65EB  Appointment of Board members by Land Councils

 (1) A Land Council must, by written instrument, appoint 2 persons to be Board members under paragraph 65EA(a).

 (2) A person is not eligible for appointment under subsection (1) unless the person is a member of the Land Council.

Note: See section 29 (which deals with membership of Land Councils).

 (3) A person is not eligible for appointment under subsection (1) if:

 (a) the person has previously been appointed to the Board; and

 (b) that appointment was suspended under subsection 65EO(1) or (2) without the suspension being revoked under subsection 65EO(8) before the expiry of the period of the appointment.

Note: See also subsection 65EG(2) for term limits.

 (4) A Land Council must conduct an election for the purposes of making an appointment under subsection (1). The Land Council may determine the manner in which the election is to be conducted.

 (5) Subject to subsections (2), (3) and (4), nothing prevents the Chair or Deputy Chair of a Land Council from being appointed by the Land Council under subsection (1).

65EC  Appointment of Board members by Commonwealth Ministers

 (1) The Minister must, by written instrument, appoint one person to be a Board member under paragraph 65EA(b).

 (2) The Finance Minister must, by written instrument, appoint one person to be a Board member under paragraph 65EA(c).

 (3) A person is not eligible for appointment under subsection (1) or (2) unless the relevant Minister is satisfied that the person has expertise in either or both of the following:

 (a) land, water or environmental management;

 (b) business or financial management.

Note: See also subsection 65EG(2) for term limits.

65ED  Appointment of independent Board members by the Board

 (1) The Board must, by written instrument, appoint 2 persons to be Board members under paragraph 65EA(d).

 (2) In appointing persons under subsection (1), the Board must have regard to:

 (a) the desirability of reflecting a diversity of expertise, experience and gender among the Board; and

 (b) the independence of such persons from:

 (i) Land Councils; and

 (ii) the Government of the Commonwealth; and

 (iii) the Government of the Northern Territory; and

 (c) whether such persons have material personal interests that may conflict, or be perceived to conflict, with the duties or interests of a Board member appointed under subsection (1).

 (3) A person is not eligible for appointment as a Board member under subsection (1) unless the Board is satisfied that the person has expertise in either or both of the following:

 (a) land, water or environmental management;

 (b) business or financial management.

 (4) A person is not eligible for appointment as a Board member under subsection (1) if the person:

 (a) is a member of a Land Council; or

 (b) has been a member of a Land Council in the 12 months before the proposed appointment; or

 (c) is a member of staff of a Land Council; or

 (d) has been a member of staff of a Land Council in the 12 months before the proposed appointment.

Note: See also subsection 65EG(2) for term limits.

 (5) A person appointed as a Board member under this section:

 (a) must not be present while the matter of the person’s reappointment is being considered by the Board; and

 (b) must not vote on the matter.

65EE  Basis on which Board members hold office

  A Board member holds office on a parttime basis.

65EF  Chair

 (1) The Board must, at its first meeting, elect a Chair from among its members.

 (2) At any other meeting of the Board, the Board must elect a new Chair if there is a vacancy in the office of Chair.

65EG  Term of appointment

 (1) A Board member holds office for the period specified in the instrument of appointment. The period must not exceed 3 years.

 (2) A person must not be appointed as a Board member for a period if the sum of the following exceeds 9 years:

 (a) that period;

 (b) any periods of previous appointment of the person as a Board member.

65EH  Acting appointments

 (1) The responsible entity for a Board member may, by written instrument, appoint a person to act as the Board member:

 (a) during a vacancy in the office of the Board member (whether or not an appointment has previously been made to the office); or

 (b) during any period, or during all periods, when that Board member:

 (i) is absent from duty or from Australia; or

 (ii) is, for any reason, unable to perform the duties of the office.

Note: For rules that apply to acting appointments, see sections 33AB and 33A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.

 (2) A person is not eligible to be appointed by a Land Council to act as a Land Council Board member if the person would be ineligible for appointment by the Land Council under subsection 65EB(1) (assuming the office of Land Council Board member were vacant).

Subdivision CTerms and conditions of appointment

65EI  Disclosure of interests—Board members other than independent members

 (1) A disclosure, under section 29 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 (which deals with the duty to disclose interests), by a Land Council Board member, or a Board member appointed under subsection 65EC(1) or (2), must be made to the responsible entity for the Board member.

 (2) Subsection (1) applies in addition to any rules made for the purposes of section 29 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013.

 (3) For the purposes of this Act and the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013, the Board member is taken not to have complied with section 29 of that Act if the Board member does not comply with subsection (1) of this section.

65EJ  Remuneration and allowances

 (1) A Board member is to be paid the remuneration that is determined by the Remuneration Tribunal. If no determination of that remuneration by the Tribunal is in operation, the member is to be paid the remuneration that is prescribed by the NTAI Corporation rules.

 (2) A Board member is to be paid the allowances that are prescribed by the NTAI Corporation rules.

 (3) Subsections (1) and (2) have effect subject to the Remuneration Tribunal Act 1973.

 (4) Despite subsection (1) and the Remuneration Tribunal Act 1973, if a person who is the Chair of a Land Council is also a Land Council Board member, the person must not be paid remuneration as a Land Council Board member.

65EK  Leave of absence

  The responsible entity for a Board member may grant leave of absence to the Board member on the terms and conditions that the responsible entity determines.

65EL  Resignation of Board members

 (1) A Board member may resign the member’s appointment or election by giving the responsible entity for the Board member a written resignation.

 (2) The Board member must also give a copy of the written resignation to the Board (except for a Board member referred to in paragraph 65EA(d)).

 (3) The resignation takes effect on the day it is received by the responsible entity or, if a later day is specified in the resignation, on that later day.

65EM  Board code of conduct

 (1) The Board must, in writing, determine a code of conduct for the Board.

Note: Breach of the code of conduct may lead to termination or suspension of a Board member’s appointment: see paragraphs 65EN(2)(c) and 65EO(2)(c).

 (2) The Board must cause the code of conduct to be published on the internet.

65EN  Termination of appointments

 (1) The responsible entity for a Board member may terminate the member’s appointment:

 (a) for misbehaviour; or

 (b) if the member is unable to perform the duties of the member’s office because of physical or mental incapacity.

 (2) The responsible entity for a Board member may terminate the member’s appointment if:

 (a) the member:

 (i) becomes bankrupt; or

 (ii) applies to take the benefit of any law for the relief of bankrupt or insolvent debtors; or

 (iii) compounds with member’s creditors; or

 (iv) makes an assignment of member’s remuneration for the benefit of member’s creditors; or

 (b) the member is absent, except on leave of absence, from 3 consecutive meetings of the Board; or

 (c) the member engages in conduct that constitutes a serious breach of any code of conduct determined by the Board; or

 (d) for a Board member appointed under subsection 65ED(1)—the Board becomes aware of circumstances in relation to the matters mentioned in paragraph 65ED(2)(b) or (c) that, had the Board been aware of those circumstances when the member was appointed, would have resulted in the member not being appointed.

 (3) Section 30 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 applies in relation to a person appointed as a Board member under subsection 65ED(1) as if the Board were a person.

Note: The appointment of any Board member may be terminated under section 30 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 (which deals with terminating the appointment of an accountable authority, or a member of an accountable authority, for contravening general duties of officials).

 (4) A person appointed as a Board member under subsection 65ED(1):

 (a) must not be present while the matter of the termination of the person’s appointment is being considered by the Board; and

 (b) must not vote on the matter.

 (5) A Land Council Board member’s appointment is terminated by force of this subsection if, because of subsection 29(4), the Board member ceases to be a member of the Land Council that appointed the Board member under subsection 65EB(1).

Note: Subsection 29(4) provides that a person ceases to be a member of a Land Council if a disqualifying event happens in relation to the person. Subsection 29(5) sets out the relevant disqualifying events.

 (6) A Land Council must terminate the appointment of a Land Council Board member appointed by the Land Council under subsection 65EB(1) if the Land Council is satisfied that the Board member has ceased to be a member of the Land Council (otherwise than because of subsection 29(4)).

65EO  Suspension of Land Council Board members

 (1) The Board may suspend the appointment of a Land Council Board member:

 (a) for misbehaviour; or

 (b) if the member is unable to perform the duties of the member’s office because of physical or mental incapacity.

 (2) The Board may suspend the appointment of a Land Council Board Member if:

 (a) the member:

 (i) becomes bankrupt; or

 (ii) applies to take the benefit of any law for the relief of bankrupt or insolvent debtors; or

 (iii) compounds with member’s creditors; or

 (iv) makes an assignment of member’s remuneration for the benefit of member’s creditors; or

 (b) the member is absent, except on leave of absence, from 3 consecutive meetings of the Board; or

 (c) the member engages in conduct that constitutes a serious breach of any code of conduct determined by the Board; or

 (d) the member fails, without reasonable excuse, to comply with section 29 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 (which deals with the duty to disclose interests) or rules made for the purposes of that section.

 (3) A Land Council Board member’s appointment is suspended under subsection (1) or (2) only if the question of the suspension is agreed to by a majority of the Board, including:

 (a) at least one member appointed under subsection 65EC(1) or (2); and

 (b) at least one member appointed under subsection 65ED(1).

 (4) The Land Council Board member:

 (a) must not be present while the matter is being considered by the Board; and

 (b) must not vote on the matter.

 (5) If the Board suspends the appointment of a Land Council Board member in accordance with this section:

 (a) the Board must give written notice of the suspension to the Land Council that appointed the member; and

 (b) for the purposes of section 65EH, and the Acts Interpretation Act 1901, the office of the Land Council Board member is taken to be vacant until the earlier of the following:

 (i) the period of the appointment expires;

 (ii) the Board revokes the suspension under subsection (6) of this section.

Note: If the Board suspends the appointment of a Land Council Board member in accordance with this section, the Land Council may:

(a) terminate the appointment of the Board member under section 65EN and appoint another Board member under subsection 65EB(1); or

(b) appoint an acting Board member under subsection 65EH(1).

 (6) The Board may revoke the suspension of the appointment of a Land Council Board member.

 (7) Subsections (3) and (4) apply in relation to the revocation of a suspension in the same way as they apply in relation to a suspension.

 (8) If the Board revokes the suspension of the appointment of a Land Council Board member, the Board must give written notice of the revocation to the Board member and the Land Council that appointed the Board member.

65EP  Other terms and conditions of Board members

  A Board member holds office on such terms and conditions (if any) in respect of matters not provided for by this Act as are determined by the Minister.

Subdivision DMeetings of the Board

65EQ  Convening meetings

 (1) The Board must hold such meetings as are necessary for the efficient performance of its functions.

 (2) The Chair:

 (a) may convene a meeting at any time; and

 (b) must convene at least 3 meetings each calendar year; and

 (c) must convene a meeting within 30 days after receiving a written request to do so from another Board member.

 (3) The Minister may convene a meeting of the Board if:

 (a) either:

 (i) the Chair is on leave of absence; or

 (ii) there is a vacancy in the office of Chair; or

 (iii) the Chair is unable to convene a meeting for any other reason; and

 (b) the Minister considers that the circumstances require it.

65ER  Presiding at meetings

 (1) The Chair must preside at all meetings at which the Chair is present.

 (2) If the Chair is not present at a meeting, the other Board members present must appoint one of themselves to preside.

65ES  Quorum

 (1) At a meeting of the Board, a quorum is constituted by:

 (a) half of the Land Council Board members for the time being holding office; and

 (b) one Board member appointed under subsection 65EC(1) or (2); and

 (c) one Board member appointed under subsection 65ED(1), if there is such a member; and

 (d) one other Board member, whether appointed under section 65EB, 65EC or 65ED.

 (2) However, if:

 (a) a Board member is required by:

 (i) subsection 65ED(5), 65EN(4) or 65EO(4); or

 (ii) rules made for the purposes of section 29 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013;

  not to be present during the deliberations, or to take part in any decision, of the Board with respect to a particular matter; and

 (b) when the member leaves the meeting concerned there is no longer a quorum present;

the remaining members at the meeting constitute a quorum for the purpose of any deliberation or decision at that meeting with respect to that matter.

65ET  Voting at meetings

 (1) A question arising at a meeting of the Board is to be determined by a majority of the votes of the Board members present and voting.

 (2) The person presiding at a meeting of the Board has a deliberative vote but does not have a casting vote.

65EU  Observers

  The Chief Executive Officer (however described) of each Land Council is entitled to attend meetings of the Board, but may not vote at such meetings.

65EV  Conduct of meetings

  The Board may, subject to this Part, regulate proceedings at its meetings as it considers appropriate.

Note: Section 33B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 contains further information about the ways in which Board members may participate in meetings.

65EW  Minutes

  The Board must keep minutes of its meetings.

65EX  Decisions without meetings

 (1) The Board is taken to have made a decision at a meeting if:

 (a) without meeting, a majority of the Board members entitled to vote on the proposed decision indicate agreement with the decision; and

 (b) that agreement is indicated in accordance with the method determined by the Board under subsection (2); and

 (c) all the Board members were informed of the proposed decision, or reasonable efforts were made to inform all the members of the proposed decision.

 (2) Subsection (1) applies only if the Board:

 (a) has determined that it may make decisions of that kind without meeting; and

 (b) has determined the method by which Board members are to indicate agreement with proposed decisions.

 (3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a), a Board member is not entitled to vote on a proposed decision if the member would not have been entitled to vote on that proposal if the matter had been considered at a meeting of the Board.

 (4) The Board must keep a record of decisions made in accordance with this section.

Division 6Committees

65F  Establishment of committees

  The Board may establish committees to advise or assist in the performance of the NTAI Corporation’s functions or the Board’s functions.

65FA  Investment committee

 (1) The Board must ensure that the NTAI Corporation has an investment committee.

 (2) The investment committee has the following functions:

 (a) providing advice to the Board on the entering into, management and disposal of investments;

 (b) providing advice to the Board on the development and revision of strategic investment plans;

 (c) any other functions relating to the investment of the NTAI Corporation’s money.

 (3) The investment committee must consist of at least 4 members.

 (4) At least 2 investment committee members must be individuals:

 (a) who are not Board members; and

 (b) who the Board is satisfied have expertise in business or financial management.

 (5) The investment committee must include:

 (a) the Board member appointed by the Finance Minister under subsection 65EC(2); and

 (b) at least one Board member appointed by the Board under subsection 65ED(1).

65FB  Audit committee must include independent Board member

  The NTAI Corporation’s audit committee must include at least one Board member appointed under subsection 65ED(1).

Note: See section 45 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 (which deals with audit committees for Commonwealth entities).

65FC  Remuneration and allowances

 (1) A member of a committee is to be paid the remuneration that is determined by the Remuneration Tribunal. If no determination of that remuneration by the Tribunal is in operation, the member is to be paid the remuneration that is prescribed by the NTAI Corporation rules.

 (2) A member of a committee is to be paid the allowances that are prescribed by the NTAI Corporation rules.

 (3) This section has effect subject to the Remuneration Tribunal Act 1973.

65FD  Committee members are officials of the NTAI Corporation

  For the purposes of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013, a member of a committee is an official (within the meaning of that Act) of the NTAI Corporation.

Division 7Chief Executive Officer of the NTAI Corporation

65G  Chief Executive Officer of the NTAI Corporation

 (1) There is to be a Chief Executive Officer of the NTAI Corporation.

 (2) The CEO of the NTAI Corporation may also refer to himself or herself, and be referred to, by replacing “NTAI Corporation” with any name or acronym that is specified in the NTAI Corporation rules for the purposes of subsection 65B(2).

65GA  Functions of the CEO

 (1) The CEO is responsible for the daytoday administration of the NTAI Corporation.

 (2) The CEO has power to do all things necessary or convenient to be done for or in connection with the performance of the CEO’s duties.

 (3) The CEO is to act in accordance with policies determined, and any directions given, by the Board.

 (4) All acts and things done in the name of, or on behalf of, the NTAI Corporation by the CEO, or with the authority of the CEO, are taken to have been done by the NTAI Corporation.

 (5) If a function or power of the NTAI Corporation is dependent on the opinion, belief or state of mind of the NTAI Corporation in relation to a matter, the function or power may be exercised upon the opinion, belief or state of mind of a person or body acting as mentioned in subsection (4) in relation to that matter.

 (6) If a policy or direction under subsection (3) is in writing, the policy or direction is not a legislative instrument.

65GB  Appointment

 (1) The CEO is to be appointed by the Board with the written agreement of the Minister.

 (2) The CEO is to be appointed:

 (a) by written instrument; and

 (b) on a fulltime basis.

Note: The CEO may be reappointed: see section 33AA of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.

 (3) The CEO holds office for the period specified in the instrument of appointment. The period must not exceed 5 years.

 (4) A person is not eligible to be appointed as the CEO if the person is:

 (a) a Board member; or

 (b) a member of a Land Council; or

 (c) a member of staff of a Land Council.

65GC  Acting appointments

 (1) The Board may, by written instrument and with the written agreement of the Minister, appoint a person to act as the CEO:

 (a) during a vacancy in the office of CEO (whether or not an appointment has previously been made to the office); or

 (b) during any period, or during all periods, when the CEO:

 (i) is absent from duty or from Australia; or

 (ii) is, for any reason, unable to perform the duties of the office.

Note: For rules that apply to acting appointments, see sections 33AB and 33A of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.

 (2) A person is not eligible to be appointed to act as the CEO if the person is:

 (a) a Board member; or

 (b) a member of a Land Council; or

 (c) a member of staff of a Land Council.

65GD  Other paid work

  The CEO must not engage in paid work outside the duties of the CEO’s office without the Board’s approval.

65GE  Remuneration and allowances

 (1) The CEO is to be paid the remuneration that is determined by the Board.

 (2) The CEO is to be paid the allowances that are determined by the Board.

 (3) The office of CEO is not a public office for the purposes of the Remuneration Tribunal Act 1973.

65GF  Leave of absence

 (1) The CEO has the recreation leave entitlements that are determined by the Board.

 (2) The Board may grant the CEO leave of absence, other than recreation leave, on the terms and conditions as to remuneration or otherwise that the Board determines.

65GG  Resignation

 (1) The CEO may resign the CEO’s appointment by giving the Board a written resignation.

 (2) The CEO must also give a copy of the written resignation to the Minister.

 (3) The resignation takes effect on the day it is received by the Board or, if a later day is specified in the resignation, on that later day.

65GH  CEO code of conduct

 (1) The Board must, in writing and with the written agreement of the Minister, determine a code of conduct for the CEO.

Note: Breach of the code of conduct may lead to termination of the CEO’s appointment: see paragraph 65GI(2)(e).

 (2) The Board must cause the code of conduct to be published on the internet.

65GI  Termination of appointment

 (1) The Board may, with the written agreement of the Minister, terminate the appointment of the CEO:

 (a) for misbehaviour; or

 (b) if the CEO is unable to perform the duties of the CEO’s office because of physical or mental incapacity.

 (2) The Board may, with the written agreement of the Minister, terminate the appointment of the CEO if:

 (a) the CEO:

 (i) becomes bankrupt; or

 (ii) applies to take the benefit of any law for the relief of bankrupt or insolvent debtors; or

 (iii) compounds with the CEO’s creditors; or

 (iv) makes an assignment of the CEO’s remuneration for the benefit of the CEO’s creditors; or

 (b) the CEO is absent, except on leave of absence, for 14 consecutive days or for 28 days in any 12 months; or

 (c) the CEO engages, except with the Board’s approval, in paid work outside the duties of the CEO’s office (see section 65GD); or

 (d) the CEO fails, without reasonable excuse, to comply with section 29 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 (which deals with the duty to disclose interests) or rules made for the purposes of that section; or

 (e) the CEO engages in conduct that constitutes a serious breach of any code of conduct determined by the Board under section 65GH.

65GJ  Disclosure of interests

 (1) A disclosure by the CEO under section 29 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 (which deals with the duty to disclose interests) must be made to the Board.

 (2) The CEO must also give a copy of any disclosure under subsection (1) to the Minister.

 (3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply instead of any rules made for the purposes of that section.

 (4) For the purposes of this Act and the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013, the CEO is taken not to have complied with section 29 of that Act if the CEO does not comply with subsections (1) and (2) of this section.

65GK  Other terms and conditions

  The CEO holds office on the terms and conditions (if any) in relation to matters not covered by this Act that are determined by the Board.

Division 8Staff and consultants

65H  Staff

 (1) The CEO may, on behalf of the NTAI Corporation, employ such persons as are necessary for the performance of the NTAI Corporation’s functions and the exercise of its powers.

 (2) An employee is to be employed on the terms and conditions that the CEO determines in writing.

 (3) The CEO may arrange with an Agency Head (within the meaning of the Public Service Act 1999) or with a body established for a public purpose by a law of the Commonwealth for the services of officers or employees of the Agency or body to be made available to the NTAI Corporation.

 (4) The CEO may enter into an arrangement with the appropriate authority of a State or Territory for the services of officers or employees of the Public Service of the State or Territory, or of a State or Territory statutory authority, to be made available to the NTAI Corporation.

65HA  Consultants

 (1) The CEO may, on behalf of the NTAI Corporation, engage consultants to assist in the performance of the NTAI Corporation’s functions.

 (2) A consultant is to be engaged on the terms and conditions that the CEO determines in writing.

Division 9Miscellaneous

65J  Delegation by NTAI Corporation

 (1) The NTAI Corporation may, in writing under its seal, delegate all or any of its powers or functions to:

 (a) a Committee mentioned in section 65F, 65FA or 65FB; or

 (b) the CEO.

 (2) In exercising any powers or performing any functions under the delegation, the delegate must comply with any directions of the NTAI Corporation.

65JA  Delegation by Board

 (1) The Board may, in writing, delegate all or any of its powers or functions under this Act, other than under Division 7, to:

 (a) a Committee mentioned in section 65F, 65FA or 65FB; or

 (b) the CEO.

 (2) In exercising any powers or performing any functions under the delegation, the delegate must comply with any directions of the Board.

65JB  Delegation by CEO

 (1) The CEO may, in writing, delegate any of the CEO’s powers or functions under this Act to a member of the staff referred to in section 65H.

 (2) In exercising any powers or performing any functions under the delegation, the delegate must comply with any directions of the CEO.

 (3) Before delegating under subsection (1) a power or function to a member of the staff referred to in section 65H, the CEO must have regard to:

 (a) if the power or function is to be delegated to a person holding, occupying, or performing the duties of, a specified office or position—whether the office or position is sufficiently senior for the person to exercise the power or perform the function; or

 (b) otherwise—whether the person has appropriate qualifications or expertise to exercise the power or perform the function.

65JC  Annual report

  The annual report prepared by the Board and given to the Minister under section 46 of the Public Governance, Performance and Accountability Act 2013 for a period must include any matter specified in the NTAI Corporation rules for the purposes of this section.

65JD  Review of operation of this Part

 (1) The Minister must cause a review of the operation of this Part to be undertaken as soon as possible after the end of 7 years after the commencement of this Part.

 (2) The persons undertaking the review must give the Minister a written report of the review. The report must not include information that is commercially sensitive.

 (3) The Minister must cause a copy of the report of the review to be tabled in each House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days of that House after the report is given to the Minister.

65JE  NTAI Corporation rules

 (1) The Minister may, by legislative instrument, make rules (NTAI Corporation rules) prescribing matters:

 (a) required or permitted by this Part to be prescribed by the NTAI Corporation rules; or

 (b) necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Part.

 (2) To avoid doubt, the NTAI Corporation rules may not do the following:

 (a) create an offence or civil penalty;

 (b) provide powers of:

 (i) arrest or detention; or

 (ii) entry, search or seizure;

 (c) impose a tax;

 (d) set an amount to be appropriated from the Consolidated Revenue Fund under an appropriation in this Act;

 (e) directly amend the text of this Act.

 (3) NTAI Corporation rules that are inconsistent with the regulations have no effect to the extent of the inconsistency, but NTAI Corporation rules are taken to be consistent with the regulations to the extent that the NTAI Corporation rules are capable of operating concurrently with the regulations.

Part VIIMiscellaneous

 

66  Interpretation

  A reference in this Part to an estate or interest in Aboriginal land includes a reference to:

 (a) a mining interest;

 (b) an interest arising out of the operation of the Atomic Energy Act 1953 or any other Act authorizing mining for minerals;

 (ba) a lease or other interest in land or a right granted under a law of the Northern Territory relating to exploration for, or the mining or development of, extractive mineral deposits;

 (c) an interest arising out of the taking possession, mining or occupation of land by virtue of an NT mining authority; and

 (d) an interest by way of the occupation or use of land in accordance with section 12A, 14, 18, 18A or 18B.

67  Aboriginal land not to be resumed etc.

  Aboriginal land shall not be resumed, compulsorily acquired or forfeited under any law of the Northern Territory.

67A  Estates or interests not to be granted while land subject to traditional land claim

 (1) Where an application referred to in paragraph 50(1)(a) in respect of an area of land was made before the day of commencement of this section:

 (a) any grant of an estate or interest in that area of land, or in a part of that area of land, that was purportedly effected on a day before that traditional land claim, in so far as it related to the area of land to which the grant relates, was finally disposed of, being a day after 28 May 1986 and before the day of commencement of this section, shall be taken to be, and at all times to have been, of no effect; and

 (b) any grant of an estate or interest in that area of land, or in a part of that area of land, that was purportedly effected on a day before that traditional land claim, in so far as it relates to the area of land to which the grant relates, is finally disposed of, being the day of commencement of this section or a later day, shall be of no effect.

Note: Subsection (1) does not apply to certain grants: see section 67B.

 (2) Where an application referred to in paragraph 50(1)(a) in respect of an area of land is made on or after the day of commencement of this section, any grant of an estate or interest in that area of land, or in a part of that area of land, that is purportedly effected on a day before that traditional land claim, in so far as it relates to the area of land to which the grant relates, is finally disposed of, being the day on which the application is made or a later day, shall be of no effect.

Note: Subsection (2) does not apply to certain grants: see section 67B.

 (3) Where an application referred to in paragraph 50(1)(a) in respect of an area of land was made before the day of commencement of this section any reservation, dedication or setting aside of that area of land, or a part of that area of land, that was purportedly effected on a day before that traditional land claim, in so far as it relates to the area of land so reserved, dedicated or set aside, is finally disposed of, being the day of commencement of this section or a later day, shall be of no effect.

 (4) Where an application referred to in paragraph 50(1)(a) in respect of an area of land is made on or after the day of commencement of this section, any reservation, dedication or setting aside of that area of land, or a part of that area of land, that is purportedly effected on a day before that traditional land claim, in so far as it relates to the area of land so reserved, dedicated or set aside, is finally disposed of, being the day on which the application is made or a later day, shall be of no effect.

 (5) Subject to subsections (6), (7), (8), (9), (12) and (17), a traditional land claim shall be taken not to have been finally disposed of in so far as it relates to a particular area of land until:

 (a) the claim, or the claim, in so far as it relates to the area of land, is withdrawn; or

 (b) the GovernorGeneral executes a deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in the area of land, or in an area of land that includes the area of land, under section 12; or

 (c) the Commissioner informs the Minister, in the Commissioner’s report to the Minister in respect of the claim:

 (i) that the Commissioner finds that there are no Aboriginals who are the traditional Aboriginal owners of the area of land; or

 (ii) that the Commissioner is unable to make a finding that there are Aboriginals who are the traditional Aboriginal owners of the area of land; or

 (d) where the Commissioner finds that there are Aboriginals who are the traditional Aboriginal owners of the area of land, or of an area of land that includes the area of land—the Minister determines, in writing, that the Minister does not propose to recommend to the GovernorGeneral that a grant of estate in fee simple in the area of land, or in an area of land that includes the area of land, be made to a Land Trust.

 (6) If:

 (a) an application has been made under section 50 by or on behalf of Aboriginals claiming to have a traditional land claim to an area of land; and

 (b) either:

 (i) the application was made on or after 5 June 1997; or

 (ii) subsection 50(2D) applies to the whole or a part of that land;

then:

 (c) if subparagraph (b)(i) applies—the traditional land claim is taken to have been finally disposed of; and

 (d) if subparagraph (b)(ii) applies—the traditional land claim, to the extent to which subsection 50(2D) applies, is taken to have been finally disposed of.

Note: Subparagraph (b)(i) relates to subsection 50(2A), which prevents Commissioners considering applications relating to traditional land claims made after the expiration of 10 years after the commencement of that subsection. That subsection commenced on 5 June 1987.

 (7) If:

 (a) an application has been made under section 50 by or on behalf of Aboriginals claiming to have a traditional land claim to an area of land; and

 (b) after the commencement of this subsection, the Commissioner requests the applicants, in writing, to provide further information in relation to the application within a period specified in the request (which must be at least 6 months from the making of the request) and the Commissioner determines in writing that the further information is not provided within that period;

the traditional land claim is taken to have been finally disposed of.

 (8) If:

 (a) an application has been made under section 50 by or on behalf of Aboriginals claiming to have a traditional land claim to an area of land; and

 (b) paragraphs 50(2B)(b) and (c) are satisfied but the Commissioner has not made a finding under paragraph 50(2B)(d), (e) or (f) in relation to common land (within the meaning of subsection 50(2B)); and

 (c) after the commencement of this subsection, either:

 (i) the Commissioner determines in writing that the Commissioner is satisfied that there are not sufficient grounds for the making of such a finding; or

 (ii) the Commissioner requests the applicants, in writing, to provide further information in relation to the application within 6 months of the making of the request and the Commissioner determines in writing that the further information is not provided within that period;

the traditional land claim, in so far as it relates to the common land, is taken to have been finally disposed of.

 (9) If:

 (a) an application has been made under section 50 by or on behalf of Aboriginals claiming to have a traditional land claim to an area of land; and

 (b) the Commissioner is prevented, because of the operation of subsection 50(2C), from performing, or continuing to perform, a function under paragraph 50(1)(a) in relation to the application as it relates to land (the held land) in respect of which an estate or interest is held by or on behalf of Aboriginals; and

 (c) after the commencement of this subsection, either:

 (i) the Commissioner determines in writing that the Commissioner is satisfied that the consent referred to in subsection 50(2C) has been refused; or

 (ii) the Commissioner requests the applicants, in writing, to provide the consent referred to in subsection 50(2C) within 6 months of the making of the request and the Commissioner determines in writing that the consent is not provided within that period;

the traditional land claim, in so far as it relates to the held land, is taken to have been finally disposed of.

 (10) The Commissioner must provide a copy of a determination referred to in subsection (7), (8) or (9) to the applicants concerned and to the Chief Minister of the Northern Territory.

 (11) A determination under subsection (7), (8) or (9) is not a legislative instrument.

 (12) This subsection applies in relation to an application:

 (a) that was made under section 50 before the commencement of this subsection by or on behalf of Aboriginals claiming to have a traditional land claim to qualifying land (whether or not recommendations of the kind referred to in subparagraph 50(1)(a)(ii) have been made and whether or not the application covers other land); and

 (b) that was given the land claim number prescribed by the regulations.

The traditional land claim is taken to have been finally disposed of:

 (c) to the extent that it relates to qualifying land that is described in the regulations; and

 (d) on the day on which the regulations take effect.

 (13) To avoid doubt, if regulations are made for the purposes of subsection (12) in relation to a particular application, then later regulations may also be made for the purposes of that subsection in relation to that application.

 (14) In subsection (12):

qualifying land means one or more of the following:

 (a) land between the high and low water marks;

 (b) the whole or a part of either or both banks of one or more rivers or creeks;

 (c) the whole or a part of the bed of one or more rivers or creeks;

 (d) one or more islands in one or more rivers or creeks.

 (17) This subsection applies in relation to the application:

 (a) that was made under section 50 before the commencement of this subsection by the Northern Land Council on behalf of Aboriginals claiming to have a traditional land claim to unalienated Crown land in the Coomalie Shire/Deepwater Area; and

 (b) that was given the land claim number 238.

The traditional land claim is taken to have been finally disposed of to the extent that it relates to the following land:

 (c) Section 200 of the Hundred of Playford;

 (d) Section 201 of the Hundred of Playford;

 (e) Section 202 of the Hundred of Playford;

 (f) Section 210 of the Hundred of Howard.

Note: Subsection (12) or (13) may apply to other parts of the traditional land claim.

67B  Certain estates or interests may be granted while land subject to traditional land claim

Conditions for grants of estates or interests

 (1) Subsections 67A(1) and (2) do not apply to a grant of an estate or interest (other than a grant of an estate in fee simple or a lease in perpetuity) in the area of land concerned, or in a part of the area of land concerned, if:

 (a) the Land Council for the area in which that land, or that part of that land, is situated enters into an agreement under subsection (2) of this section in relation to that grant; and

 (b) for a grant the term of which exceeds 40 years—the Minister, by written notice, gives his or her consent to the grant.

Note: Grants of estates or interests in land in respect of which a traditional land claim has been made may be subject to the provisions of the Native Title Act 1993.

Written agreements

 (2) A Land Council may enter into a written agreement with a person in relation to a grant of an estate or interest in an area of land, or in a part of an area of land, specifying the terms and conditions on which the proposed grant is to be made.

 (3) A Land Council must not enter into an agreement under subsection (2) unless it is satisfied that:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners of the relevant land understand the nature and purpose of the proposed grant and, as a group, consent to it; and

 (b) any Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the proposed grant has been consulted and has had adequate opportunity to express its view to the Council; and

 (c) the terms and conditions on which the proposed grant is to be made are reasonable.

 (4) An agreement entered into by a Land Council under subsection (2) is binding on any successors to the Council.

 (5) If a Land Council fails to comply with subsection (3) in entering into an agreement under subsection (2), that failure does not invalidate the Council’s entry into that agreement.

Payments

 (6) If a Land Council receives a payment under an agreement entered into under subsection (2), the Council must, within 6 months after receiving the payment:

 (a) apply the payment in accordance with the agreement; or

 (b) if the agreement makes no provision in relation to the application of the payment—apply the payment to or for the benefit of the traditional Aboriginal owners of the area of land, or the part of the area of land, referred to in subsection (2).

 (7) If:

 (a) a Land Council receives a payment as mentioned in subsection (6); and

 (b) the payment is made by the Commonwealth, the Northern Territory or an Authority; and

 (c) the payment is of a kind prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection; and

 (d) under subsection (6), the Land Council pays an amount equal to that payment to a person;

the Land Council must, at the time it pays that amount, advise the person in writing that the amount is an accountable amount.

Note: Sections 35B and 35C impose requirements on a body corporate in relation to accountable amounts.

Commissioner to continue to assess land claim application

 (8) To avoid doubt, if a grant of an estate or interest in land is made after the relevant requirements of subsection (1) have been satisfied, the Commissioner must continue to perform the function mentioned in paragraph 50(1)(a) in relation to that land.

Estates or interests preserved

 (9) If the GovernorGeneral executes a deed of grant of an estate in fee simple in the area (the claim area) of land concerned, or in an area of land that includes the claim area, under section 12, any estate or interest granted in the claim area after the relevant requirements of subsection (1) of this section have been satisfied is preserved as an estate or interest in the claim area after the deed is executed.

Consent of Minister not a legislative instrument

 (10) A notice under paragraph (1)(b) is not a legislative instrument.

68  Roads over Aboriginal land

 (1) A road shall not be constructed over Aboriginal land unless the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated consents, in writing, to the construction.

 (1A) A major upgrade of a road over Aboriginal land must not be carried out unless the Land Council for the area in which the land is situated consents, in writing, to the upgrade.

 (2) A Land Council shall not give a consent referred to in subsection (1) or (1A) unless the Land Council is satisfied that:

 (a) the traditional Aboriginal owners (if any) of the land concerned understand the nature and purpose of the proposal to construct or upgrade the road and, as a group, consent to it; and

 (b) any Aboriginal community or group that may be affected by the construction or upgrade of the road has been consulted and has had adequate opportunity to express its view to the Land Council.

 (3) A person, other than an Aboriginal, is not entitled, unless the Minister otherwise directs, to use a road constructed or upgraded in accordance with a consent given by a Land Council under subsection (1) or (1A) except as provided by this Part or by or under a law of the Northern Territory.

 (4) This section does not apply in relation to the construction, upgrade or use of a road over Aboriginal land in which a person other than a Land Trust has an estate or interest if the construction, upgrade or use:

 (a) where the estate or interest is a mining interest—is authorized by a law of the Northern Territory;

 (b) where the estate or interest is an interest arising out of the operation of the Atomic Energy Act 1953 or any other Act authorizing mining for minerals—is authorized by or under that Act; or

 (c) in any other case—is necessary for the use or enjoyment of the estate or interest by the owner of the estate or interest.

69  Sacred sites

 (1) A person shall not enter or remain on land in the Northern Territory that is a sacred site.

Penalty: 

 (a) for an individual—200 penalty units or imprisonment for 12 months; or

 (b) for a body corporate—1,000 penalty units.

 (2) Subsection (1) does not prevent an Aboriginal from entering or remaining on a sacred site in accordance with Aboriginal tradition.

 (2A) In proceedings for an offence against subsection (1), it is a defence if the person enters or remains on the land in performing functions under this Act or otherwise in accordance with this Act or a law of the Northern Territory.

Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsection (2A) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).

 (3) Subject to subsection (4), in proceedings for an offence against subsection (1), it is a defence if the person charged proves that he or she had no reasonable grounds for suspecting that the land concerned was a sacred site.

 (4) Where the charge relates to a sacred site on Aboriginal land, the defence provided by subsection (3) shall not be taken to have been established by a person unless he or she proves that:

 (a) his or her presence on the land would not have been unlawful if the land had not been a sacred site; and

 (b) he or she had taken all reasonable steps to ascertain the location and extent of the sacred sites on any part of that Aboriginal land likely to be visited by him or her.

70  Entry etc. on Aboriginal land

 (1) A person shall not enter or remain on Aboriginal land.

Penalty: 10 penalty units.

 (2) Where a person, other than a Land Trust, has an estate or interest in Aboriginal land:

 (a) a person is entitled to enter and remain on the land for any purpose that is necessary for the use or enjoyment of that estate or interest by the owner of the estate or interest; and

 (b) a law of the Northern Territory shall not authorize an entry or remaining on the land of a person if his or her presence on the land would interfere with the use or enjoyment of that estate or interest by the owner of the estate or interest.

 (2A) In proceedings against a person for an offence against subsection (1), it is a defence if the person enters or remains on the land:

 (a) in performing duties as the GovernorGeneral or as a person appointed to administer the Government of the Commonwealth under section 4 of the Constitution; or

 (b) in performing duties as the Administrator, an Acting Administrator, or a Deputy Administrator, of the Northern Territory; or

 (c) in performing duties as a member of either House of the Parliament or as a member of the Legislative Assembly of the Northern Territory; or

 (d) as a candidate for election as a member of the House of Representatives for a Northern Territory electorate, as a Senator for the Northern Territory or as a member of the Legislative Assembly of the Northern Territory; or

 (e) in performing functions, or exercising powers, under this Act or another law of the Commonwealth or under a law of the Northern Territory; or

 (f) in performing functions or exercising powers as a Commonwealth or Northern Territory officer; or

 (g) in performing functions or exercising powers as an officer, member or employee of, or on behalf of, a local government body in the Northern Territory; or

 (h) in accordance with this Act or a law of the Northern Territory.

Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in subsection (2A) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).

 (2AA) In paragraph (2A)(f):

Commonwealth or Northern Territory officer means:

 (a) a person who is in the service or employment of the Commonwealth, the Northern Territory or an Authority; or

 (b) a person who holds, or performs the duties of, an appointment, office or position under a law of the Commonwealth or the Northern Territory.

 (2B) In proceedings for an offence against subsection (1), it is a defence if the person enters or remains on the land in accordance with an authorisation in force under subsection 19(13) (about Land Trust authorisations).

Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (2B) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).

 (2C) In proceedings against a person for an offence against subsection (1), it is a defence if:

 (a) the land (the relevant land) the person entered or remained on is part of land (the leased land) that is leased under section 19A; and

 (b) the person entered or remained on the relevant land for any purpose that is related to the use or enjoyment, of an estate or interest in the whole or a part of the leased land, by the owner of the estate or interest.

Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (2C) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).

 (2D) In proceedings against a person for an offence against subsection (1), it is a defence if the person enters or remains on premises (other than a sacred site) on community land with the permission of the occupier of the premises.

Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in subsection (2D) (see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code).

 (2E) In subsection (2D):

community land has the meaning given by section 70A.

occupier of premises includes a person present at the premises who is in apparent control of the premises.

 (3) In proceedings for an offence against subsection (1), it is a defence if the person charged proves that his or her entry or remaining on the land was due to necessity.

 (4) Where:

 (a) a person has an estate or interest in land, being land that the person is entitled, under subsection (2), to enter and remain upon or being land in the vicinity of Aboriginal land; and

 (b) there is no practicable way of gaining access to the land in which the person has that estate or interest otherwise than by crossing Aboriginal land (not being land that is, or forms part of, land described in Schedule 1);

a person is entitled, for the purpose of gaining that access so as to enable the use or enjoyment of that estate or interest by the owner of that estate or interest, to enter that Aboriginal land and to cross it by a route:

 (c) that is agreed upon between the owner of that estate or interest and the Land Council in the area of which that Aboriginal land is situated; or

 (d) if that owner and that Land Council have failed to agree—that is determined by an Arbitrator appointed by the Minister.

 (5) The Minister shall not appoint a person to be an Arbitrator for the purposes of paragraph (4)(d) unless the Minister is satisfied that the person is in a position to deal impartially with the matter to be arbitrated.

 (6) In making a determination under paragraph (4)(d), the matters that the Arbitrator shall take into account include:

 (a) the location of any sacred site; and

 (b) the location of any residential area.

 (7) It is the intention of the Parliament that a route that is agreed upon under subsection (4), or determined under that subsection by an Arbitrator, is not to be taken to be, and, subject to section 68, shall not become, a road over which the public has a right of way.

 (8) A reference in this section to an estate or interest in Aboriginal land includes a reference to:

 (a) a licence granted under section 19; and

 (b) a licence granted by the lessee of a lease granted under section 19A; and

 (c) a licence granted by a sublessee of a sublease of a lease referred to in paragraph (b); and

 (d) a licence of a kind prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph.

 (9) Subsection (8) does not limit section 66.

70A  Vested Aboriginal land and community land

Vested Aboriginal land

 (1) For the purposes of sections 70B to 70G, vested Aboriginal land means land covered by paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1).

Community land

 (2) For the purposes of sections 70B to 70F, community land means:

 (a) subject to subsection (3), land described in Schedule 7; or

 (b) land described in regulations made for the purposes of this paragraph.

 (3) The regulations may reduce an area of land described in Schedule 7. The regulations have effect accordingly.

70B  Entering or remaining on Aboriginal land—access roads to communities

 (1) Subject to this section, a person may enter or remain on:

 (a) a road:

 (i) that is on vested Aboriginal land; and

 (ii) that is outside community land; and

 (iii) that provides access to community land; and

 (iv) that is specified in a determination under subsection (2) or that provides access to an aerodrome, or a landing place for vessels, that services the members of the community concerned; or

 (b) an area that is within 50 metres either side of the centreline of such a road (to the extent that area is on vested Aboriginal land and is not a sacred site);

if the entry or remaining is for the purpose of travelling to or from any community land and is not for a purpose that is unlawful.

Note: See section 70A for the definitions of vested Aboriginal land and community land.

Specification of roads

 (2) The Minister may, by written determination, specify roads for the purposes of subparagraph (1)(a)(iv). A road may be specified by reference to a start point and end point. A road specified under this subsection includes that road as it lies from time to time.

 (3) A determination made under subsection (2) is not a legislative instrument.

 (4) The Minister must ensure that notice of a determination under subsection (2) is given in the manner the Minister thinks appropriate.

 (5) A failure to comply with subsection (4) does not invalidate the determination.

Limitation

 (6) Subsection (1) applies subject to any limitation prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.

 (7) For the purposes of subsection (6), the regulations may provide that specified provisions of a law of the Northern Territory apply in relation to a road or an area to which subsection (1) applies as if the road or area were open to or used by the public.

 (8) Subsection (7) does not limit subsection (6).

No obligation to maintain roads or areas

 (9) The Land Trust concerned is under no obligation to maintain a road or an area to which subsection (1) applies to a level that is suitable for use by the public.

Protection from liability

 (10) No action, suit or proceeding lies against the Land Trust concerned in relation to any act or omission of the Land Trust that results in loss, damage or injury to any person or property as a result of a person doing an act in reliance on subsection (1).

No limit on section 19 or 19A

 (11) This section does not limit the application of section 19 or 19A in relation to a road or an area to which subsection (1) applies.

Temporary restrictions

 (12) This section is subject to any provision of a law of the Northern Territory that provides for temporary restrictions on the entry or remaining on a road or an area to which subsection (1) applies for the purpose of:

 (a) protecting the privacy of an event (including a ceremony) that takes place in accordance with Aboriginal tradition; or

 (b) protecting public health or safety.

 (13) Subsection (12) does not apply in relation to a road or an area that is covered by a lease to the Director. Instead, the Director may, by written determination for the purposes of this section, impose temporary restrictions on the entry or remaining on the road or area for the purpose of:

 (a) protecting the privacy of an event (including a ceremony) that takes place in accordance with Aboriginal tradition; or

 (b) protecting public health or safety.

 (14) Subsections (12) and (13) apply subject to any limitation prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.

 (15) A determination made under subsection (13) has effect accordingly.

 (16) A determination made under subsection (13) is not a legislative instrument.

 (17) The Director must ensure that notice of a determination under subsection (13) is given in the manner the Director thinks appropriate.

 (18) A failure to comply with subsection (17) does not invalidate the determination.

70C  Entering or remaining on Aboriginal land—aerodromes

Aerodromes outside community land

 (1) Subject to this section, a person may board an aircraft, or disembark from an aircraft, that is on an aerodrome that is on vested Aboriginal land and that is outside community land if:

 (a) there is a road from community land that provides access to the aerodrome and the aerodrome services the members of the community concerned; and

 (b) the person does so in accordance with the directions of the operator of the aircraft; and

 (c) the boarding or disembarking is for the purpose of travelling to or from any community land and is not for a purpose that is unlawful.

Note: See section 70A for the definitions of vested Aboriginal land and community land.

 (2) If subsection (1) applies, the person may also:

 (a) enter or remain on any area of the aerodrome allocated for use by passengers for any purpose related to the boarding or disembarking; and

 (b) cross any vested Aboriginal land to get from the aerodrome to the road or from the road to the aerodrome.

Aerodromes within community land

 (3) Subject to this section, a person may:

 (a) board an aircraft, or disembark from an aircraft, that is on an aerodrome that is within community land if:

 (i) the person does so in accordance with the directions of the operator of the aircraft; and

 (ii) the boarding or disembarking is for the purpose of travelling to or from any community land that is outside the aerodrome and is not for a purpose that is unlawful; and

 (b) enter or remain on any area of the aerodrome allocated for use by passengers for any purpose related to the boarding or disembarking.

Limitations

 (4) Subsection (1) or (3) does not apply to the landing of an aircraft at an aerodrome.

 (5) Subsection (1) or (3) does not apply in relation to an aerodrome that, at the time of commencement of this section, is covered by a lease granted under section 19. This subsection ceases to apply in relation to the aerodrome once the lease ends.

 (6) Subsection (1) or (3) does not apply in relation to an aerodrome that, at the time of commencement of this section, is covered by a lease that was granted under section 19 and is preserved as an interest under subsection 19A(10). This subsection ceases to apply in relation to the aerodrome once the interest ends.

 (7) Subsection (1), (2) or (3) applies subject to any limitation prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.

No obligation to maintain aerodromes

 (8) The Land Trust concerned is under no obligation to maintain an aerodrome to which subsection (1) or (3) applies to a level that is suitable for use by the public.

Protection from liability

 (9) No action, suit or proceeding lies against the Land Trust concerned in relation to any act or omission of the Land Trust that results in loss, damage or injury to any person or property as a result of a person doing an act in reliance on subsection (1), (2) or (3).

No limit on section 19 or 19A

 (10) This section does not limit the application of section 19 or 19A in relation to an aerodrome to which subsection (1) or (3) applies.

70D  Entering or remaining on Aboriginal land—landing places for vessels

Landing places outside community land

 (1) Subject to this section, a person may board a vessel, or disembark from a vessel, that is at a landing place that is on vested Aboriginal land and that is outside community land if:

 (a) there is a road from community land that provides access to the landing place and the landing place services the members of the community concerned; and

 (b) the boarding or disembarking is for the purpose of travelling to or from any community land and is not for a purpose that is unlawful.

Note: See section 70A for the definitions of vested Aboriginal land and community land.

 (2) If subsection (1) applies, the person may also:

 (a) enter or remain on any area of the landing place allocated for use by passengers for any purpose related to the boarding or disembarking; and

 (b) cross any vested Aboriginal land to get from the landing place to the road or from the road to the landing place.

Landing places within community land

 (3) Subject to this section, a person may:

 (a) board a vessel, or disembark from a vessel, that is at a landing place that is within community land if the boarding or disembarking is for the purpose of travelling to or from any community land that is outside the landing place and is not for a purpose that is unlawful; and

 (b) enter or remain on any area of the landing place allocated for use by passengers for any purpose related to the boarding or disembarking.

Limitations

 (4) Subsection (1) or (3) does not apply to the landing or berthing of a vessel at a landing place.

 (5) Subsection (1) or (3) does not apply in relation to a landing place that, at the time of commencement of this section, is covered by a lease granted under section 19. This subsection ceases to apply in relation to the landing place once the lease ends.

 (6) Subsection (1) or (3) does not apply in relation to a landing place that, at the time of commencement of this section, is covered by a lease that was granted under section 19 and is preserved as an interest under subsection 19A(10). This subsection ceases to apply in relation to the landing place once the interest ends.

 (7) Subsection (1), (2) or (3) applies subject to any limitation prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.

No obligation to maintain landing places

 (8) The Land Trust concerned is under no obligation to maintain a landing place to which subsection (1) or (3) applies to a level that is suitable for use by the public.

Protection from liability

 (9) No action, suit or proceeding lies against the Land Trust concerned in relation to any act or omission of the Land Trust that results in loss, damage or injury to any person or property as a result of a person doing an act in reliance on subsection (1), (2) or (3).

No limit on section 19 or 19A

 (10) This section does not limit the application of section 19 or 19A in relation to a landing place to which subsection (1) or (3) applies.

70E  Entering or remaining on Aboriginal land—roads within communities

 (1) Subject to this section, a person may enter or remain on a road that is within community land if the entry or remaining is not for a purpose that is unlawful.

Note: See section 70A for the definition of community land.

 (2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to a road that is specified in a determination under subsection (3).

 (3) The Minister may, by written determination, specify roads for the purposes of subsection (2). A road may be specified by reference to a start point and end point. A road specified under this subsection includes that road as it lies from time to time.

 (4) A determination made under subsection (3) is not a legislative instrument.

 (5) The Minister must ensure that notice of a determination under subsection (3) is given in the manner the Minister thinks appropriate.

 (6) A failure to comply with subsection (5) does not invalidate the determination.

Limitation

 (7) Subsection (1) applies subject to any limitation prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.

 (8) For the purposes of subsection (7), the regulations may provide that specified provisions of a law of the Northern Territory apply in relation to a road to which subsection (1) applies as if the road were open to or used by the public.

 (9) Subsection (8) does not limit subsection (7).

No obligation to maintain roads

 (10) The Land Trust concerned is under no obligation to maintain a road to which subsection (1) applies to a level that is suitable for use by the public.

Protection from liability

 (11) No action, suit or proceeding lies against the Land Trust concerned in relation to any act or omission of the Land Trust that results in loss, damage or injury to any person or property as a result of a person doing an act in reliance on subsection (1).

No limit on section 19 or 19A

 (12) This section does not limit the application of section 19 or 19A in relation to a road to which subsection (1) applies.

Temporary restrictions

 (13) This section is subject to any provision of a law of the Northern Territory that provides for temporary restrictions on the entry or remaining on a road to which subsection (1) applies for the purpose of:

 (a) protecting the privacy of an event (including a ceremony) that takes place in accordance with Aboriginal tradition; or

 (b) protecting public health or safety.

 (14) Subsection (13) does not apply in relation to a road that is within community land that is leased to the Director. Instead, the Director may, by written determination for the purposes of this section, impose temporary restrictions on the entry or remaining on the road for the purpose of:

 (a) protecting the privacy of an event (including a ceremony) that takes place in accordance with Aboriginal tradition; or

 (b) protecting public health or safety.

 (15) If a road to which subsection (1) applies is covered by a lease to an approved entity under section 19A, the following person:

 (a) if the approved entity is the Commonwealth—the Executive Director of Township Leasing referred to in section 20B;

 (b) in any other case—the approved entity;

may, by written determination for the purposes of this section, impose temporary restrictions on the entry or remaining on the road for the purpose of protecting public health or safety.

 (16) The Executive Director of Township Leasing referred to in section 20B may, by writing, delegate his or her power under subsection (15) of this section to an APS employee in the Department.

 (18) Subsections (13), (14) and (15) apply subject to any limitation prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.

 (19) A determination made under subsection (14) or (15) has effect accordingly.

 (20) A determination made under subsection (14) or (15) is not a legislative instrument.

 (21) The person making a determination under subsection (14) or (15) must ensure that notice of the determination is given in the manner the person thinks appropriate.

 (22) A failure to comply with subsection (21) does not invalidate the determination.

70F  Entering or remaining on Aboriginal land—common areas

 (1) Subject to this section, a person may enter or remain on a common area that is within community land if the entry or remaining is not for a purpose that is unlawful.

Note 1: See subsection (20) for the definition of common area.

Note 2: See section 70A for the definition of community land.

Limitations

 (2) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a common area that, at the time of commencement of this section, is covered by a lease granted under section 19. This subsection ceases to apply in relation to the common area once the lease ends.

 (3) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a common area that, at the time of commencement of this section, is covered by a lease that was granted under section 19 and is preserved as an interest under subsection 19A(10). This subsection ceases to apply in relation to the common area once the interest ends.

 (4) Subsection (1) applies subject to any limitation prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.

 (5) For the purposes of subsection (4), the regulations may provide that specified common areas are taken to be public parks for the purposes of specified provisions of a law of the Northern Territory relating to public parks.

 (6) Subsection (5) does not limit subsection (4).

No obligation to maintain common areas

 (7) The Land Trust concerned is under no obligation to maintain a common area to which subsection (1) applies to a level that is suitable for use by the public.

Protection from liability

 (8) No action, suit or proceeding lies against the Land Trust concerned in relation to any act or omission of the Land Trust that results in loss, damage or injury to any person or property as a result of a person doing an act in reliance on subsection (1).

No limit on section 19 or 19A

 (9) This section does not limit the application of section 19 or 19A in relation to a common area to which subsection (1) applies.

Temporary restrictions

 (10) This section is subject to any provision of a law of the Northern Territory that provides for temporary restrictions on the entry or remaining on a common area to which subsection (1) applies for the purpose of:

 (a) protecting the privacy of an event (including a ceremony) that takes place in accordance with Aboriginal tradition; or

 (b) protecting public health or safety.

 (11) Subsection (10) does not apply in relation to a common area that is within community land that is leased to the Director. Instead, the Director may, by written determination for the purposes of this section, impose temporary restrictions on the entry or remaining on the common area for the purpose of:

 (a) protecting the privacy of an event (including a ceremony) that takes place in accordance with Aboriginal tradition; or

 (b) protecting public health or safety.

 (12) If a common area to which subsection (1) applies is covered by a lease to an approved entity under section 19A, the following person:

 (a) if the approved entity is the Commonwealth—the Executive Director of Township Leasing referred to in section 20B;

 (b) in any other case—the approved entity;

may, by written determination for the purposes of this section, impose temporary restrictions on the entry or remaining on the common area for the purpose of protecting public health or safety.

 (13) The Executive Director of Township Leasing referred to in section 20B may, by writing, delegate his or her power under subsection (12) of this section to an APS employee in the Department.

 (15) Subsections (10), (11) and (12) apply subject to any limitation prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.

 (16) A determination made under subsection (11) or (12) has effect accordingly.

 (17) A determination made under subsection (11) or (12) is not a legislative instrument.

 (18) The person making a determination under subsection (11) or (12) must ensure that notice of the determination is given in the manner the person thinks appropriate.

 (19) A failure to comply with subsection (18) does not invalidate the determination.

Common area

 (20) In this section:

common area means an area that is generally used by members of the community concerned, but does not include:

 (a) a building; or

 (b) a sacred site; or

 (c) an area prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph.

 (21) Regulations made for the purposes of paragraph (c) of the definition of common area in subsection (20) may prescribe an area by reference to the purpose for which the area is used.

 (22) Subsection (21) does not limit paragraph (c) of the definition of common area in subsection (20).

70G  Entering or remaining on Aboriginal land—court hearings

 (1) A person may enter or remain on vested Aboriginal land for the purpose of attending or leaving a court hearing held on the land.

Note: See section 70A for the definition of vested Aboriginal land.

 (2) Subsection (1) does not apply to attending any part of a court hearing that is not open to the public.

 (3) Subsection (1) applies subject to any limitation prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection.

70H  No limit on section 71

  Nothing in sections 70B to 70G limits the application of section 71.

71  Traditional rights to use or occupation of Aboriginal land

 (1) Subject to this section, an Aboriginal or a group of Aboriginals is entitled to enter upon Aboriginal land and use or occupy that land to the extent that that entry, occupation or use is in accordance with Aboriginal tradition governing the rights of that Aboriginal or group of Aboriginals with respect to that land, whether or not those rights are qualified as to place, time, circumstances, purpose, permission or any other factor.

 (2) Subsection (1) does not authorize an entry, use or occupation that would interfere with the use or enjoyment of an estate or interest in the land held by a person not being a Land Trust or an incorporated association of Aboriginals.

 (3) A reference in this section to an estate or interest in Aboriginal land includes a reference to:

 (a) a licence granted under section 19; and

 (b) a licence granted by the lessee of a lease granted under section 19A; and

 (c) a licence granted by a sublessee of a sublease of a lease referred to in paragraph (b); and

 (d) a licence of a kind prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph.

 (4) Subsection (3) does not limit section 66.

72  Aboriginal land to continue to be reserve under Northern Territory law

 (1) Where land constituting, or forming part of, an Aboriginal reserve is vested in a Land Trust under this Act, that vesting does not, except as otherwise provided by the regulations, affect the status of that land as such Aboriginal reserve.

 (2) In this section, Aboriginal reserve means:

 (a) land that is a reserve within the meaning of the Social Welfare Ordinance 1964 of the Northern Territory, as amended from time to time; or

 (b) any other land that is a reserve for the purposes of a prescribed law of the Northern Territory.

73  Reciprocal legislation of the Northern Territory

 (1) The power of the Legislative Assembly of the Northern Territory under the Northern Territory (SelfGovernment) Act 1978 in relation to the making of laws extends to the making of:

 (a) laws providing for the protection of, and the prevention of the desecration of, sacred sites in the Northern Territory, including sacred sites on Aboriginal land, and, in particular, laws regulating or authorizing the entry of persons on those sites, but so that any such laws shall provide for the right of Aboriginals to have access to those sites in accordance with Aboriginal tradition and shall take into account the wishes of Aboriginals relating to the extent to which those sites should be protected;

 (b) laws regulating or authorizing the entry of persons on Aboriginal land, but so that any such laws shall provide for the right of Aboriginals to enter such land in accordance with Aboriginal tradition;

 (ba) laws providing for temporary restrictions of the kind referred to in subsection 70B(12), 70E(13) or 70F(10), but so that any such laws do not apply to Aboriginals who enter, and use or occupy, the road or area concerned in accordance with Aboriginal tradition; and

 (c) laws providing for the protection or conservation of, or making other provision with respect to, wildlife in the Northern Territory, including wildlife on Aboriginal land, and, in particular, laws providing for schemes of management of wildlife on Aboriginal land, being schemes that are to be formulated in consultation with the Aboriginals using the land to which the scheme applies, but so that any such laws shall provide for the right of Aboriginals to utilise wildlife resources; and

 (d) laws regulating or prohibiting the entry of persons into, or controlling fishing or other activities in, waters of the sea, including waters of the territorial sea of Australia, adjoining, and within 2 kilometres of, Aboriginal land, but so that any such laws shall provide for the right of Aboriginals to enter, and use the resources of, those waters in accordance with Aboriginal tradition;

but any such law has effect to the extent only that it is capable of operating concurrently with the laws of the Commonwealth, and, in particular, with this Act, Division 4 of Part 15 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 and any regulations made, schemes or programs formulated or things done, under this Act, or under or for the purposes of that Division.

 (2) Subsection (1) does not affect the continued operation of any Ordinance of the Northern Territory relating to a matter referred to in that subsection made before the commencement of this section if that Ordinance could have been made in accordance with that subsection, but an Ordinance of the Northern Territory made before the commencement of this section and relating to a matter referred to in subsection (1) has effect after the commencement of this section to the extent only that it would have had effect if made after the commencement of this section.

74  Application of laws of Northern Territory to Aboriginal land

 (1) This Act does not affect the application to Aboriginal land of a law of the Northern Territory to the extent that that law is capable of operating concurrently with this Act.

 (2) Without limiting subsection (1), this Act does not affect the application to Aboriginal land of a law of the Northern Territory that makes:

 (a) an act or omission that is an offence against a provision of this Act; or

 (b) a similar act or omission;

an offence against the law of the Northern Territory.

 (3) Subsection (2) applies even if the law of the Northern Territory does any one or more of the following:

 (a) provides for a penalty for the offence that differs from the penalty provided for in this Act;

 (b) provides for a fault element in relation to the offence that differs from the fault elements applicable to the offence under this Act;

 (c) provides for a defence in relation to the offence that differs from the defences applicable to the offence under this Act.

74A  Financial assistance in respect of legal representation in closure of seas applications

 (1) Where, in accordance with a law of the Northern Territory of a kind referred to in paragraph 73(1)(d):

 (a) an application is made to the Administrator of the Northern Territory with respect to the regulation or prohibition of the entry of persons into, or the control of fishing or other activities in, waters of the sea, including waters of the territorial sea of Australia, adjoining, and within 2 kilometres of, Aboriginal land;

 (b) a matter to which that application relates is referred by the Administrator of the Northern Territory to a Commissioner for inquiry and report; and

 (c) a person (not being a person by whom, or on whose behalf, the application referred to in paragraph (a) has been made) or an unincorporated association of persons wishes to be, or is, legally represented at the inquiry held by the Commissioner into the matter so referred to him or her;

that person or association may apply to the AttorneyGeneral for the provision of assistance under this section in respect of the costs of such representation at that inquiry.

 (2) Where a person or association makes application to the AttorneyGeneral in accordance with subsection (1), the provisions of subsections 54C(2) and (3) apply to and in relation to the application so made as if it were an application made by that person or association under and in accordance with the provisions of subsection 54C(1).

75  Application of NT mining authority in relation to Aboriginal land

  An NT mining authority does not apply in relation to Aboriginal land, unless immediately before the land became Aboriginal land, the land was being occupied or used by virtue of the authority.

76  Delegation by Minister

Delegation—except mining

 (1) The Minister may, in writing, delegate to the Secretary of the Department, or an SES employee or acting SES employee in the Department, any of the Minister’s functions or powers under Part II, III, V, VI, VIA or VII, except those under the following provisions:

 (a) section 19A (about Land Trusts granting headleases over townships);

 (b) subsection 65EC(1) (about the Minister appointing a Board member of the NTAI Corporation);

 (c) subsection 65EH(1) (about acting Board members of the NTAI Corporation);

 (d) subsection 65EN(1) or (2) (about the termination of the appointment of a Board member of the NTAI Corporation);

 (e) subsection 65GB(1) (about the appointment of the CEO of the NTAI Corporation);

 (f) subsection 65GC(1) (about the appointment of an acting CEO of the NTAI Corporation);

 (g) subsection 65GH(1) (about the code of conduct for the CEO of the NTAI Corporation);

 (h) subsection 65GI(1) or (2) (about the termination of the appointment of the CEO of the NTAI Corporation);

 (i) section 65JE, in relation to the making of rules for the purposes of the following provisions:

 (i) paragraph 65BB(d) (about the conferral of additional functions on the NTAI Corporation);

 (ii) section 65BH (about the investment limit for the NTAI Corporation);

 (iii) 65BI (about loans by the NTAI Corporation);

 (iv) 65BJ (about borrowing by the NTAI Corporation);

 (v) 65BK (about guarantees given by the NTAI Corporation).

Delegation—mining

 (2) The Minister may, in writing, delegate to the Northern Territory Mining Minister any of the Minister’s functions or powers under Part IV, except those under these provisions:

 (b) subsection 43(6) (about determining an extension for negotiation in national interest cases);

 (c) paragraph 45(b) (about the consent to the grant of a mining interest to an intending miner);

 (d) subsection 47(1) (about determining whether exploration works should proceed);

 (e) subsection 47(3) (about determining whether proposed mining works or related activities should proceed);

 (f) paragraph 48C(1)(a) (about consenting to the application of the Atomic Energy Act 1953 or any other Act in relation to entry to land);

 (g) subsection 48E(3) (about entry into an agreement on behalf of a Land Council);

 (h) subsection 48F(1), to the extent that it applies in relation to a request made under subsection 44(4) (about the appointment of a Mining Commissioner in national interest cases);

 (i) subsection 48G(1) (about tabling Proclamations).

 (3) If a delegation under subsection (2) is made, the Northern Territory Mining Minister is taken to have executive authority to perform the delegated functions or exercise the delegated powers.

 (4) If the Minister delegates the Minister’s function under subsection 41(2A) (about deciding extension requests for applications for consent to the grant of an exploration licence) to the Northern Territory Mining Minister, the Northern Territory Mining Minister may, in writing, delegate that function to another person.

 (5) A function that is performed by a person under a delegation under subsection (4) is taken, for the purposes of this Act, to have been performed by the Minister.

77  Remuneration and allowances

 (1) This section applies to:

 (a) a member of a Land Council; and

 (b) a member of a Land Trust.

 (2) A person to whom this section applies shall be paid such remuneration as is determined by the Remuneration Tribunal, but, if no determination of that remuneration by the Tribunal is in operation, the person shall be paid such remuneration as is prescribed.

 (3) A person to whom this section applies shall be paid such allowances as are prescribed.

 (4) This section has effect subject to the Remuneration Tribunal Act 1973.

77A  Consents of traditional Aboriginal owners

  Where, for the purposes of this Act, the traditional Aboriginal owners of an area of land are required to have consented, as a group, to a particular act or thing, the consent shall be taken to have been given if:

 (a) in a case where there is a particular process of decision making that, under the Aboriginal tradition of those traditional Aboriginal owners or of the group to which they belong, must be complied with in relation to decisions of that kind—the decision was made in accordance with that process; or

 (b) in a case where there is no such process of decision making—the decision was made in accordance with a process of decision making agreed to and adopted by those traditional Aboriginal owners in relation to the decision or in relation to decisions of that kind.

77B  Conduct by director, employees or agents

 (1) Where, in a proceeding under this Act in respect of conduct engaged in by a body corporate, it is necessary to establish the state of mind of the body corporate, it is sufficient to show that a director, employee or agent of the body corporate, being a director, employee or agent by whom the conduct was engaged in within the scope of the person’s actual or apparent authority, had that state of mind.

 (2) Any conduct engaged in on behalf of a body corporate:

 (a) by a director, employee or agent of the body corporate within the scope of the person’s actual or apparent authority; or

 (b) by any other person at the direction or with the consent or agreement (whether express or implied) of a director, employee or agent of the body corporate, where the giving of the direction, consent or agreement is within the scope of the actual or apparent authority of the director, employee or agent;

shall be deemed, for the purposes of this Act, to have been engaged in also by the body corporate.

 (3) A reference in this section to the state of mind of a person includes a reference to the knowledge, intention, opinion, belief or purpose of the person and the person’s reasons for the person’s intention, opinion, belief or purpose.

77C  Amendment of Schedule 1

 (1) Subject to subsection (2), the regulations may amend Schedule 1 by modifying any description of an area of land in Part 2, 3, 4 or 5 of that Schedule and, on the commencement of an amendment, that Schedule has effect as so amended.

 (2) Regulations for the purposes of subsection (1) may not modify the description of an area of land after title in the land has been vested in a Land Trust under this Act.

 (3) In this section:

modifying includes the substitution of a description or diagram for another description or diagram.

78  Regulations

  The GovernorGeneral may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, prescribing all matters required or permitted by this Act to be prescribed, or necessary or convenient to be prescribed for carrying out or giving effect to this Act and, in particular, prescribing penalties, not exceeding a fine of 6 penalty units, for offences against the regulations.

Schedule 1 

Section 4

Part 1 

ALLIGATOR RIVERS (No. 1)

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 4830 square kilometres more or less and bounded by a line commencing at the intersection of the eastern boundary of Pastoral Lease 739 (Mudginberri) with the left bank of the East Alligator River; thence southerly and westerly by the eastern and part of the southern boundary of the said Pastoral Lease to its intersection with meridian of east longitude 132 degrees 53 minutes; thence southerly by the said meridian to its intersection with the parallel of south latitude 12 degrees 43 minutes 12.14 seconds; thence southwesterly to the intersection of parallel of south latitude 12 degrees 44 minutes 45.38 seconds with the meridian of east longitude 132 degrees 51 minutes 47.54 seconds; thence northwesterly to the intersection of parallel of south latitude 12 degrees 43 minutes 38.69 seconds with the meridian of east longitude 132 degrees 48 minutes 29.26 seconds; thence northwesterly on a bearing of 333 degrees 55 minutes 02.58 seconds to its intersection with a line 30.175 metres east of and parallel to the centreline of the road to Oenpelli; thence generally southwesterly by the said line to its intersection with the easterly prolongation of the survey line as shown on Survey Plan A429 lodged with the Surveyor General for the Northern Territory; thence westerly by the said prolongation and the said survey line to the survey line as shown on Survey Plan A913 lodged with the Surveyor General for the Northern Territory; thence westerly by the said survey line and its westerly prolongation to its intersection with the right bank of the South Alligator River; thence southwesterly by a line from the said intersection to the most northern northeastern corner of Pastoral Lease 612 (Goodparla); thence southerly easterly again southerly and southeasterly by eastern northern eastern and northeastern boundaries of the said Pastoral Lease to the northwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 668 (Gimbat); thence easterly by the northern boundary of the said Pastoral Lease and its prolongation easterly to its intersection with the meridian of east longitude 133 degrees; thence northerly by the said meridian to its intersection with the left bank of the East Alligator River; thence generally northerly by the left bank of the East Alligator River to the point of commencement but excluding therefrom Northern Territory Portions 838 and 895.

ALLIGATOR RIVERS (No. 2)

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 390 square kilometres more or less and bounded by a line commencing at the northwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 739 (Mudginberri); thence southerly by part of the western boundary of the said Pastoral Lease to the northeastern corner of Pastoral Lease 737 (Munmarlary); thence northwesterly by a line from the said corner of the said Pastoral Lease to the intersection of the parallel of south latitude 12 degrees 5 minutes 30 seconds with the meridian of east longitude 132 degrees 33 minutes 28 seconds; thence northwesterly by the northwesterly prolongation of the said line to its intersection with the sea coast of Van Diemen Gulf at Point Farewell; thence by the said sea coast and the left bank of the East Alligator River to its intersection with the northern boundary of Pastoral Lease 739 (Mudginberri); thence westerly by the northern boundary of the said Pastoral Lease to the point of commencement.

AMOONGUNA

All those pieces of land near Alice Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 530.5 hectares more or less being Northern Territory Portions 461 and 568 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans A 127 and Diagram 492 respectively lodged with the SurveyorGeneral for the Northern Territory.

ARNHEM LAND (ISLANDS)

All those islands in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 5956 square kilometres more or less bounded by lines described as follows: Commencing at a point on high water mark of Mountnorris Bay bearing 245 degrees and approximately 16 kilometres distant from Coombe Point; thence north to the low water mark of the seacoast of Mountnorris Bay; thence generally northwesterly by the low water mark of the seacoast of Mountnorris Bay to its intersection with the meridian of east longitude 132 degrees 20 minutes; thence north to the parallel of south latitude 10 degrees 50 minutes; thence east to the meridian of east longitude 137 degrees; thence south to a point due east of the seaward extremity of the left bank of the Roper River; thence by a line due west to the said seaward extremity of the left bank of the Roper River; thence generally northeasterly and westerly along low water mark of the seacoast of the mainland of Australia to a point due north of the point of commencement; thence south to the point of commencement; but excluding from the said line those parts along the low water marks of all intersecting rivers, streams and estuaries inland from a straight line joining the seaward extremity of each of the opposite banks of each of the said rivers, streams and estuaries so that the aforesaid boundary line shall follow that part below low water mark of each of the aforesaid straight lines across each of the aforesaid intersecting rivers, streams and estuaries.

ARNHEM LAND (MAINLAND)

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 89872 square kilometres more or less bounded by lines described as follows: Commencing at a point on the high water mark of Mountnorris Bay bearing 245 degrees and approximately 16 kilometres distant from Coombe Point; thence north to the low water mark of the seacoast of Mountnorris Bay; thence generally easterly and southwesterly by the low water mark of the seacoast of Mountnorris Bay, Arafura Sea and the Gulf of Carpenteria to its intersection with the low water mark of the left bank of the Roper River, but excluding from the said boundary line those parts along the low water marks of all intersecting rivers, streams and estuaries inland from a straight line joining the seaward extremity of each of the opposite banks of each of the said rivers, streams and estuaries so that the aforesaid boundary line shall follow that part below low water mark of each of the aforesaid straight lines across each of the aforesaid intersecting rivers, streams and estuaries; thence generally westerly by the said low water mark of the said river to its intersection with the southerly prolongation of the eastern boundary of Pastoral Lease 657 (Urapunga); thence northerly by the said prolongation and the eastern boundary of the said Pastoral Lease to the northeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence northerly, westerly, again northerly, again westerly and southerly by eastern, northern, again eastern again northern and western boundaries of Pastoral Leases 726 and 725 (Mainoru) to the most northern northeastern corner of Pastoral Lease 569 (Mountain Valley); thence westerly by the northern boundaries of Pastoral Lease 569 and Pastoral Lease 707 (Waterhouse) to the northeastern corner of Pastoral Lease 705 (Eva Valley); thence westerly by part of a northern boundary of the said Pastoral Lease to the southeastern corner of Pastoral Lease 668 (Gimbat); thence northerly by the eastern boundary of the said Pastoral Lease to the northeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence northerly by the eastern boundary of the Sanctuary as notified in Northern Territory Government Gazette No. 32 of 9 August 1972 and its northerly prolongation to its intersection with the right bank of the East Alligator River; thence generally northwesterly by the said bank of the East Alligator River to a point due east of the tidal limit of the said river; thence west by a line to the low water mark of the right bank of the East Alligator River; thence generally northwesterly by the said low water mark of the said river to its intersection with the low water mark of the seacoast of Van Diemen Gulf; thence generally northerly by the said low water mark to its intersection with a line bearing 231 degrees from the point of commencement; but excluding from the said boundary line those parts along the low water marks of all intersecting rivers, streams and estuaries inland from a straight line joining the seaward extremity of each of the opposite banks of each of the said rivers, streams and estuaries so that the aforesaid boundary line shall follow that part below low water mark of each of the aforesaid straight lines across each of the aforesaid intersecting rivers, streams and estuaries; thence northeasterly by the said line bearing 231 degrees to the point of commencement.

BATHURST ISLAND

All those pieces of land at Bathurst Island in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 2071 square kilometres more or less being the whole of Bathurst Island above a line along the low water mark and all other islands above a line along the low water mark lying within 5.56 kilometres of the low water mark of Bathurst Island; but excluding from the said line those parts along the low water marks of all intersecting rivers, streams and estuaries inland from a straight line joining the seaward extremity of each of the opposite banks of each of the said rivers, streams and estuaries so that the aforesaid boundary line shall follow that part below low water mark of each of the aforesaid straight lines across each of the aforesaid rivers, streams and estuaries and excluding all that land described in Deed of Grant Volume 22 Folio 196.

BESWICK

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 3406 square kilometres more or less: Commencing at the southwestern corner of the Commonage Reserve as notified in Commonwealth of Australia Government Gazette No. 40 of 13 May 1920; thence easterly by the southern boundary of the said Reserve to its intersection with the right bank of Beswick Creek; thence generally northwesterly by the said bank to its intersection with the westerly prolongation of the northern boundary of former Pastoral Lease 158; thence by a line east to its intersection with the southerly prolongation of the most southern of the eastern boundaries of Pastoral Lease 705 (Eva Valley); thence northerly by the said prolongation to the most southern southeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence northerly and easterly by eastern and southern boundaries of Pastoral Lease 705 (Eva Valley) to the most eastern southeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence easterly by the southern boundary of Pastoral Lease 707 (Waterhouse) to the southeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence easterly and southerly by southern and western boundaries of Pastoral Lease 569 (Mountain Valley) to the most southern southwestern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence southerly, westerly and again southerly by western, northern and again western boundaries of Pastoral Lease 752 (Goondooloo) to the most northern northeastern corner of Pastoral Lease 593 (Esley); thence westerly and southerly by a northern boundary and part of a western boundary of the said Pastoral Lease to the most eastern northeastern corner of Pastoral Lease 635 (Mataranka); thence westerly by part of a northern boundary of the said Pastoral Lease to its intersection with a line on the northeastern side of parallel to and 1669.69 metres distant from the centre line of the North Australia Railway; thence generally northwesterly by the line parallel to and 1669.69 metres distant from the centre line of the North Australia Railway to its intersection with the southerly prolongation of the western boundary of the Commonage Reserve as notified in the Commonwealth of Australia Government Gazette No. 40 of 13 May 1920; thence northerly by the said prolongation to the point of commencement.

DALY RIVER

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 13467 square kilometres more or less bounded by lines described as follows: Commencing at the intersection of the western boundary of Pastoral Lease 562 (Tipperary) with the low water mark of the left bank of the Daly River; thence southerly by the western boundary of Pastoral Lease 562 to the southwestern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence easterly by part of the southern boundary of Pastoral Lease 562 to a point due north of the most northern northwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 597 (Coolibah); thence south to the most northern northwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 597; thence southerly by a western boundary of the said Pastoral Lease to its intersection with the right bank of the Fitzmaurice River; thence generally westerly by the said bank of the Fitzmaurice River to a point north of the tidal limit of the said river; thence south to the low water mark of the right bank of the Fitzmaurice River; thence generally westerly by the said low water mark of the said River to its intersection with the low water mark of the seacoast of the Timor Sea; thence generally northwesterly and northeasterly by the said low water mark to its intersection with the low water mark of the left bank of the Daly River; but excluding from the said line those parts along the low water marks of all intersecting rivers, streams and estuaries inland from a straight line joining the seaward extremity of each of the opposite banks of each of the said rivers, streams and estuaries so that the aforesaid boundary line shall follow that part below low water mark of each of the aforesaid straight lines across each of the aforesaid rivers, streams and estuaries; thence generally southeasterly by the low water mark of the left bank of the Daly River to the point of commencement and including those parts above low water mark of the Peron Islands.

DELISSAVILLE

All that piece of land in the Hundred of Bray County of Palmerston Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 4091 hectares more or less being Section 25 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan OP 1413 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral for the Northern Territory.

HAASTS BLUFF

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 39610 square kilometres more or less: Commencing at the intersection of the western boundary of the Northern Territory with the parallel of south latitude 23 degrees 1 minute 20.32 seconds; thence east to the meridian of east longitude 130 degrees 36 minutes 16.76 seconds; thence easterly by a line to the southwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 583 (Newhaven); thence easterly by the southern boundary of the said Pastoral Lease and a southern boundary of Pastoral Lease 714 (Mount Wedge) to the southeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence southerly, easterly and again southerly by part of a western, a southern, and again a western boundary of Pastoral Lease 607 (Derwent) to the northwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 681 (Glen Helen); thence southerly, easterly and again southerly by western, southern and again western boundaries of the said Pastoral Lease to the northwestern corner of Special Purpose Lease 159 (Hermannsburg); thence southerly by the western boundaries of the said Special Purpose Lease and the Western boundary of Reserve No. 1259 as notified in Northern Territory Government Gazette No. 44 of 29 October 1969 to the southwestern corner of the said Special Purpose Lease; thence westerly by part of the northern boundary of Pastoral Lease 629 (Tempe Downs) to the northwestern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence west to the western boundary of the Northern Territory; thence north by the said western boundary to the point of commencement.

HERMANNSBURG

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 3807 square kilometres more or less: Commencing at the most southerly southwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 681 (Glen Helen); thence easterly by southern boundaries of the said Pastoral Lease and a southern boundary of Reserve No. 1147 as notified in Northern Territory Government Gazette No. 11 of 17 March 1965 to the most southerly southeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence southerly and easterly by part of a western and a southern boundary of Pastoral Lease 780 (Owen Springs) and the southern boundary of Reserve No. 1232 as notified in Northern Territory Government Gazette No. 29 of 26 June 1968 to the northwestern corner of Reserve No. 1233 as notified in Northern Territory Government Gazette No. 29 of 26 June 1968; thence southerly, northeasterly, southeasterly and northerly by western, southeastern, southwestern and eastern boundaries of the said Reserve to the northeastern corner of the said Reserve; thence easterly and southerly by part of a southern and a western boundary of Pastoral Lease 780 (Owen Springs) to the most northerly northeastern corner of Pastoral Lease 600 (Henbury); thence westerly by a northern boundary of the said Pastoral Lease to its intersection with the eastern boundary of Reserve No. 1174 as notified in Northern Territory Government Gazette No. 60 of 30 November 1966; thence northerly, westerly, again northerly, again westerly, southerly, easterly and again southerly by part of an eastern, a northern, an eastern, again a northern, a western, a southern and part of a western boundary of the said Reserve to a northeastern corner of Pastoral Lease 600 (Henbury); thence westerly by a northern boundary of the said Pastoral Lease and part of a northern boundary of Pastoral Lease 629 (Tempe Downs) to the most southerly southeastern corner of Reserve No. 1028 as notified in Northern Territory Government Gazette No. 45 of 14 October 1959; thence northerly by part of an eastern boundary of the said Reserve to the southwestern corner of Reserve No. 1259 as notified in Northern Territory Government Gazette No. 44 of 29 October 1969; thence easterly, northerly, and westerly by southern, eastern and northern boundaries of the said Reserve to the northwestern corner of the said Reserve; thence northerly by part of an eastern boundary of Reserve No. 1028 to the point of commencement.

HOOKER CREEK

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 2193 square kilometres more or less: Commencing at the most southern southwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 529 (Wave Hill); thence east for 1371.6 metres; thence south for 1981.2 metres; thence west for 2285.77 metres; thence north for 1981.2 metres; thence west for 20725.04 metres; thence north for 2434.74 metres; thence west for 32497.28 metres to a point on the eastern boundary of Pastoral Lease 559 (Birrindudu); thence northerly by the said boundary to the northeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence northerly and easterly by eastern and southern boundaries of Pastoral Lease 550 (Inverway) to the most eastern southeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence easterly and southerly by southern and western boundaries of Pastoral Lease 529 (Wave Hill) to the point of commencement.

JAY CREEK

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 300 square kilometres more or less: Commencing at the southwestern corner of Reserve No. 1297 as notified in Northern Territory Government Gazette No. 26 of 1 July 1970; thence easterly and southerly by a southern and western boundary of the said Reserve to the most northerly northwestern corner of Northern Territory Portion 460; thence southwesterly by the northwestern boundary of the said Portion to the most westerly northwestern corner of the said Portion; thence southwesterly, westerly and northerly by northwestern, northern and eastern boundaries of Pastoral Lease 780 (Owen Springs) to a northeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence easterly, northerly, northeasterly and again easterly by southern, eastern, southeastern and southern boundaries of Pastoral Lease 670 (Hamilton Downs) to a southeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence southerly by part of the western boundary of Reserve No. 1297 to the point of commencement.

LAKE MACKAY

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 34190 square kilometres more or less: Commencing at the intersection of the western boundary of the Northern Territory with the parallel of south latitude 21 degrees; thence east to a point north of the northwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 764 (Chilla Well); thence south to the said corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence southerly by the western boundary of Pastoral Lease 764 and part of the western boundary of Pastoral Lease 802 (Mount Doreen) to the parallel of south latitude 22 degrees 30 minutes 10.02 seconds; thence west to the meridian of east longitude 130 degrees 24 minutes 12.38 seconds; thence south to the parallel of south latitude 22 degrees 40 minutes 37.91 seconds; thence southeasterly to the intersection of the meridian of east longitude 130 degrees 36 minutes 16.76 seconds with the parallel of south latitude 23 degrees 1 minute 20.32 seconds; thence west to the western boundary of the Northern Territory; thence north by the said western boundary to the point of commencement.

LARRAKEAH

All those pieces of land in the Hundreds of Colton and Guy County of Palmerston Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 3880 hectares more or less:

Firstly

Commencing at the northeastern corner of Section 215 Hundred of Colton; thence southerly by the eastern boundaries of Sections 215 and 213 to the southeastern corner of Section 213; thence southerly by the southerly prolongation of the eastern boundary of Section 213 to the northeastern corner of Section 211; thence southerly and westerly by the eastern and southern boundaries of Section 211 to the southwestern corner of the said Section; thence westerly and southerly by the southern boundary of Section 212 and the eastern boundary of Section 209 to the southeastern corner of Section 209; thence southerly by the southerly prolongation of the eastern boundary of Section 209 to the northeastern corner of Section 208; thence southerly by part of the eastern boundary of Section 208 for a distance of 402.33 metres; thence east to the left bank of the Adelaide River; thence generally northerly by the said bank of the said river to its intersection with the southerly prolongation of the eastern boundary of Section 247; thence northerly by the said prolongation to the southeastern corner of the said Section; thence westerly, southwesterly, northwesterly, northerly, northwesterly and northerly by southern, southeastern, southwestern, western, southwestern and western boundaries of Section 247 to the northwestern corner of the said Section; thence northerly by the western boundary of Section 246 to the northwestern corner of the said Section; thence westerly by the westerly prolongation of the northern boundary of Section 246 to its intersection with the southerly prolongation of the eastern boundary of Section 244; thence northerly by the said prolongation to a point 20.12 metres south of the southeastern corner of Section 244; thence westerly by a line 20.12 metres south of and parallel to the southern boundaries of Sections 244, end of road, 241, 240 and the westerly prolongation of the said line to the point of commencement.

Secondly

Commencing at the southwestern corner of Section 1455 Hundred of Guy; thence northerly by the western boundary of the said Section and a western boundary of Section 1454 to the most westerly northwestern corner of Section 1454; thence northeasterly to the most northerly southwestern corner of the said Section; thence northerly, easterly and southerly by western, northern and eastern boundaries of Section 1454 to the most easterly southeastern corner of the said Section; thence easterly by parts of the northern boundaries of Sections 7 and 6 to the southeastern corner of Section 1456; thence northerly, easterly, southerly, westerly and again southerly by western, northern, eastern, southern and again eastern boundaries of Section 8 to the northeastern corner of Section 6; thence southerly by part of the eastern boundary of Section 6 to the northwestern corner of Section 10; thence easterly by the northern boundary of Section 10 to the northeastern corner of the said Section; thence easterly, southerly and westerly by northern, eastern and southern boundaries of Section 5 to the southwestern corner of the said Section; thence westerly by the southern boundary of Section 10 to the southwestern corner of the said Section; thence westerly, southerly and again westerly by southern, eastern and again southern boundaries of Section 6 to the southwestern corner of the said Section; thence westerly by the southern boundary of Section 7 and its westerly prolongation to the southeastern corner of Section 1455; thence westerly, northerly and again westerly by southern, western and again southern boundaries of the said Section to the point of commencement.

MELVILLE ISLAND

All those pieces of land at Melville Island in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 5697 square kilometres more or less being all those parts of Melville and Buchanan Islands and all other islands lying within 5.56 kilometres of low water mark of Melville Island above a line along the low water mark surrounding the said islands; but excluding from the said line those parts along the low water marks of all intersecting rivers, streams and estuaries inland from a straight line joining the seaward extremity of each of the opposite banks of each of the said rivers, streams and estuaries so that the aforesaid boundary line shall follow that part below low water mark of each of the aforesaid straight lines across each of the aforesaid rivers, streams and estuaries.

PETERMANN

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 44970 square kilometres more or less: Commencing at the northwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 629 (Tempe Downs); thence southerly by a western boundary of the said Pastoral Lease and its southerly prolongation to the parallel of south latitude 24 degrees 50 minutes; thence west to the meridian of east longitude 130 degrees 45 minutes; thence south to the most northern northeastern corner of Reserve No. 1012 as notified in Northern Territory Government Gazette No. 10 of 5 March 1958; thence northwesterly, southerly and easterly by northeastern, western and southern boundaries of the said Reserve to the southeastern corner of the said Reserve; thence southerly to the most western northwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 722 (Mulga Park); thence southerly by a western boundary of the said Pastoral Lease to the southwestern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence west along the southern boundary of the Northern Territory to the southwestern corner of the Northern Territory; thence north along the western boundary of the Northern Territory to a point west of the point of commencement; thence east to the point of commencement.

SANTA TERESA

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 1243 square kilometres more or less: Commencing at the northwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 627 (Allambi); thence northerly, westerly and again northerly by part of an eastern, a northern and an eastern boundary of Pastoral Lease 595 (Deep Well) to the most southerly southeastern corner of Pastoral Lease 673 (Undoolya); thence northerly and easterly by eastern and southern boundaries of the said Pastoral Lease to a southeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence southeasterly, southerly, easterly and again southerly by southwestern, western, southern and part of a western boundary of Pastoral Lease 605 (Todd River) to the northern boundary of the Phillipson stock route; thence by lines bearing 269 degrees 57 minutes 5434.1 metres; 299 degrees 46 minutes 10 seconds 417.4 metres; 240 degrees 5 minutes 50 seconds 417.4 metres to the most northern northeastern corner of Pastoral Lease 627 (Allambi); thence westerly by a northern boundary of the said Pastoral Lease to the point of commencement.

ULURU

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 132,566 hectares more or less: Commencing at the intersection of the parallel of latitude 25 degrees 16 minutes south with the prolongation north of the eastern boundary of the Petermann Aboriginal Reserve, then south along that prolongation to the parallel of latitude 25 degrees 25 minutes south, then west along that parallel to the meridian of longitude 130 degrees 40 minutes east, then north along that meridian to the parallel of latitude 25 degrees 4 minutes 54 seconds south, then south easterly to a point of latitude 25 degrees 7 minutes 24 seconds south and longitude 130 degrees 45 minutes east, then south along that meridian to the parallel of latitude 25 degrees 16 minutes south, then east along that parallel to the point of commencement.

WAGAIT

All those pieces of land being partly within the Hundreds of Finniss, Glyde and Hart and partly out of Hundred within the County of Palmerston Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 1447 square kilometres more or less bounded by lines described as follows:

Firstly

Commencing at a point 20.12 metres west of the northwestern corner of Section 1461 Hundred of Hart; thence southerly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres distant from the western boundary of Section 1461 to a point 20.12 metres north of the northeastern corner of Section 1784; thence westerly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres north of the northern boundaries of Sections 1784 and 1783 to a point 20.12 metres west of the western boundary of Section 1783; thence southerly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres west of the western boundaries of Sections 1783, 1758, 1763, 1766 and 1793 to a point 20.12 metres north of the northern boundary of Section 1762; thence westerly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres north of the northern boundaries of Sections 1762, 1761, 1760, 1759 and 1781 to a point 20.12 metres west of the western boundary of Section 1781; thence southerly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres west of the western boundaries of Sections 1781, 1782 and 1838 to a point 20.12 metres south of the southern boundary of Section 1838; thence easterly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres south of the southern boundary of Section 1838 to a point 20.12 metres west of the western boundary of Section 1814; thence southerly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres west of the western boundaries of Sections 1814, 1822 and 1837 to a point 20.12 metres north of the northern boundary of Section 1842; thence westerly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres north of the northern boundaries of Sections 1842 and 1875 to a point 20.12 metres west of the western boundary of Section 1875; thence southerly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres west of the western boundaries of Sections 1875, 1876 and 1877 to its intersection with a northern boundary of Pastoral Lease 676 (Stapleton); thence westerly by the northern boundary of the said Pastoral Lease and the westerly prolongation of the said boundary to its intersection with the low water mark of the seacoast of the Timor Sea; thence generally northeasterly by the said low water mark to its intersection with the low water mark of the left bank of the Finniss River; but excluding from the said line those parts along the low water marks of all intersecting rivers, streams and estuaries inland from a straight line joining the seaward extremity of each of the opposite banks of each of the said rivers, streams and estuaries so that the aforesaid boundary line shall follow that part below low water mark of each of the aforesaid straight lines across each of the aforesaid rivers, streams and estuaries; thence generally northeasterly and southeasterly by the low water mark of the left bank of the Finniss River to its second intersection with the southern boundary of the Hundred of Glyde; thence easterly by the southern boundary of the Hundred of Glyde and part of the southern boundary of the Hundred of Milne to the point of commencement.

Secondly

Commencing at the intersection of the southern boundary of the Hundred of Milne with the left bank of the Finniss River; thence generally southeasterly and easterly by the said bank of the said river to its intersection with the eastern boundary of the Hundred of Finniss; thence southerly by the eastern boundary of the Hundred of Finniss to its intersection with the easterly prolongation of the southern boundary of Section 2067 Hundred of Finniss; thence westerly by the said prolongation to the southeastern corner of Section 2067; thence westerly by the southern boundaries of Sections 2067, 2066, 2065, 2037, 2028 and 2026 to the southwestern corner of Section 2026; thence westerly by the westerly prolongation of the southern boundary of Section 2026 to its intersection with a line parallel to and 20.12 metres east of the eastern boundary of Section 1821 Hundred of Hart; thence northerly by the said line to a point 20.12 metres south of the southern boundary of Section 1460; thence easterly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres south of the southern boundary of Section 1460 to a point 20.12 metres east of the eastern boundary of the said Section; thence northerly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres east of the eastern boundaries of Sections 1460, 1459, 1458 and 1457 to a point 20.12 metres south of the southern boundary of Section 1701; thence easterly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres south of the southern boundaries of Sections 1701, 1700, 1699, 1698 and 1697 to a point 20.12 metres east of the eastern boundary of Section 1697; thence north by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres east of the eastern boundaries of Sections 1697, 1696 and 1684 to a point 20.12 metres north of the northern boundary of Section 1684; thence westerly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres north of the northern boundaries of Sections 1684 and 1688 to a point 20.12 metres east of the eastern boundary of Section 1790; thence northerly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres east of the eastern boundary of Section 1790 to a point 20.12 metres north of the northern boundary of Section 1790; thence westerly by a line parallel to and 20.12  metres north of the northern boundaries of Sections 1790 and 1789 to a point 20.12 metres east of the eastern boundary of Section 1797; thence northerly by a line parallel to and 20.12 metres east of the eastern boundary of Section 1797 to its intersection with the southern boundary of the Hundred of Milne; thence easterly by part of the southern boundary of the Hundred of Milne to the point of commencement.

WARRABRI

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 440 square kilometres more or less being Northern Territory Portion 599 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan A125 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral for the Northern Territory.

WOOLWONGA

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 505 square kilometres more or less: Commencing at the intersection of the right bank of the South Alligator River with the southern boundary of Pastoral Lease 737 (Munmarlary); thence easterly by the said boundary to the southeastern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence easterly by part of the southern boundary of Pastoral Lease 739 (Mudginberri) to a point on a line on the western side of the road to Oenpelli parallel to and 30.175 metres distant from the centreline of the said road; thence generally southwesterly by the said line to its intersection with the surveyed line as shown on Survey Plan A.429 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral for the Northern Territory; thence westerly by the said line and the surveyed line as shown on Survey Plan A913 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral for the Northern Territory; to the intersection with the right bank of the South Alligator River; thence generally northerly by the said bank of the said River to the point of commencement.

YUENDUMU

All the piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 2201 square kilometres more or less: Commencing at the most westerly southwestern corner of Pastoral Lease 590 (Mount Denison); thence easterly and southerly by southern and western boundaries of the said Pastoral Lease to the most southerly southwestern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence westerly and southerly by northern and western boundaries of Pastoral Lease 803 (Mount Allan) to the southwestern corner of the said Pastoral Lease; thence westerly by part of the northern boundary of Pastoral Lease 585 (Mount Wedge) to its intersection with the southerly prolongation of the eastern boundary of Pastoral Lease 802 (Mount Doreen); thence northerly by the said prolongation and part of the said boundary to a point west of the point of commencement; thence east to the point of commencement.

Part 2 

AMMAROO LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 2771 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion 3834 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/77 lodged with the Northern Territory SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

BIRDUM (JOMMET BLOCK) LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 83,980 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 2016 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S89/299A to S89/299J lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

DRY RIVER STOCK RESERVE LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 20,720 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion 2119 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/295 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

ELLIOTT LOCALITY

All of the two parcels of land in the Northern Territory containing a combined area of 2,774.8 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portions 3720 and 3869 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/38A to S.89/38C lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

MITTIEBAH LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 3,050 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 562 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/76 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

MT PEACHY (MARYVALE) LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 8474 hectares more or less being all of Northern Territory portion 3815 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/82A to S.89/82E lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

MT SOLITAIRE (HAMILTON DOWNS) LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 2750 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3810 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/87A to S.89/87C lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

OORATIPPRA LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 22,000 hectares more or less being all of Northern Territory portion 3823 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/71A to S.89/71D lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

RANKEN RIVER LOCALITY

All those parcels of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 3707 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portions 3826 and 3827 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/68A to S.89/68E lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

SOUDAN LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 1553 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion 3829 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/66 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

TARLTON DOWNS LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 20,150 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 1815 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/72A to S.89/72D lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

UNDOOLYA BORE LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 1355 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion 3821 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/74 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Part 3 

16 MILE (BOND SPRINGS) LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing a total area of 3754 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion No 3806 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S89/91 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

ALICE WELL LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 1,013 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3830 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/65 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

BLACK TANK BORE (BOND SPRINGS) LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 3,640 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3805 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/92A and S.89/92B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

FINKE LOCALITY

All those parcels of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 13,605.6 hectares more or less.

Firstly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 7,562 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3819 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/78A to S.89/78E lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Secondly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 2,520 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3817 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/80 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Thirdly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 2,558 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3816 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/81A to S.89/81C lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Fourthly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 965.6 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3818 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/79 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

FORSTER RANGE (STIRLING) LOCALITY

All those parcels of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 3,690 hectares more or less:

Firstly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 1,458 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3822 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/73A lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Secondly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 2,232 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3831 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/73B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

HENBURY/ORANGE CREEK LOCALITY

All those parcels of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 9,215 hectares more or less:

Firstly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 2,363 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3814 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/83A and S.89/83B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Secondly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 2,886 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3813 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/84A and S.89/84B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Thirdly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 2,024 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3812 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/85A and S.89/85B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Fourthly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 1,942 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3811 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/86 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

JINKA LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 1,376 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3803 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/94 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

LORNE CREEK LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 3,344 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3828 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/67A to S.89/67E lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

MT KATHLEEN (LOVES CREEK) LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 5,291 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3824 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/70A to S.89/70C lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

NEWCASTLE WATERS LOCALITY

All that parcel of land situated near the town of Newcastle Waters in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 214 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3624 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/37 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

NO 47 BORE (ALEXANDRIA) LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 1,549 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3825 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/69A and S.89/69B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

SANDOVER RIVER (AMMAROO) LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 1569 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion 3802 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/95A to S.89/95E lodged with the Northern Territory SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

WILLIAMS BORE (UNDOOLYA) LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 2,469 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3820 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/75A and S.89/75B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

WYCLIFFE WELL LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 809.2 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3804 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.89/93 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

YAMBAH LOCALITY

All those parcels of land in the Northern Territory containing an area of 5,333 hectares more or less:

Firstly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 1,340 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3807 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/90A and S.89/90B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Secondly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 1,494 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3808 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/88A to S.89/88C lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Thirdly:

All that parcel of land containing an area of 2,499 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory portion 3809 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.89/88D to S.89/88E lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Part 4 

ANTHONY LAGOON

All that land in the Northern Territory comprising the whole of Northern Territory Portion 5010 delineated on Survey Plan S96/303 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 603.5 hectares.

AMMAROO

All that land in the Northern Territory comprising the whole of Northern Territory Portion 7364 delineated on Survey Plan S2014/016 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 3,105 hectares.

BAUHINIA DOWNS

All that piece of land being Northern Territory Portion 1203 containing an area of approximately 1449 square kilometres and being more particularly registered as Volume 365 Folio 123 with the Northern Territory RegistrarGeneral, but excluding all of the land within 50 metres from either side of the centre line of the road known as the Borroloola to Roper Bar Road.

BORROLOOLA

All that land near Borroloola in the Northern Territory comprising:

 (a) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 2177 delineated on Survey Plan S2000/169 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, known as Rarranggilawunyara and in the locality of Pellew Islands in the Northern Territory and containing an area of approximately 5.62 hectares; and

 (b) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 2178 delineated on Survey Plan S2000/169 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, known as Niwawunala and in the locality of Pellew Islands in the Northern Territory and containing an area of approximately 2.66 hectares; and

 (c) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 2179 delineated on Survey Plan S2000/169 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, known as Wanadjurara and in the locality of Pellew Islands in the Northern Territory and containing an area of approximately 6,840 square metres; and

 (d) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 2180 delineated on Survey Plan S2000/169 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, known as Alolo and in the locality of Pellew Islands in the Northern Territory and containing an area of approximately 7.51 hectares; and

 (e) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 3900 delineated on Survey Plan S90/252D lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, known as Batten Point and in the locality of McArthur in the Northern Territory and containing an area of approximately 201.8 hectares; and

 (f) the whole of Northern Territory Portions 3997 and 3940 delineated on Survey Plan S90/316B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, known as North Island and in the locality of Pellew Islands in the Northern Territory and containing an area of approximately 6,607 hectares.

BRUMBY PLAINS

All that piece of land being Northern Territory Portion 4091 containing an area of approximately 117,000 hectares and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S92/164 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, but excluding all of the land within 50 metres from either side of the centre line of the access road between Northern Territory Portion 2989 and the northernmost boundary of Northern Territory Portion 2929.

CATFISH DREAMING

All that parcel of land being Northern Territory Portion 4324 containing an area of 42.41 hectares more or less and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S93/160 lodged with the Northern Territory SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

EVA VALLEY

Pastoral lease number 705—known as Eva Valley Station containing approximately 2926 square kilometres, 68 hectares, 6564 square metres more particularly described as Northern Territory portion 860 in the Northern Territory Crown Lands Lease Register Book—Volume 055 Folio 051.

HARRY CREEK EAST

All that parcel of land being Northern Territory Portion 5624 containing an area of 450.3 hectares more or less and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.98/24 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

HODGSON DOWNS

Pastoral lease number 613—known as Hodgson Downs containing an area of approximately 3,232 square kilometres and being more particularly described as Northern Territory portion 671 in the Northern Territory Crown Lands Lease Register Book—Volume 044 Folio 048 excluding the Hodgson River road and the Miniyeri Community access road and the land on either side of each of those roads to a distance of 50 metres from the centre lines of the roads concerned.

INNESVALE

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 283,700 hectares more or less, being Northern Territory Portion 5120 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S97/172 (A to E) lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, but excluding two roads 100 metres wide and one road 50 metres wide as delineated on Survey Plan S97/172E.

JABIRU

All that land in the Northern Territory comprising:

 (a) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 7126 delineated on Survey Plan S2011/202 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 3.96 hectares; and

 (b) the whole of the Jabiru town land (see section 3AC of this Act); and

 (c) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 7127 delineated on Survey Plans S2011/203A and S2011/203B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 5,469 hectares.

KAKADU

All that land in the Northern Territory comprising:

 (a) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 1760 delineated on Survey Plan S91/227 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 450 hectares; and

 (b) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 7456 delineated on Survey Plans S2015/186 (A to H) lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 612,600 hectares; and

 (c) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 7457 delineated on Survey Plans S2015/187 (A to H) and S2015/187 (J to L) lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 355,200 hectares; and

 (d) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 7458 delineated on Survey Plan S2015/188 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 40.95 hectares; and

 (e) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 1761 delineated on Survey Plan S91/227 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 4,400 hectares; and

 (f) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 7459 delineated on Survey Plans S2015/189 (A and B) lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 33.39 hectares; and

 (g) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 7460 delineated on Survey Plans S2015/189 (A and B) lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 39.40 hectares; and

 (h) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 7461 delineated on Survey Plan S2015/189B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 335.8 hectares; and

 (i) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 7462 delineated on Survey Plan S2015/190 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 209.1 hectares; and

 (j) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 895 delineated on Survey Plan A419 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 12.14 hectares.

KANTURRPA—KANTTAJI

All that parcel of land being Northern Territory Portion 4236 containing an area of 15,180 hectares more or less and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S92/95A lodged with the Northern Territory SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

LOVES CREEK

All that land being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 744 delineated on Survey Plans S2004/007A to H inclusive and S2004/007J lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, known as Loves Creek in the Northern Territory and containing an area of approximately 378,400 hectares.

PATTA

All that land near Tennant Creek in the Northern Territory comprising:

 (a) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 2441 delineated on Survey Plan S2007/18 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 1,247 hectares; and

 (b) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 4071 delineated on Survey Plans S91/86A and B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 5,582 hectares; and

 (c) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 4073 delineated on Survey Plan S91/87 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 1,826 hectares; and

 (d) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 4096 delineated on Survey Plan S92/85 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 80.19 hectares; and

 (e) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 4428 delineated on Survey Plan S93/36 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 334.9 hectares; and

 (f) the whole of Northern Territory Portion 7021 delineated on Survey Plan S2009/1A lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 11.37 hectares.

PORT PATTERSON ISLANDS

All that land being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 2621 delineated on Survey Plan S83/282 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, known as Port Patterson Islands and in the locality of Bynoe Harbour in the Northern Territory and containing an area of approximately 591.4 hectares.

ROCKHAMPTON DOWNS

Three parcels of land in the Northern Territory together containing an area of 8,094.4 hectares more or less comprising:

Firstly:

all that parcel of land containing an area of 1,252 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion 4801.

Secondly:

all that parcel of land containing an area of 585.4 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion 5798.

Thirdly:

all that parcel of land containing an area of 6,257 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion 4802.

The 3 parcels together being more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S.95/36A to S.95/36C lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

SIMPSON DESERT

All that parcel of land being Northern Territory Portion 4208 delineated on Survey Plan S.2010/156 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 110,000 hectares.

UPPER DALY

Four parcels of land in the Northern Territory together containing an area of 109,391.4 hectares more or less, comprising:

Firstly:

all that parcel of land containing an area of 55,850 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion 4200 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.2000/186A lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Secondly:

all that parcel of land containing an area of 501.4 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion 5990 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.2000/212B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Thirdly:

all that parcel of land containing an area of 25,160 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion 5919 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.2000/186B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

Fourthly:

all that parcel of land containing an area of 27,880 hectares more or less, being all of Northern Territory Portion 5920 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S.2000/186C lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

URAPUNGA

All that land in the Northern Territory comprising the whole of Lot 281 delineated on Survey Plan S2016/094 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 73.32 hectares.

URRPANTYENYE

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 6,554 hectares more or less, being Northern Territory Portion 1084 and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S98/203 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

VERNON ISLANDS

All those parcels of land being Northern Territory Portions 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 delineated on Survey Plan S.2015/208 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and together containing an area of approximately 8,271.2 hectares.

WAVE HILL LOCALITY

All that parcel of land in the Wave Hill Locality of the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 1238 km2 more or less bounded by lines commencing at a point 32134 metres due south of the northeast corner of Northern Territory Portion 2654 (Cattle Creek) thence by lines due east for a distance of 3131.5 metres; due south for a distance of 24534 metres; due west to the intersection of the eastern boundary of Northern Territory Portion 2654; thence due north and due east by the eastern and southern boundaries of Northern Territory Portion 2654 to the point of commencement.

WESTERN DESERT LOCALITY

All that parcel of land being Northern Territory Portion 4199 containing an area of 236,000 hectares more or less and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S95/170 lodged with the Northern Territory SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, but excluding all that land within 75 metres from either side of the centre line of the road that is known as the Tanami Road and that is more particularly shown on that Survey Plan.

WESTERN DESERT (NORTH) LOCALITY

All that piece of land being Northern Territory Portion 4198 containing an area of approximately 239,200 hectares and being more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S96/175 lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin.

WICKHAM RIVER

All that parcel of land being Northern Territory Portion 7236 delineated on Survey Plans S.2013/177A to F inclusive lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, and containing an area of approximately 50,310 hectares.

Part 5 

ARLTUNGA HISTORICAL RESERVE

All that parcel of land near Arltunga in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 5,439 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 6620 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S2005/20 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

CHAMBERS PILLAR HISTORICAL RESERVE

All that parcel of land near Maryvale in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 340.2 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 843 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan B312 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

CORROBOREE ROCK CONSERVATION RESERVE

All that parcel of land near Undoolya in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 7.28 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 758 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan B190 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

DAVENPORT RANGE NATIONAL PARK

All that parcel of land near Kurundi in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 111,900 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 4386 more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S2005/21A and B lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

DEVILS MARBLES CONSERVATION RESERVE

All that parcel of land near Wauchope in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 1,775 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 6621 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S2005/22B lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

EMILY AND JESSIE GAPS NATURE PARK AND HEAVITREE RANGE EXTENSION

1) Emily and Jessie Gaps Nature Park

All that parcel of land near Alice Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 670.2 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 6624 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S2005/23B lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

2) Heavitree Range Extension

All that parcel of land in Alice Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 541.6 hectares more or less being the whole of Lot 9519 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S2005/23A lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

EWANINGA ROCK CARVINGS CONSERVATION RESERVE

All that parcel of land near Owen Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 6.09 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 953 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan A447 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

FINKE GORGE NATIONAL PARK

All that parcel of land near Finke Gorge in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 35,810 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 6623 more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S2005/24A to S2005/24C inclusive lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

GREGORY NATIONAL PARK

Eastern Segment:

All that parcel of land near Delamere in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 150,400 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 6512 more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S2005/194A to E inclusive lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

Western Segment:

All those parcels of land near Timber Creek in the Northern Territory of Australia containing a total area of 1,134,800 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portions 4734 and 6511 more particularly delineated on survey plans S2005/193A to G inclusive lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

GREGORY’S TREE HISTORICAL RESERVE

All that parcel of land near Timber Creek in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 2.02 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 554 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan A155 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

N’DHALA GORGE NATURE PARK

All that parcel of land near Loves Creek in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 501.6 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 784 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S2005/26 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

TREPHINA GORGE NATURE PARK

All that parcel of land near Trephina Gorge in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 1,772 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 776 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan B230 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

WEST MACDONNELL NATIONAL PARK

1) Alice Valley

All that parcel of land near Owen Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 16,900 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 3290 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S2005/29 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

2) Alice Valley Extension

All that parcel of land near Owen Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 21,780 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 6867 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S2007/29 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

2A) Alice Valley Extension (East)

All that land being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 6991 delineated on Survey Plans S2008/18A and B lodged with the SurveyorGeneral, Darwin, being near Owen Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia and containing an area of approximately 24,890 hectares.

3) Chewings Range Extension

All that parcel of land near Hamilton Downs in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 21,100 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 3472 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S88/13 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

4) Ellery Creek Big Hole Nature Park

All that parcel of land near Hermannsburg in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 1,752 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 6631 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S2005/28 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

5) Glen Helen Gorge Nature Park

All that parcel of land near Glen Helen in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 386 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 831 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan A322 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

6) Ormiston Gorge and Pound National Park

All that parcel of land near Ormiston Gorge in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 4,656 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 910 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan OP1331 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

7) Part West MacDonnell National Park

All that parcel of land near Glen Helen in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 75,080 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 3719 more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S2005/30A to D inclusive lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

8) Part West MacDonnell National Park

All that parcel of land near Milton Park in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 40,280 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 4156 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S92/64 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

9) Part West MacDonnell National Park

All that parcel of land near Narwietooma in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 13,480 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 4116 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan S92/29A lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

10) Redbank Gorge Nature Park

All that parcel of land near Glen Helen in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 1,295 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 951 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan OP1362 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

11) Serpentine Gorge Nature Park

All that parcel of land near Owen Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 518 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 779 more particularly delineated on Survey Plan OP1333 lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

12) Simpson’s Gap National Park

All that parcel of land near Simpson’s Gap in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 32,570 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 6625 more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S2005/25A and S2005/25B lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

13) Simpson’s Gap National Park Extension

All that parcel of land near Alice Springs in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 1,921 hectares more or less being the whole of Northern Territory Portion 6629 more particularly delineated on Survey Plans S2005/27A to D inclusive lodged with the Surveyor General, Darwin.

Schedule 2 

Sections 40 and 41

 

RANGER PROJECT AREA

All that piece of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 79 square kilometres more or less bounded by lines described as follows: Commencing at the intersection of latitude 12 degrees 38 minutes with longitude 132 degrees 53 minutes 30 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 12 degrees 36 minutes with longitude 132 degrees 53 minutes 30 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 12 degrees 36 minutes with longitude 132 degrees 53 minutes thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 12 degrees 35 minutes with longitude 132 degrees 53 minutes thence proceeding to a point which lies at the intersection of latitude 12 degrees 35 minutes with a line joining the intersections of latitude 12 degrees 29 minutes with longitude 132 degrees 51 minutes and latitude 12 degrees 36 minutes with longitude 132 degrees 55 minutes thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 12 degrees 36 minutes with longitude 132 degrees 55 minutes thence proceeding to a point which lies at the intersection of longitude 132 degrees 56 minutes 22 seconds with a line joining the intersections of latitude 12 degrees 36 minutes with longitude 132 degrees 55 minutes and latitude 12 degrees 33 minutes 20 seconds with longitude 133 degrees thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 12 degrees 42 minutes 39 seconds with longitude 132 degrees 56 minutes 22 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 12 degrees 42 minutes 39 seconds with longitude 132 degrees 53 minutes thence proceeding to a point which lies at the intersection of longitude 132 degrees 53 minutes with a line joining the intersection of latitude 12 degrees 38 minutes with longitude 132 degrees 53 minutes 30 seconds and latitude 12 degrees 39 minutes 50 seconds with longitude 132 degrees 49 minutes thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 12 degrees 38 minutes with longitude 132 degrees 53 minutes 30 seconds.

Schedule 3 

Section 48AA

 

EASTERN AREAS ON GROOTE EYLANDT

All those pieces of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 43.96 square kilometres more or less:

Firstly

Commencing at the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 01 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 30 minutes 30 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 01 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 32 minutes 30 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 03 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 32 minutes 30 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 03 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 30 minutes 45 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 02 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 30 minutes 45 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 02 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 30 minutes 30 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 01 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 30 minutes 30 seconds.

Secondly

Commencing at the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 04 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 28 minutes 45 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 04 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 31 minutes thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 04 minutes 30 seconds with longitude 136 degrees 31 minutes thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 04 minutes 30 seconds with longitude 136 degrees 34 minutes 15 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 06 minutes 30 seconds with longitude 136 degrees 34 minutes 15 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 06 minutes 30 seconds with longitude 136 degrees 31 minutes 30 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 06 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 31 minutes 30 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 06 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 30 minutes thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 05 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 30 minutes thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 05 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 28 minutes 45 seconds thence proceeding to the intersection of latitude 14 degrees 04 minutes with longitude 136 degrees 28 minutes 45 seconds.

Schedule 5 

Subsection 63(2)

 

NABARLEK PROJECT AREA

All that piece or parcel of land in the Northern Territory of Australia containing an area of 1279 hectares, the boundary of which is described as follows:

Commencing at the datum peg in the southwest corner of the land hence proceed on a bearing of 270° for a distance of 1000 metres; hence on a bearing of 360° for a distance of 1000 metres; hence on a bearing of 90° for a distance of 500 metres; hence on a bearing of 45° for a distance of 2827.97 metres; hence on a bearing of 80° for a distance of 1999.59 metres; hence on a bearing of 180° for a distance of 1850 metres; hence on a bearing of 90° for a distance of 150 metres; hence on a bearing of 167° 16 30 for a distance of 1589.02 metres; hence on a bearing of 270° for a distance of 1500 metres; hence on a bearing of 180° for a distance of 700 metres; hence on a bearing of 270° for a distance of 721.16 metres; hence on a bearing of 18° 0 30 for a distance of 163.18 metres; hence on a bearing of 327° 40 30 for a distance of 542.37 metres; hence on a bearing of 57° 40 30 for a distance of 195.07 metres; hence on a bearing of 327° 40 30 for a distance of 219.46 metres; hence on a bearing of 237° 40 30 for a distance of 195.08 metres; hence on a bearing of 327° 40 30 for a distance of 474.76 metres; hence on a bearing of 259° 30 for a distance of 258.25 metres; hence on a bearing of 252° 32 30 for a distance of 276.58 metres; hence on a bearing of 251° 16 30 for a distance of 256.25 metres; hence on a bearing of 257° 2 for a distance of 134.36 metres; hence on a bearing of 252° 41 for a distance of 140.96 metres; hence on a bearing of 255° 45 for a distance of 113.8 metres; hence on a bearing of 254° 27 30 for a distance of 31.04 metres; hence on a bearing of 360° for a distance of 321.26 metres to the point of commencement.

The Datum is located 1500 metres in a direction true west of the Queensland Mines Limited Survey Monument which has the Australian Metric Grid coordinates 317,101.15mE 8,638,680.56mN, and latitude 12° 18 33.042 south, longitude 133° 19 05.314 east.

All Bearings referred to in this Schedule are true bearings.

Schedule 6Anindilyakwa Land Trust

Note: See subsection 4(2A).

 

 

1  Anindilyakwa Land Trust

  The boundaries of the land to be held by the Anindilyakwa Land Trust are the areas of Groote Eylandt and Bickerton Island and every other island wholly within the area bounded by the lines commencing at a point latitude 13 degrees 30 minutes south and longitude 136 degrees 15 minutes east; thence east by the parallel of latitude 13 degrees 30 minutes south to its intersection with the meridian of longitude 137 degrees east; thence south by the meridian of longitude 137 degrees east to its intersection with the parallel of latitude 14 degrees 30 minutes south; thence west by the parallel of latitude 14 degrees 30 minutes south to its intersection with the meridian of longitude 136 degrees 20 minutes east; thence north westerly to a point of latitude 13 degrees 47 minutes 30 seconds south and longitude of 136 degrees 3 minutes east; thence north easterly to the point of commencement.

Schedule 7Community land

Note: See paragraph 70A(2)(a).

 

 

1  Acacia Larrakia

  All that area of land contained within the 3 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 4.199 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a southerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 8, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

12° 48' 59"

131° 10' 58"

2

12° 49' 28"

131° 10' 58"

3

12° 49' 28"

131° 10' 00"

4

12° 48' 16"

131° 10' 00"

5

12° 48' 16"

131° 10' 58"

6

12° 48' 45"

131° 10' 58"

7

12° 48' 45"

131° 11' 07"

8

12° 48' 59"

131° 11' 07"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 9 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

9

12° 48' 18"

131° 11' 10"

10

12° 48' 09"

131° 11' 10"

11

12° 48' 09"

131° 11' 20"

12

12° 48' 18"

131° 11' 20"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 13 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

13

12° 48' 35"

131° 11' 04"

14

12° 48' 23"

131° 11' 04"

15

12° 48' 23"

131° 11' 17"

16

12° 48' 35"

131° 11' 17"

2  Ali Curung

  All that area of land contained within the 3 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 5.198 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

21° 00' 15"

134° 23' 31"

2

21° 00' 05"

134° 23' 31"

3

21° 00' 05"

134° 23' 38"

4

21° 00' 00"

134° 23' 38"

5

20° 59' 47"

134° 23' 21"

6

20° 59' 38"

134° 23' 28"

7

20° 59' 49"

134° 23' 43"

8

20° 59' 39"

134° 23' 43"

9

20° 59' 39"

134° 25' 05"

10

21° 00' 40"

134° 25' 05"

11

21° 00' 40"

134° 23' 51"

12

21° 00' 15"

134° 23' 51"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 13 listed immediately below, thence initially in an easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

13

21° 01' 09"

134° 24' 49"

14

21° 01' 09"

134° 25' 08"

15

21° 01' 25"

134° 25' 08"

16

21° 01' 25"

134° 24' 49"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

21° 01' 14"

134° 23' 42"

18

21° 00' 56"

134° 23' 42"

19

21° 00' 56"

134° 24' 00"

20

21° 01' 14"

134° 24' 00"

3  Amanbidji

  All that area of land contained within the 2 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 3.481 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 8, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

16° 26' 18"

129° 36' 38"

2

16° 25' 18"

129° 36' 38"

3

16° 25' 18"

129° 37' 05"

4

16° 25' 05"

129° 37' 05"

5

16° 25' 05"

129° 37' 15"

6

16° 25' 18"

129° 37' 15"

7

16° 25' 18"

129° 37' 39"

8

16° 26' 18"

129° 37' 39"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 9 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

9

16° 26' 29"

129° 37' 22"

10

16° 26' 21"

129° 37' 22"

11

16° 26' 21"

129° 37' 30"

12

16° 26' 29"

129° 37' 30"

4  Amoonguna

  All that area of land contained within the 2 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 3.390 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 9, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

23° 46' 39"

133° 55' 59"

2

23° 46' 22"

133° 55' 41"

3

23° 45' 25"

133° 55' 41"

4

23° 45' 25"

133° 55' 56"

5

23° 45' 31"

133° 55' 56"

6

23° 45' 31"

133° 56' 38"

7

23° 46' 32"

133° 56' 38"

8

23° 46' 32"

133° 56' 18"

9

23° 46' 39"

133° 56' 18"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 10 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 13, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

10

23° 45' 21"

133° 56' 24"

11

23° 45' 08"

133° 56' 24"

12

23° 45' 08"

133° 56' 39"

13

23° 45' 21"

133° 56' 39"

5  Ampilatwatja

  All that area of land contained within the area of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 3.461 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

21° 39' 51"

135° 12' 58"

2

21° 38' 52"

135° 12' 58"

3

21° 38' 52"

135° 13' 27"

4

21° 38' 39"

135° 13' 27"

5

21° 38' 39"

135° 13' 38"

6

21° 38' 52"

135° 13' 38"

7

21° 38' 52"

135° 13' 58"

8

21° 39' 17"

135° 13' 58"

9

21° 39' 38"

135° 14' 15"

10

21° 39' 44"

135° 14' 06"

11

21° 39' 34"

135° 13' 58"

12

21° 39' 51"

135° 13' 58"

6  Angurugu

  All that area of land contained within the area of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 1.682 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 11, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

13° 59' 13"

136° 28' 04"

2

13° 58' 38"

136° 28' 04"

3

13° 58' 35"

136° 27' 44"

4

13° 58' 30"

136° 27' 44"

5

13° 58' 27"

136° 27' 34"

6

13° 58' 30"

136° 27' 34"

7

13° 58' 32"

136° 27' 31"

8

13° 58' 30"

136° 27' 18"

9

13° 59' 08"

136° 27' 18"

10

13° 59' 08"

136° 27' 23"

11

13° 59' 13"

136° 27' 23"

7  Areyonga

  All that area of land contained within the 3 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 5.171 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a south easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 15, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

24° 05' 13"

132° 15' 58"

2

24° 05' 36"

132° 16' 40"

3

24° 05' 44"

132° 16' 35"

4

24° 05' 10"

132° 15' 32"

5

24° 05' 10"

132° 15' 18"

6

24° 04' 35"

132° 15' 18"

7

24° 04' 35"

132° 15' 41"

8

24° 04' 02"

132° 15' 41"

9

24° 04' 02"

132° 16' 39"

10

24° 04' 24"

132° 16' 39"

11

24° 04' 24"

132° 17' 06"

12

24° 04' 37"

132° 17' 06"

13

24° 04' 37"

132° 16' 39"

14

24° 04' 46"

132° 16' 39"

15

24° 04' 46"

132° 15' 58"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 16 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 19, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 GDA94

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

16

24° 03' 33"

132° 13' 59"

17

24° 03' 23"

132° 13' 59"

18

24° 03' 23"

132° 14' 10"

19

24° 03' 33"

132° 14' 10"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 20 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 23, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

20

24° 04' 39"

132° 14' 23"

21

24° 04' 09"

132° 14' 23"

22

24° 04' 09"

132° 15' 00"

23

24° 04' 39"

132° 15' 00"

8  Barunga

  All that area of land contained within the 2 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 5.444 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a southerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

14° 31' 47"

132° 52' 22"

2

14° 32' 04"

132° 52' 22"

3

14° 32' 04"

132° 51' 20"

4

14° 30' 58"

132° 51' 20"

5

14° 30' 58"

132° 52' 10"

6

14° 30' 52"

132° 52' 10"

7

14° 30' 52"

132° 52' 19"

8

14° 30' 58"

132° 52' 19"

9

14° 30' 58"

132° 52' 34"

10

14° 30' 56"

132° 52' 36"

11

14° 31' 03"

132° 52' 51"

12

14° 30' 48"

132° 52' 58"

13

14° 30' 59"

132° 53' 21"

14

14° 31' 25"

132° 53' 09"

15

14° 31' 25"

132° 52' 23"

16

14° 31' 34"

132° 52' 34"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

14° 32' 30"

132° 53' 01"

18

14° 32' 18"

132° 53' 01"

19

14° 32' 18"

132° 53' 15"

20

14° 32' 30"

132° 53' 15"

9  Belyuen

  All that area of land contained within the 6 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 12.349 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 5, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

12° 34' 01"

130° 41' 48"

2

12° 32' 48"

130° 40' 11"

3

12° 31' 50"

130° 40' 57"

4

12° 31' 50"

130° 42' 28"

5

12° 33' 11"

130° 42' 28"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 6 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 9, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

6

12° 31' 42"

130° 42' 34"

7

12° 31' 32"

130° 42' 34"

8

12° 31' 32"

130° 42' 45"

9

12° 31' 42"

130° 42' 45"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 10 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 13, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

10

12° 31' 55"

130° 42' 57"

11

12° 31' 42"

130° 42' 57"

12

12° 31' 42"

130° 43' 12"

13

12° 31' 55"

130° 43' 12"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 14 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 17, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

14

12° 31' 18"

130° 42' 52"

15

12° 31' 01"

130° 42' 52"

16

12° 31' 01"

130° 43' 10"

17

12° 31' 18"

130° 43' 10"

 

 (e) Area 5 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 18 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 21, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

18

12° 35' 04"

130° 41' 00"

19

12° 34' 41"

130° 41' 00"

20

12° 34' 41"

130° 41' 19"

21

12° 35' 04"

130° 41' 19"

 

 (f) Area 6 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 22 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 25, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

22

12° 34' 56"

130° 41' 42"

23

12° 34' 43"

130° 41' 42"

24

12° 34' 43"

130° 41' 58"

25

12° 34' 56"

130° 41' 58"

10  Beswick

  All that area of land contained within the 2 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 6.298 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 6, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

14° 33' 21"

133° 06' 27"

2

14° 32' 27"

133° 06' 27"

3

14° 32' 27"

133° 07' 26"

4

14° 34' 03"

133° 07' 26"

5

14° 34' 03"

133° 05' 59"

6

14° 33' 21"

133° 05' 59"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 7 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 10, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

7

14° 34' 12"

133° 08' 42"

8

14° 34' 02"

133° 08' 42"

9

14° 34' 02"

133° 08' 54"

10

14° 34' 12"

133° 08' 54"

11  Bulman

  All that area of land contained within the 3 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 3.436 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 6, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

13° 40' 54"

134° 20' 28"

2

13° 40' 54"

134° 20' 06"

3

13° 40' 20"

134° 20' 06"

4

13° 40' 20"

134° 19' 31"

5

13° 39' 33"

134° 19' 31"

6

13° 39' 33"

134° 20' 28"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 7 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 10, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

7

13° 39' 55"

134° 20' 50"

8

13° 39' 42"

134° 20' 50"

9

13° 39' 42"

134° 21' 04"

10

13° 39' 55"

134° 21' 04"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 11 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

11

13° 39' 41"

134° 21' 06"

12

13° 39' 31"

134° 21' 06"

13

13° 39' 31"

134° 21' 18"

14

13° 39' 41"

134° 21' 18"

12  Daguragu

  All that area of land contained within the 7 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 4.119 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 4, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

17° 24' 27"

130° 48' 49"

2

17° 24' 27"

130° 47' 50"

3

17° 23' 40"

130° 47' 50"

4

17° 23' 40"

130° 48' 49"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 5 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 8, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

5

17° 26' 12"

130° 48' 24"

6

17° 26' 05"

130° 48' 12"

7

17° 25' 11"

130° 48' 48"

8

17° 25' 18"

130° 49' 00"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 9 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

9

17° 24' 16"

130° 47' 28"

10

17° 24' 03"

130° 47' 28"

11

17° 24' 03"

130° 47' 40"

12

17° 24' 16"

130° 47' 40"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 13 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

13

17° 24' 44"

130° 48' 14"

14

17° 24' 31"

130° 48' 14"

15

17° 24' 31"

130° 48' 27"

16

17° 24' 44"

130° 48' 27"

 

 (e) Area 5 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

17° 25' 02"

130° 48' 31"

18

17° 24' 52"

130° 48' 31"

19

17° 24' 52"

130° 48' 42"

20

17° 25' 02"

130° 48' 42"

 

 (f) Area 6 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 21 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 24, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

21

17° 26' 06"

130° 49' 21"

22

17° 25' 55"

130° 49' 21"

23

17° 25' 55"

130° 49' 33"

24

17° 26' 06"

130° 49' 33"

 

 (g) Area 7 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 25 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 28, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

25

17° 24' 21"

130° 49' 06"

26

17° 24' 04"

130° 49' 06"

27

17° 24' 04"

130° 49' 23"

28

17° 24' 21"

130° 49' 23"

13  Galiwinku

  All that area of land contained within the 10 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 6.668 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 10, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a southerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 3, thence generally in a northerly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 4, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 8, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

12° 01' 19"

135° 34' 36"

2

12° 02' 11"

135° 34' 36"

3

12° 02' 11"

135° 33' 37"

4

12° 00' 54"

135° 33' 44"

5

12° 00' 54"

135° 34' 36"

6

12° 01' 02"

135° 34' 36"

7

12° 01' 09"

135° 35' 20"

8

12° 01' 26"

135° 35' 17"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 10, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 9 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction along a straight line (loxodrome) to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 10, thence generally in an easterly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 11, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 13, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

9

12° 00' 20"

135° 34' 01"

10

12° 00' 06"

135° 34' 01"

11

12° 00' 06"

135° 34' 12"

12

12° 00' 06"

135° 34' 17"

13

12° 00' 20"

135° 34' 17"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 10, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 14 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 17, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

14

12° 00' 45"

135° 35' 19"

15

12° 00' 20"

135° 35' 19"

16

12° 00' 20"

135° 35' 41"

17

12° 00' 45"

135° 35' 41"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 10, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 18 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 21, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

18

12° 01' 49"

135° 34' 54"

19

12° 01' 36"

135° 34' 54"

20

12° 01' 36"

135° 35' 07"

21

12° 01' 49"

135° 35' 07"

 

 (e) Area 5 of 10, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 22 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 25, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

22

12° 02' 23"

135° 35' 15"

23

12° 01' 53"

135° 35' 15"

24

12° 01' 53"

135° 35' 30"

25

12° 02' 23"

135° 35' 30"

 

 (f) Area 6 of 10, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 26 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 29, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

26

12° 02' 44"

135° 35' 21"

27

12° 02' 35"

135° 35' 21"

28

12° 02' 35"

135° 35' 32"

29

12° 02' 44"

135° 35' 32"

 

 (g) Area 7 of 10, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 30 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 32, thence generally in a southerly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 33, thence along a straight line (loxodrome) to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

30

12° 03' 20"

135° 35' 21"

31

12° 02' 59"

135° 35' 21"

32

12° 02' 59"

135° 35' 35"

33

12° 03' 20"

135° 35' 32"

 

 (h) Area 8 of 10, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing on the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 34 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 38, thence generally in a north westerly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

34

12° 03' 09"

135° 33' 32"

35

12° 03' 01"

135° 33' 32"

36

12° 03' 01"

135° 33' 50"

37

12° 03' 21"

135° 33' 50"

38

12° 03' 21"

135° 33' 41"

 

 (i) Area 9 of 10, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 39 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 40, thence generally in a north easterly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 41, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 43, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

39

12° 02' 57"

135° 33' 17"

40

12° 02' 49"

135° 33' 17"

41

12° 02' 44"

135° 33' 22"

42

12° 02' 44"

135° 33' 30"

43

12° 02' 57"

135° 33' 30"

 

 (j) Area 10 of 10, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 44 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction along a straight line (loxodrome) to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 45, thence generally in a northerly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 46, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 48, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

44

11° 59' 45"

135° 34' 21"

45

11° 59' 42"

135° 34' 21"

46

11° 59' 34"

135° 34' 24"

47

11° 59' 34"

135° 34' 34"

48

11° 59' 45"

135° 34' 34"

14  Gapuwiyak

  All that area of land contained within the 4 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 5.781 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a southerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 8, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

12° 30' 04"

135° 49' 21"

2

12° 30' 16"

135° 49' 21"

3

12° 30' 16"

135° 48' 56"

4

12° 30' 45"

135° 48' 56"

5

12° 30' 45"

135° 47' 43"

6

12° 29' 35"

135° 47' 43"

7

12° 29' 35"

135° 49' 02"

8

12° 30' 04"

135° 49' 02"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 9 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

9

12° 30' 19"

135° 49' 39"

10

12° 30' 05"

135° 49' 39"

11

12° 30' 05"

135° 49' 55"

12

12° 30' 19"

135° 49' 55"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 13 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

13

12° 31' 23"

135° 48' 10"

14

12° 31' 04"

135° 48' 10"

15

12° 31' 04"

135° 48' 27"

16

12° 31' 23"

135° 48' 27"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

12° 29' 04"

135° 46' 43"

18

12° 28' 53"

135° 46' 43"

19

12° 28' 53"

135° 46' 53"

20

12° 29' 04"

135° 46' 53"

15  Gunbalanya

  All that area of land contained within the 4 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 12.135 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 6, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

12° 19' 55"

133° 02' 18"

2

12° 19' 55"

133° 01' 46"

3

12° 18' 43"

133° 01' 46"

4

12° 18' 43"

133° 03' 49"

5

12° 20' 26"

133° 03' 49"

6

12° 20' 26"

133° 02' 18"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 7 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 10, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

7

12° 20' 20"

133° 04' 33"

8

12° 20' 05"

133° 04' 33"

9

12° 20' 05"

133° 04' 48"

10

12° 20' 20"

133° 04' 48"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 11 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

11

12° 20' 20"

133° 00' 56"

12

12° 20' 04"

133° 00' 56"

13

12° 20' 04"

133° 01' 12"

14

12° 20' 20"

133° 01' 12"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 15 listed immediately below, thence initially in a south easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 18, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

15

12° 19' 11"

133° 00' 01"

16

12° 19' 43"

133° 00' 59"

17

12° 19' 55"

133° 00' 52"

18

12° 19' 24"

132° 59' 53"

16  Gunyangara

  All that area of land contained within the area of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 2.411 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing on the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 3, thence generally in a southerly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 4, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 6, thence generally in a northerly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

12° 12' 46"

136° 41' 58"

2

12° 12' 29"

136° 41' 58"

3

12° 12' 29"

136° 42' 37"

4

12° 13' 26"

136° 42' 36"

5

12° 13' 26"

136° 42' 21"

6

12° 13' 42"

136° 42' 13"

17  Haasts Bluff

  All that area of land contained within the 5 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 4.504 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 6, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

23° 27' 18"

131° 52' 18"

2

23° 26' 57"

131° 52' 18"

3

23° 26' 57"

131° 52' 22"

4

23° 26' 27"

131° 52' 22"

5

23° 26' 27"

131° 53' 23"

6

23° 27' 18"

131° 53' 23"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 7 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 10, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

7

23° 26' 53"

131° 50' 34"

8

23° 26' 43"

131° 50' 41"

9

23° 27' 22"

131° 51' 43"

10

23° 27' 32"

131° 51' 35"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 11 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

11

23° 27' 58"

131° 52' 42"

12

23° 27' 47"

131° 52' 42"

13

23° 27' 47"

131° 52' 53"

14

23° 27' 58"

131° 52' 53"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 15 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 18, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

15

23° 29' 26"

131° 52' 16"

16

23° 29' 12"

131° 52' 16"

17

23° 29' 12"

131° 52' 34"

18

23° 29' 26"

131° 52' 34"

 (e) Area 5 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 19 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 22, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

19

23° 31' 04"

131° 52' 14"

20

23° 30' 41"

131° 52' 14"

21

23° 30' 41"

131° 52' 40"

22

23° 31' 04"

131° 52' 40"

18  Hermannsburg

  All that area of land contained within the 4 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 7.340 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

23° 57' 10"

132° 46' 49"

2

23° 57' 10"

132° 46' 02"

3

23° 56' 15"

132° 46' 02"

4

23° 56' 15"

132° 45' 46"

5

23° 56' 03"

132° 45' 46"

6

23° 56' 03"

132° 46' 02"

7

23° 55' 49"

132° 46' 02"

8

23° 55' 49"

132° 46' 29"

9

23° 56' 04"

132° 46' 29"

10

23° 56' 04"

132° 47' 35"

11

23° 57' 06"

132° 47' 35"

12

23° 57' 06"

132° 47' 05"

13

23° 57' 20"

132° 47' 05"

14

23° 57' 20"

132° 46' 49"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 15 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 18, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

15

23° 57' 23"

132° 45' 52"

16

23° 57' 11"

132° 45' 52"

17

23° 57' 11"

132° 46' 05"

18

23° 57' 23"

132° 46' 05"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 19 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 22, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

19

23° 55' 58"

132° 47' 53"

20

23° 55' 56"

132° 47' 53"

21

23° 55' 56"

132° 47' 56"

22

23° 55' 58"

132° 47' 56"

 (d) Area 4 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 23 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 27, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

23

23° 55' 29"

132° 47' 59"

24

23° 55' 18"

132° 48' 05"

25

23° 55' 42"

132° 48' 59"

26

23° 55' 53"

132° 48' 53"

27

23° 56' 03"

132° 48' 08"

19  Kaltukatjara

  All that area of land contained within the 7 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 6.410 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in an easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

24° 51' 58"

129° 05' 28"

2

24° 51' 58"

129° 05' 41"

3

24° 52' 58"

129° 05' 41"

4

24° 52' 58"

129° 04' 28"

5

24° 53' 09"

129° 04' 28"

6

24° 53' 09"

129° 04' 15"

7

24° 52' 32"

129° 04' 15"

8

24° 52' 32"

129° 04' 01"

9

24° 52' 15"

129° 04' 01"

10

24° 52' 15"

129° 04' 29"

11

24° 51' 58"

129° 04' 29"

12

24° 51' 58"

129° 05' 15"

13

24° 51' 45"

129° 05' 15"

14

24° 51' 45"

129° 05' 28"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 15 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 18, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

15

24° 53' 11"

129° 04' 41"

16

24° 53' 02"

129° 04' 41"

17

24° 53' 02"

129° 04' 52"

18

24° 53' 11"

129° 04' 52"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 19 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 22, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

19

24° 53' 18"

129° 03' 48"

20

24° 53' 10"

129° 03' 48"

21

24° 53' 10"

129° 03' 57"

22

24° 53' 18"

129° 03' 57"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 23 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 26, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

23

24° 53' 42"

129° 03' 40"

24

24° 53' 33"

129° 03' 40"

25

24° 53' 33"

129° 03' 51"

26

24° 53' 42"

129° 03' 51"

 

 (e) Area 5 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 27 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 30, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

27

24° 51' 39"

129° 03' 25"

28

24° 51' 25"

129° 03' 25"

29

24° 51' 25"

129° 03' 43"

30

24° 51' 39"

129° 03' 43"

 

 (f) Area 6 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 31 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 34, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

31

24° 51' 58"

129° 06' 00"

32

24° 51' 39"

129° 06' 00"

33

24° 51' 39"

129° 06' 15"

34

24° 51' 58"

129° 06' 15"

 

 (g) Area 7 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 35 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 38, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

35

24° 51' 43"

129° 06' 44"

36

24° 51' 27"

129° 06' 44"

37

24° 51' 27"

129° 07' 54"

38

24° 51' 43"

129° 07' 54"

20  Kintore

  All that area of land contained within the 3 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 8.507 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

23° 16' 27"

129° 22' 31"

2

23° 16' 27"

129° 22' 06"

3

23° 15' 46"

129° 22' 06"

4

23° 15' 46"

129° 23' 30"

5

23° 15' 43"

129° 23' 30"

6

23° 15' 43"

129° 23' 43"

7

23° 16' 03"

129° 23' 43"

8

23° 16' 03"

129° 23' 54"

9

23° 17' 14"

129° 23' 54"

10

23° 17' 14"

129° 23' 12"

11

23° 17' 05"

129° 23' 12"

12

23° 17' 05"

129° 22' 31"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 13 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

13

23° 17' 31"

129° 23' 21"

14

23° 17' 23"

129° 23' 21"

15

23° 17' 23"

129° 23' 29"

16

23° 17' 31"

129° 23' 29"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

23° 15' 36"

129° 23' 08"

18

23° 14' 58"

129° 23' 08"

19

23° 14' 58"

129° 23' 54"

20

23° 15' 36"

129° 23' 54"

21  Lajamanu

  All that area of land contained within the 7 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 7.168 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

18° 20' 39"

130° 39' 42"

2

18° 20' 39"

130° 39' 20"

3

18° 20' 34"

130° 39' 20"

4

18° 20' 34"

130° 38' 56"

5

18° 20' 45"

130° 38' 56"

6

18° 20' 45"

130° 37' 37"

7

18° 19' 24"

130° 37' 37"

8

18° 19' 24"

130° 37' 46"

9

18° 19' 29"

130° 37' 46"

10

18° 19' 29"

130° 37' 53"

11

18° 19' 39"

130° 37' 53"

12

18° 19' 39"

130° 38' 07"

13

18° 19' 43"

130° 38' 07"

14

18° 19' 43"

130° 38' 57"

15

18° 20' 02"

130° 38' 57"

16

18° 20' 02"

130° 39' 42"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

18° 19' 40"

130° 37' 03"

18

18° 19' 31"

130° 37' 03"

19

18° 19' 31"

130° 37' 14"

20

18° 19' 40"

130° 37' 14"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 21 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 24, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

21

18° 19' 16"

130° 37' 22"

22

18° 19' 07"

130° 37' 22"

23

18° 19' 07"

130° 37' 31"

24

18° 19' 16"

130° 37' 31"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 25 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 28, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

25

18° 18' 59"

130° 37' 13"

26

18° 18' 50"

130° 37' 13"

27

18° 18' 50"

130° 37' 22"

28

18° 18' 59"

130° 37' 22"

 

 (e) Area 5 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 29 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 32, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

29

18° 18' 47"

130° 36' 53"

30

18° 18' 34"

130° 36' 53"

31

18° 18' 34"

130° 37' 07"

32

18° 18' 47"

130° 37' 07"

 

 (f) Area 6 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 33 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 36, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

33

18° 19' 03"

130° 38' 30"

34

18° 18' 46"

130° 38' 30"

35

18° 18' 46"

130° 39' 00"

36

18° 19' 03"

130° 39' 00"

 

 (g) Area 7 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 37 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 40, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

37

18° 19' 26"

130° 39' 03"

38

18° 19' 15"

130° 39' 03"

39

18° 19' 15"

130° 39' 15"

40

18° 19' 26"

130° 39' 15"

22  Maningrida

  All that area of land contained within the 5 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 10.456 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 6, thence generally in a north easterly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 7, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

12° 04' 53"

134° 14' 22"

2

12° 04' 33"

134° 14' 10"

3

12° 04' 22"

134° 14' 28"

4

12° 03' 53"

134° 14' 10"

5

12° 03' 53"

134° 12' 48"

6

12° 03' 20"

134° 12' 48"

7

12° 02' 15"

134° 13' 44"

8

12° 02' 15"

134° 13' 53"

9

12° 02' 22"

134° 13' 53"

10

12° 02' 22"

134° 14' 12"

11

12° 02' 55"

134° 14' 12"

12

12° 02' 55"

134° 14' 36"

13

12° 03' 56"

134° 14' 36"

14

12° 04' 31"

134° 14' 57"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 15 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 18, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

15

12° 04' 13"

134° 12' 43"

16

12° 04' 02"

134° 12' 43"

17

12° 04' 02"

134° 12' 55"

18

12° 04' 13"

134° 12' 55"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 19 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 22, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

19

12° 05' 22"

134° 13' 46"

20

12° 05' 03"

134° 13' 46"

21

12° 05' 03"

134° 14' 11"

22

12° 05' 22"

134° 14' 11"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 23 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 26, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

23

12° 06' 26"

134° 15' 29"

24

12° 05' 55"

134° 15' 29"

25

12° 05' 55"

134° 16' 04"

26

12° 06' 26"

134° 16' 04"

 

 (e) Area 5 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 27 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 30, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

27

12° 07' 27"

134° 16' 28"

28

12° 07' 11"

134° 16' 28"

29

12° 07' 11"

134° 16' 46"

30

12° 07' 27"

134° 16' 46"

23  Manyallaluk

  All that area of land contained within the 2 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 2.209 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 13, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

14° 16' 19"

132° 49' 46"

2

14° 16' 19"

132° 49' 17"

3

14° 15' 38"

132° 49' 17"

4

14° 15' 38"

132° 50' 05"

5

14° 15' 58"

132° 50' 05"

6

14° 16' 02"

132° 50' 13"

7

14° 16' 05"

132° 50' 12"

8

14° 16' 23"

132° 50' 12"

9

14° 16' 23"

132° 50' 02"

10

14° 16' 30"

132° 50' 02"

11

14° 16' 30"

132° 49' 55"

12

14° 16' 34"

132° 49' 55"

13

14° 16' 34"

132° 49' 46"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 14 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 17, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

14

14° 16' 54"

132° 49' 59"

15

14° 16' 46"

132° 49' 59"

16

14° 16' 46"

132° 50' 09"

17

14° 16' 54"

132° 50' 09"

24  Milikapiti

  All that area of land contained within the 3 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 6.253 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing on the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a south easterly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 2, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

11° 24' 43"

130° 39' 57"

2

11° 25' 56"

130° 40' 54"

3

11° 25' 56"

130° 40' 26"

4

11° 26' 05"

130° 40' 26"

5

11° 26' 05"

130° 40' 15"

6

11° 25' 56"

130° 40' 15"

7

11° 25' 56"

130° 39' 54"

8

11° 25' 36"

130° 39' 54"

9

11° 25' 36"

130° 39' 19"

10

11° 24' 37"

130° 38' 03"

11

11° 24' 22"

130° 38' 15"

12

11° 25' 03"

130° 39' 07"

13

11° 25' 03"

130° 39' 54"

14

11° 24' 43"

130° 39' 54"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 15 listed immediately below, thence initially in an easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 18, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

15

11° 25' 49"

130° 39' 34"

16

11° 25' 49"

130° 39' 44"

17

11° 26' 04"

130° 39' 44"

18

11° 26' 04"

130° 39' 34"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 19 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 22, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

19

11° 27' 04"

130° 39' 57"

20

11° 26' 34"

130° 39' 57"

21

11° 26' 34"

130° 40' 18"

22

11° 27' 04"

130° 40' 18"

25  Milingimbi

  All that area of land contained within the 3 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 9.241 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 16, thence generally in a southerly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 17, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

12° 06' 18"

134° 54' 23"

2

12° 06' 18"

134° 53' 39"

3

12° 06' 34"

134° 53' 39"

4

12° 06' 34"

134° 53' 07"

5

12° 05' 40"

134° 53' 07"

6

12° 05' 33"

134° 52' 53"

7

12° 05' 15"

134° 53' 01"

8

12° 05' 27"

134° 53' 27"

9

12° 05' 07"

134° 53' 29"

10

12° 05' 09"

134° 53' 45"

11

12° 05' 34"

134° 53' 43"

12

12° 05' 47"

134° 54' 12"

13

12° 05' 39"

134° 54' 12"

14

12° 05' 39"

134° 54' 27"

15

12° 05' 45"

134° 54' 27"

16

12° 05' 45"

134° 55' 48"

17

12° 06' 50"

134° 55' 07"

18

12° 06' 50"

134° 54' 42"

19

12° 07' 30"

134° 54' 42"

20

12° 07' 30"

134° 54' 23"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 21 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 24, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

21

12° 04' 43"

134° 53' 41"

22

12° 04' 31"

134° 53' 41"

23

12° 04' 31"

134° 53' 53"

24

12° 04' 43"

134° 53' 53"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 25 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 28, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

25

12° 05' 30"

134° 52' 29"

26

12° 05' 18"

134° 52' 29"

27

12° 05' 18"

134° 52' 41"

28

12° 05' 30"

134° 52' 41"

26  Milyakburra

  All that area of land contained within the area of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 3.482 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing on the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 10, thence generally in a northerly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

13° 46' 18"

136° 11' 25"

2

13° 46' 16"

136° 11' 26"

3

13° 46' 34"

136° 11' 56"

4

13° 46' 34"

136° 12' 15"

5

13° 46' 45"

136° 12' 15"

6

13° 47' 12"

136° 13' 01"

7

13° 47' 29"

136° 12' 50"

8

13° 47' 05"

136° 12' 09"

9

13° 47' 28"

136° 12' 09"

10

13° 47' 28"

136° 11' 27"

27  Minjilang

  All that area of land contained within the 7 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 6.167 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in an easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 3, thence generally in a southerly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 4, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 15, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

11° 08' 25"

132° 34' 41"

2

11° 08' 25"

132° 35' 07"

3

11° 08' 36"

132° 35' 07"

4

11° 09' 33"

132° 34' 48"

5

11° 09' 33"

132° 33' 44"

6

11° 09' 20"

132° 33' 44"

7

11° 09' 20"

132° 33' 30"

8

11° 09' 09"

132° 33' 30"

9

11° 09' 09"

132° 33' 55"

10

11° 08' 37"

132° 33' 55"

11

11° 08' 37"

132° 34' 12"

12

11° 08' 25"

132° 34' 12"

13

11° 08' 25"

132° 34' 31"

14

11° 08' 21"

132° 34' 32"

15

11° 08' 23"

132° 34' 41"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 16 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 19, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

16

11° 09' 52"

132° 32' 05"

17

11° 09' 43"

132° 31' 59"

18

11° 09' 18"

132° 32' 44"

19

11° 09' 28"

132° 32' 49"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 20 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 23, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

20

11° 11' 24"

132° 33' 31"

21

11° 11' 11"

132° 33' 31"

22

11° 11' 11"

132° 33' 41"

23

11° 11' 24"

132° 33' 41"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 24 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 27, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

24

11° 11' 29"

132° 33' 59"

25

11° 11' 20"

132° 33' 59"

26

11° 11' 20"

132° 34' 09"

27

11° 11' 29"

132° 34' 09"

 

 (e) Area 5 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 28 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 31, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

28

11° 12' 35"

132° 34' 41"

29

11° 12' 18"

132° 34' 41"

30

11° 12' 18"

132° 34' 58"

31

11° 12' 35"

132° 34' 58"

 

 (f) Area 6 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 32 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 34, thence generally in a south easterly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 35, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 36, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

32

11° 10' 53"

132° 35' 11"

33

11° 10' 38"

132° 35' 11"

34

11° 10' 38"

132° 35' 12"

35

11° 10' 47"

132° 35' 27"

36

11° 10' 52"

132° 35' 27"

 

 (g) Area 7 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 37 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 40, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

37

11° 10' 12"

132° 29' 11"

38

11° 09' 25"

132° 28' 25"

39

11° 09' 14"

132° 28' 36"

40

11° 10' 02"

132° 29' 22"

28  Mt Liebig

  All that area of land contained within the 6 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 3.565 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in an easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 4, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

23° 15' 33"

131° 15' 57"

2

23° 15' 33"

131° 16' 50"

3

23° 16' 21"

131° 16' 50"

4

23° 16' 21"

131° 15' 57"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 5 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 8, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

5

23° 17' 12"

131° 16' 03"

6

23° 16' 58"

131° 16' 03"

7

23° 16' 58"

131° 16' 24"

8

23° 17' 12"

131° 16' 24"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 9 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

9

23° 15' 57"

131° 15' 06"

10

23° 15' 47"

131° 15' 06"

11

23° 15' 47"

131° 15' 17"

12

23° 15' 57"

131° 15' 17"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 13 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

13

23° 14' 42"

131° 15' 28"

14

23° 14' 47"

131° 15' 04"

15

23° 14' 37"

131° 15' 02"

16

23° 14' 26"

131° 16' 01"

17

23° 14' 36"

131° 16' 03"

18

23° 14' 40"

131° 15' 40"

19

23° 14' 51"

131° 15' 40"

20

23° 14' 51"

131° 15' 28"

 

 (e) Area 5 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 21 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 24, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

21

23° 15' 21"

131° 16' 31"

22

23° 15' 10"

131° 16' 31"

23

23° 15' 10"

131° 16' 43"

24

23° 15' 21"

131° 16' 43"

 

 (f) Area 6 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 25 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 28, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

25

23° 13' 46"

131° 17' 43"

26

23° 13' 33"

131° 17' 43"

27

23° 13' 33"

131° 17' 59"

28

23° 13' 46"

131° 17' 59"

29  Mutitjulu

  All that area of land contained within the area of land outlined below, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in an easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 4, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

25° 20' 25"

131° 03' 40"

2

25° 20' 25"

131° 04' 00"

3

25° 21' 25"

131° 04' 00"

4

25° 21' 25"

131° 03' 40"

30  Nguiu

  That parcel of land described in regulation 5 of the Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Regulations 2007.

31  Ngukurr

  All that area of land contained within the 2 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 12.094 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a south easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 8, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

14° 43' 05"

134° 44' 22"

2

14° 43' 43"

134° 45' 53"

3

14° 44' 44"

134° 45' 53"

4

14° 44' 44"

134° 44' 46"

5

14° 44' 37"

134° 44' 46"

6

14° 44' 37"

134° 43' 19"

7

14° 43' 18"

134° 43' 19"

8

14° 43' 18"

134° 44' 16"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 9 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 GDA94

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

9

14° 42' 57"

134° 44' 17"

10

14° 42' 23"

134° 44' 17"

11

14° 42' 23"

134° 44' 47"

12

14° 42' 57"

134° 44' 47"

32  Nturiya

  All that area of land contained within the 3 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 3.299 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a southerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 6, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

22° 07' 01"

133° 16' 21"

2

22° 07' 49"

133° 16' 21"

3

22° 07' 49"

133° 15' 27"

4

22° 07' 14"

133° 15' 27"

5

22° 07' 14"

133° 15' 23"

6

22° 07' 01"

133° 15' 23"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 7 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 10, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

7

22° 08' 26"

133° 19' 10"

8

22° 07' 58"

133° 19' 10"

9

22° 07' 58"

133° 19' 49"

10

22° 08' 26"

133° 19' 49"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 11 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

11

22° 05' 29"

133° 13' 28"

12

22° 05' 21"

133° 13' 28"

13

22° 05' 21"

133° 13' 40"

14

22° 05' 29"

133° 13' 40"

33  Numbulwar

  All that area of land contained within the 4 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 7.230 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a southerly direction along a straight line (loxodrome) to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 2, thence generally in a south westerly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 3, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 10, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

14° 16' 01"

135° 45' 01"

2

14° 16' 30"

135° 45' 01"

3

14° 17' 03"

135° 43' 20"

4

14° 15' 48"

135° 42' 31"

5

14° 15' 41"

135° 42' 42"

6

14° 15' 41"

135° 43' 13"

7

14° 16' 29"

135° 43' 13"

8

14° 16' 36"

135° 43' 18"

9

14° 16' 36"

135° 43' 46"

10

14° 16' 01"

135° 43' 46"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 11 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

11

14° 15' 27"

135° 42' 47"

12

14° 15' 11"

135° 42' 47"

13

14° 15' 11"

135° 43' 11"

14

14° 15' 27"

135° 43' 11"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 15 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 18, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

15

14° 15' 22"

135° 43' 41"

16

14° 15' 06"

135° 43' 41"

17

14° 15' 06"

135° 43' 55"

18

14° 15' 22"

135° 43' 55"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 19 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 22, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

19

14° 14' 07"

135° 43' 01"

20

14° 13' 40"

135° 43' 01"

21

14° 13' 40"

135° 43' 39"

22

14° 14' 07"

135° 43' 39"

34  Nyirripi

  All that area of land contained within the area of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 3.735 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

22° 39' 39"

130° 33' 06"

2

22° 39' 39"

130° 32' 53"

3

22° 39' 28"

130° 32' 53"

4

22° 39' 28"

130° 32' 39"

5

22° 38' 36"

130° 32' 39"

6

22° 38' 36"

130° 33' 53"

7

22° 38' 25"

130° 34' 47"

8

22° 38' 38"

130° 34' 50"

9

22° 38' 51"

130° 33' 49"

10

22° 38' 51"

130° 33' 38"

11

22° 39' 28"

130° 33' 38"

12

22° 39' 28"

130° 33' 06"

35  Palumpa

  All that area of land contained within the 5 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 8.136 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

14° 21' 05"

129° 52' 09"

2

14° 21' 05"

129° 51' 17"

3

14° 20' 28"

129° 51' 17"

4

14° 20' 28"

129° 51' 41"

5

14° 19' 51"

129° 51' 41"

6

14° 19' 51"

129° 52' 00"

7

14° 20' 17"

129° 52' 00"

8

14° 20' 17"

129° 52' 52"

9

14° 20' 27"

129° 52' 52"

10

14° 20' 27"

129° 53' 24"

11

14° 21' 36"

129° 53' 24"

12

14° 21' 36"

129° 52' 09"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 13 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

13

14° 22' 22"

129° 52' 39"

14

14° 22' 10"

129° 52' 39"

15

14° 22' 10"

129° 52' 50"

16

14° 22' 22"

129° 52' 50"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

14° 22' 35"

129° 52' 52"

18

14° 22' 25"

129° 52' 52"

19

14° 22' 25"

129° 53' 02"

20

14° 22' 35"

129° 53' 02"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 21 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 24, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

21

14° 23' 01"

129° 52' 52"

22

14° 22' 51"

129° 52' 52"

23

14° 22' 51"

129° 53' 02"

24

14° 23' 01"

129° 53' 02"

 

 (e) Area 5 of 5, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 25 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 28, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

25

14° 22' 08"

129° 53' 59"

26

14° 21' 54"

129° 53' 59"

27

14° 21' 54"

129° 54' 13"

28

14° 22' 08"

129° 54' 13"

36  Papunya

  All that area of land contained within the 7 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 7.938 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in an easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

23° 11' 43"

131° 54' 07"

2

23° 11' 43"

131° 55' 27"

3

23° 12' 05"

131° 55' 27"

4

23° 12' 05"

131° 55' 20"

5

23° 12' 51"

131° 55' 20"

6

23° 12' 51"

131° 54' 07"

7

23° 12' 42"

131° 54' 07"

8

23° 12' 42"

131° 54' 01"

9

23° 12' 29"

131° 54' 01"

10

23° 12' 29"

131° 53' 42"

11

23° 12' 04"

131° 53' 42"

12

23° 12' 04"

131° 54' 07"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 13 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

13

23° 11' 34"

131° 55' 14"

14

23° 11' 19"

131° 55' 14"

15

23° 11' 19"

131° 55' 29"

16

23° 11' 34"

131° 55' 29"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

23° 14' 07"

131° 58' 45"

18

23° 13' 40"

131° 58' 45"

19

23° 13' 40"

131° 59' 10"

20

23° 14' 07"

131° 59' 10"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 21 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 24, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

21

23° 14' 14"

131° 53' 56"

22

23° 13' 58"

131° 54' 14"

23

23° 14' 42"

131° 55' 01"

24

23° 14' 58"

131° 54' 43"

 

 (e) Area 5 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 25 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 28, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

25

23° 15' 48"

131° 53' 30"

26

23° 15' 35"

131° 53' 30"

27

23° 15' 35"

131° 53' 53"

28

23° 15' 48"

131° 53' 53"

 

 (f) Area 6 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 29 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 32, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

29

23° 16' 45"

131° 55' 33"

30

23° 16' 32"

131° 55' 33"

31

23° 16' 32"

131° 55' 46"

32

23° 16' 45"

131° 55' 46"

 

 (g) Area 7 of 7, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 33 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 36, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

33

23° 11' 16"

131° 58' 20"

34

23° 10' 59"

131° 58' 20"

35

23° 10' 59"

131° 58' 38"

36

23° 11' 16"

131° 58' 38"

37  Peppimenarti

  All that area of land contained within the 4 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 7.121 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

14° 09' 44"

130° 05' 18"

2

14° 08' 53"

130° 05' 18"

3

14° 08' 53"

130° 05' 21"

4

14° 08' 49"

130° 05' 21"

5

14° 08' 42"

130° 05' 54"

6

14° 08' 29"

130° 05' 51"

7

14° 08' 35"

130° 05' 18"

8

14° 08' 25"

130° 05' 18"

9

14° 08' 25"

130° 04' 49"

10

14° 08' 19"

130° 04' 49"

11

14° 08' 19"

130° 04' 39"

12

14° 08' 25"

130° 04' 39"

13

14° 08' 25"

130° 03' 52"

14

14° 09' 44"

130° 03' 52"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 15 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 18, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

15

14° 08' 24"

130° 05' 30"

16

14° 08' 14"

130° 05' 30"

17

14° 08' 14"

130° 05' 39"

18

14° 08' 24"

130° 05' 39"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 19 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 22, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

19

14° 09' 34"

130° 06' 39"

20

14° 09' 21"

130° 06' 39"

21

14° 09' 21"

130° 06' 51"

22

14° 09' 34"

130° 06' 51"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 23 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 26, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

23

14° 10' 11"

130° 03' 55"

24

14° 09' 59"

130° 03' 55"

25

14° 09' 59"

130° 04' 07"

26

14° 10' 11"

130° 04' 07"

38  Pigeon Hole

  All that area of land contained within the area of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 6.209 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 4, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

16° 49' 15"

131° 12' 24"

2

16° 47' 38"

131° 12' 24"

3

16° 47' 38"

131° 13' 35"

4

16° 49' 15"

131° 13' 35"

39  Pirlangimpi

  All that area of land contained within the 2 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 3.704 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing on the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 16, thence generally in a northerly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

11° 23' 46"

130° 24' 52"

2

11° 23' 42"

130° 24' 52"

3

11° 23' 42"

130° 25' 35"

4

11° 23' 22"

130° 25' 53"

5

11° 23' 44"

130° 26' 23"

6

11° 24' 02"

130° 25' 58"

7

11° 23' 54"

130° 25' 47"

8

11° 24' 16"

130° 25' 29"

9

11° 24' 29"

130° 25' 29"

10

11° 24' 29"

130° 25' 45"

11

11° 24' 39"

130° 25' 45"

12

11° 24' 39"

130° 25' 32"

13

11° 24' 52"

130° 25' 32"

14

11° 24' 52"

130° 25' 21"

15

11° 24' 47"

130° 25' 21"

16

11° 24' 47"

130° 25' 12"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

11° 24' 50"

130° 25' 47"

18

11° 24' 38"

130° 25' 47"

19

11° 24' 38"

130° 25' 59"

20

11° 24' 50"

130° 25' 59"

40  Pmara Jutunta

  All that area of land contained within the 4 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 2.994 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 8, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

22° 12' 57"

133° 26' 18"

2

22° 12' 06"

133° 26' 18"

3

22° 12' 06"

133° 25' 21"

4

22° 12' 04"

133° 25' 21"

5

22° 12' 04"

133° 25' 11"

6

22° 12' 13"

133° 25' 11"

7

22° 12' 13"

133° 25' 23"

8

22° 12' 57"

133° 25' 23"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 9 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

9

22° 13' 28"

133° 25' 48"

10

22° 13' 12"

133° 25' 48"

11

22° 13' 12"

133° 26' 06"

12

22° 13' 28"

133° 26' 06"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 13 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 GDA94

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

13

22° 11' 05"

133° 26' 55"

14

22° 10' 55"

133° 26' 55"

15

22° 10' 55"

133° 27' 06"

16

22° 11' 05"

133° 27' 06"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

22° 11' 33"

133° 27' 39"

18

22° 11' 23"

133° 27' 39"

19

22° 11' 23"

133° 27' 50"

20

22° 11' 33"

133° 27' 50"

41  Ramingining

  All that area of land contained within the 6 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 11.597 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 6, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

12° 21' 04"

134° 55' 09"

2

12° 19' 09"

134° 55' 09"

3

12° 19' 09"

134° 56' 29"

4

12° 19' 42"

134° 56' 29"

5

12° 19' 42"

134° 56' 13"

6

12° 21' 04"

134° 56' 13"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 7 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 10, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

7

12° 21' 36"

134° 52' 43"

8

12° 21' 12"

134° 52' 43"

9

12° 21' 12"

134° 54' 28"

10

12° 21' 36"

134° 54' 28"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 11 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

11

12° 16' 43"

134° 54' 53"

12

12° 16' 18"

134° 54' 53"

13

12° 16' 18"

134° 55' 38"

14

12° 16' 43"

134° 55' 38"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 15 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 18, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

15

12° 18' 07"

134° 57' 07"

16

12° 17' 53"

134° 57' 07"

17

12° 17' 53"

134° 57' 22"

18

12° 18' 07"

134° 57' 22"

 

 (e) Area 5 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 19 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 22, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

19

12° 17' 53"

134° 58' 27"

20

12° 17' 40"

134° 58' 27"

21

12° 17' 40"

134° 58' 41"

22

12° 17' 53"

134° 58' 41"

 

 (f) Area 6 of 6, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 23 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 26, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

23

12° 19' 53"

134° 57' 37"

24

12° 19' 32"

134° 57' 37"

25

12° 19' 32"

134° 58' 01"

26

12° 19' 53"

134° 58' 01"

42  Robinson River

  All that area of land contained within the 3 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 4.211 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in an easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 6, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

16° 45' 03"

136° 58' 23"

2

16° 45' 03"

136° 59' 10"

3

16° 44' 59"

136° 59' 10"

4

16° 44' 59"

136° 59' 30"

5

16° 46' 02"

136° 59' 30"

6

16° 46' 02"

136° 58' 23"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 7 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 10, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

7

16° 44' 28"

136° 58' 08"

8

16° 44' 06"

136° 57' 43"

9

16° 43' 56"

136° 57' 53"

10

16° 44' 17"

136° 58' 17"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 11 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

11

16° 44' 55"

136° 57' 55"

12

16° 44' 41"

136° 57' 55"

13

16° 44' 41"

136° 58' 10"

14

16° 44' 55"

136° 58' 10"

43  Santa Teresa

  All that area of land contained within the 3 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 8.618 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a southerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

24° 08' 29"

134° 22' 09"

2

24° 08' 48"

134° 22' 09"

3

24° 08' 48"

134° 21' 47"

4

24° 07' 10"

134° 21' 47"

5

24° 07' 10"

134° 22' 52"

6

24° 06' 36"

134° 23' 03"

7

24° 06' 36"

134° 24' 25"

8

24° 06' 58"

134° 24' 25"

9

24° 06' 58"

134° 23' 58"

10

24° 07' 15"

134° 23' 53"

11

24° 07' 15"

134° 23' 06"

12

24° 08' 29"

134° 23' 06"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 13 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

13

24° 06' 33"

134° 24' 49"

14

24° 06' 23"

134° 24' 49"

15

24° 06' 23"

134° 25' 01"

16

24° 06' 33"

134° 25' 01"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

24° 06' 24"

134° 22' 43"

18

24° 06' 12"

134° 22' 43"

19

24° 06' 12"

134° 22' 58"

20

24° 06' 24"

134° 22' 58"

44  Umbakumba

  All that area of land contained within the 4 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 4.528 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a southerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 11, thence generally in an easterly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 12, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 13, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

13° 52' 03"

136° 48' 46"

2

13° 52' 22"

136° 48' 46"

3

13° 52' 22"

136° 48' 34"

4

13° 52' 09"

136° 48' 34"

5

13° 52' 09"

136° 48' 01"

6

13° 52' 47"

136° 46' 46"

7

13° 52' 36"

136° 46' 40"

8

13° 52' 03"

136° 47' 44"

9

13° 51' 45"

136° 47' 44"

10

13° 51' 45"

136° 48' 11"

11

13° 51' 20"

136° 48' 11"

12

13° 51' 14"

136° 49' 08"

13

13° 52' 03"

136° 49' 08"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 14 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 17, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

14

13° 52' 00"

136° 46' 37"

15

13° 51' 43"

136° 46' 37"

16

13° 51' 43"

136° 46' 52"

17

13° 52' 00"

136° 46' 52"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 18 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 21, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 GDA94

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

18

13° 52' 51"

136° 46' 01"

19

13° 52' 40"

136° 46' 01"

20

13° 52' 40"

136° 46' 14"

21

13° 52' 51"

136° 46' 14"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 22 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 25, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

22

13° 54' 35"

136° 51' 24"

23

13° 54' 26"

136° 51' 24"

24

13° 54' 26"

136° 51' 33"

25

13° 54' 35"

136° 51' 33"

45  Wadeye

  All that area of land contained within the 4 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 10.385 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in an easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 25, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

14° 13' 43"

129° 31' 22"

2

14° 13' 43"

129° 31' 48"

3

14° 13' 55"

129° 31' 48"

4

14° 13' 55"

129° 32' 10"

5

14° 14' 09"

129° 32' 10"

6

14° 14' 09"

129° 32' 05"

7

14° 14' 47"

129° 32' 05"

8

14° 14' 47"

129° 31' 48"

9

14° 15' 26"

129° 32' 01"

10

14° 15' 29"

129° 32' 14"

11

14° 15' 29"

129° 32' 29"

12

14° 15' 50"

129° 32' 29"

13

14° 15' 50"

129° 32' 14"

14

14° 15' 58"

129° 31' 54"

15

14° 15' 58"

129° 31' 41"

16

14° 15' 46"

129° 31' 41"

17

14° 15' 29"

129° 31' 50"

18

14° 15' 00"

129° 31' 40"

19

14° 15' 00"

129° 30' 28"

20

14° 14' 20"

129° 30' 28"

21

14° 14' 20"

129° 30' 10"

22

14° 13' 38"

129° 30' 10"

23

14° 13' 38"

129° 30' 43"

24

14° 13' 22"

129° 30' 43"

25

14° 13' 22"

129° 31' 22"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 26 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 29, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

26

14° 13' 32"

129° 30' 28"

27

14° 13' 22"

129° 30' 28"

28

14° 13' 22"

129° 30' 37"

29

14° 13' 32"

129° 30' 37"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 30 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 33, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

30

14° 15' 53"

129° 30' 53"

31

14° 15' 33"

129° 30' 53"

32

14° 15' 33"

129° 31' 14"

33

14° 15' 53"

129° 31' 14"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 34 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 37, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

34

14° 16' 33"

129° 31' 44"

35

14° 16' 06"

129° 31' 44"

36

14° 16' 06"

129° 32' 03"

37

14° 16' 33"

129° 32' 03"

46  Wallace Rockhole

  All that area of land contained within the 2 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 4.131 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 17, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

24° 07' 56"

133° 06' 05"

2

24° 07' 56"

133° 05' 52"

3

24° 07' 53"

133° 05' 52"

4

24° 07' 53"

133° 04' 45"

5

24° 08' 02"

133° 04' 45"

6

24° 08' 02"

133° 04' 36"

7

24° 07' 23"

133° 04' 36"

8

24° 07' 23"

133° 04' 30"

9

24° 07' 13"

133° 04' 30"

10

24° 07' 13"

133° 04' 44"

11

24° 07' 05"

133° 04' 44"

12

24° 07' 05"

133° 04' 58"

13

24° 06' 48"

133° 04' 58"

14

24° 06' 48"

133° 05' 15"

15

24° 07' 05"

133° 05' 15"

16

24° 07' 05"

133° 05' 44"

17

24° 07' 28"

133° 06' 05"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 18 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 21, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

18

24° 07' 39"

133° 06' 24"

19

24° 07' 24"

133° 06' 24"

20

24° 07' 24"

133° 06' 51"

21

24° 07' 39"

133° 06' 51"

47  Warruwi

  All that area of land contained within the 4 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 7.547 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a southerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 13, thence generally in a south easterly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to Point 14, thence successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 18, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

11° 39' 15"

133° 22' 19"

2

11° 39' 35"

133° 22' 19"

3

11° 39' 35"

133° 21' 58"

4

11° 39' 12"

133° 21' 58"

5

11° 39' 10"

133° 21' 49"

6

11° 38' 47"

133° 21' 53"

7

11° 38' 55"

133° 22' 43"

8

11° 38' 23"

133° 22' 43"

9

11° 38' 23"

133° 22' 09"

10

11° 38' 03"

133° 22' 09"

11

11° 38' 03"

133° 22' 54"

12

11° 38' 22"

133° 22' 54"

13

11° 38' 22"

133° 23' 07"

14

11° 39' 43"

133° 24' 04"

15

11° 39' 43"

133° 23' 45"

16

11° 39' 25"

133° 23' 45"

17

11° 39' 25"

133° 22' 52"

18

11° 39' 21"

133° 22' 52"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 19 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 22, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

19

11° 36' 58"

133° 24' 12"

20

11° 36' 43"

133° 24' 12"

21

11° 36' 43"

133° 24' 30"

22

11° 36' 58"

133° 24' 30"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 23 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 26, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

23

11° 36' 49"

133° 24' 41"

24

11° 36' 32"

133° 24' 41"

25

11° 36' 32"

133° 24' 57"

26

11° 36' 49"

133° 24' 57"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 27 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 32, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

27

11° 36' 56"

133° 26' 02"

28

11° 36' 56"

133° 25' 24"

29

11° 36' 40"

133° 25' 24"

30

11° 36' 40"

133° 25' 35"

31

11° 36' 12"

133° 25' 35"

32

11° 36' 12"

133° 26' 02"

48  Weemol

  All that area of land contained within the 4 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 3.508 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 6, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

13° 38' 57"

134° 18' 55"

2

13° 38' 57"

134° 18' 00"

3

13° 39' 08"

134° 18' 00"

4

13° 39' 08"

134° 17' 47"

5

13° 38' 19"

134° 17' 47"

6

13° 38' 19"

134° 18' 55"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 7 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to point 10, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

7

13° 39' 41"

134° 17' 46"

8

13° 39' 30"

134° 17' 46"

9

13° 39' 30"

134° 17' 58"

10

13° 39' 41"

134° 17' 58"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 11 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 14, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

11

13° 39' 40"

134° 18' 23"

12

13° 39' 24"

134° 18' 23"

13

13° 39' 24"

134° 18' 37"

14

13° 39' 40"

134° 18' 37"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 15 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 18, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

15

13° 40' 10"

134° 17' 07"

16

13° 39' 57"

134° 17' 09"

17

13° 40' 07"

134° 18' 00"

18

13° 40' 20"

134° 17' 57"

49  Willowra

  All that area of land contained within the 3 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 6.329 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a south westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 12, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

21° 15' 15"

132° 36' 05"

2

21° 15' 21"

132° 35' 53"

3

21° 15' 29"

132° 35' 53"

4

21° 15' 29"

132° 35' 39"

5

21° 15' 18"

132° 35' 39"

6

21° 15' 18"

132° 35' 46"

7

21° 14' 20"

132° 35' 46"

8

21° 14' 20"

132° 37' 21"

9

21° 15' 02"

132° 37' 21"

10

21° 15' 17"

132° 37' 47"

11

21° 15' 28"

132° 37' 39"

12

21° 15' 15"

132° 37' 17"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 13 listed immediately below, thence initially in an easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

13

21° 15' 57"

132° 37' 28"

14

21° 15' 57"

132° 37' 59"

15

21° 16' 23"

132° 37' 59"

16

21° 16' 23"

132° 37' 28"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 3, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

21° 16' 32"

132° 37' 16"

18

21° 16' 24"

132° 37' 21"

19

21° 16' 58"

132° 38' 19"

20

21° 17' 06"

132° 38' 14"

 

50  Yirrkala

  All that area of land contained within the 2 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 14.143 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing on the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to the intersection with the low water mark of the coastline of the Northern Territory at Point 4, thence generally in a southerly direction following the low water mark of that coastline to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

12° 16' 38"

136° 54' 05"

2

12° 16' 38"

136° 52' 47"

3

12° 14' 36"

136° 52' 47"

4

12° 14' 36"

136° 53' 02"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 5 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 8, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

5

12° 17' 26"

136° 49' 59"

6

12° 16' 12"

136° 48' 25"

7

12° 15' 31"

136° 48' 58"

8

12° 16' 45"

136° 50' 32"

51  Yuelamu

  All that area of land contained within the 2 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 6.909 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 16, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

22° 16' 52"

132° 12' 35"

2

22° 15' 57"

132° 12' 25"

3

22° 15' 57"

132° 11' 56"

4

22° 15' 43"

132° 11' 56"

5

22° 15' 43"

132° 11' 46"

6

22° 15' 21"

132° 11' 46"

7

22° 15' 21"

132° 11' 56"

8

22° 15' 00"

132° 11' 56"

9

22° 15' 00"

132° 13' 01"

10

22° 14' 53"

132° 13' 01"

11

22° 14' 53"

132° 13' 29"

12

22° 15' 58"

132° 13' 29"

13

22° 15' 58"

132° 12' 59"

14

22° 16' 11"

132° 12' 59"

15

22° 16' 11"

132° 12' 44"

16

22° 16' 49"

132° 12' 51"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 2, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 17 listed immediately below, thence initially in a north westerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 20, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

17

22° 16' 22"

132° 11' 23"

18

22° 15' 43"

132° 10' 30"

19

22° 15' 32"

132° 10' 39"

20

22° 16' 11"

132° 11' 32"

52  Yuendumu

  All that area of land contained within the 4 separate areas of land outlined below having a total area of approximately 8.489 square kilometres, to the extent that it is Aboriginal land within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Aboriginal land in subsection 3(1), being:

 (a) Area 1 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 1 listed immediately below, thence initially in an easterly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 18, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

1

22° 14' 36"

131° 48' 21"

2

22° 14' 36"

131° 48' 42"

3

22° 14' 52"

131° 48' 42"

4

22° 14' 52"

131° 48' 30"

5

22° 15' 47"

131° 48' 30"

6

22° 15' 47"

131° 47' 02"

7

22° 15' 27"

131° 47' 02"

8

22° 14' 58"

131° 46' 21"

9

22° 14' 46"

131° 46' 30"

10

22° 15' 09"

131° 47' 02"

11

22° 14' 35"

131° 47' 02"

12

22° 14' 35"

131° 47' 30"

13

22° 14' 26"

131° 47' 30"

14

22° 14' 26"

131° 47' 37"

15

22° 14' 10"

131° 47' 37"

16

22° 14' 10"

131° 47' 51"

17

22° 14' 26"

131° 47' 51"

18

22° 14' 26"

131° 48' 21"

 

 (b) Area 2 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 19 listed immediately below, thence initially in a southerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 22, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

19

22° 13' 28"

131° 49' 08"

20

22° 13' 48"

131° 49' 08"

21

22° 13' 48"

131° 49' 36"

22

22° 13' 28"

131° 49' 36"

 

 (c) Area 3 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 23 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 26, thence to the point of commencement;

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

23

22° 16' 48"

131° 47' 36"

24

22° 16' 22"

131° 47' 36"

25

22° 16' 22"

131° 48' 10"

26

22° 16' 48"

131° 48' 10"

 

 (d) Area 4 of 4, that is all of that area contained within and bounded by a line commencing at Point 27 listed immediately below, thence initially in a northerly direction successively along a straight line (loxodrome) between each of the following points in the sequence to Point 30, thence to the point of commencement.

 

 

Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994 (GDA94)

Point No.

Latitude (S) DMS

Longitude (E) DMS

27

22° 16' 56"

131° 46' 42"

28

22° 16' 40"

131° 46' 42"

29

22° 16' 40"

131° 47' 01"

30

22° 16' 56"

131° 47' 01"

53  Low water marks

 (1) If:

 (a) the description of an area of land in this Schedule assumes that a point of latitude and longitude referred to in a table lies on the low water mark; but

 (b) the point of latitude and longitude referred to in the table does not lie on the low water mark;

the point of latitude and longitude referred to in the table is taken to be the nearest point of latitude and longitude that lies on the low water mark.

 (2) If:

 (a) the description of an area of land in this Schedule assumes that a point of latitude and longitude referred to in a table lies on the landward side of the low water mark; but

 (b) the point of latitude and longitude referred to in the table lies on the seaward side of the low water mark;

the point of latitude and longitude referred to in the table is taken to be the nearest point of latitude and longitude that lies on the low water mark.

Endnotes

Endnote 1—About the endnotes

The endnotes provide information about this compilation and the compiled law.

The following endnotes are included in every compilation:

Endnote 1—About the endnotes

Endnote 2—Abbreviation key

Endnote 3—Legislation history

Endnote 4—Amendment history

Abbreviation key—Endnote 2

The abbreviation key sets out abbreviations that may be used in the endnotes.

Legislation history and amendment history—Endnotes 3 and 4

Amending laws are annotated in the legislation history and amendment history.

The legislation history in endnote 3 provides information about each law that has amended (or will amend) the compiled law. The information includes commencement details for amending laws and details of any application, saving or transitional provisions that are not included in this compilation.

The amendment history in endnote 4 provides information about amendments at the provision (generally section or equivalent) level. It also includes information about any provision of the compiled law that has been repealed in accordance with a provision of the law.

Editorial changes

The Legislation Act 2003 authorises First Parliamentary Counsel to make editorial and presentational changes to a compiled law in preparing a compilation of the law for registration. The changes must not change the effect of the law. Editorial changes take effect from the compilation registration date.

If the compilation includes editorial changes, the endnotes include a brief outline of the changes in general terms. Full details of any changes can be obtained from the Office of Parliamentary Counsel.

Misdescribed amendments

A misdescribed amendment is an amendment that does not accurately describe how an amendment is to be made. If, despite the misdescription, the amendment can be given effect as intended, then the misdescribed amendment can be incorporated through an editorial change made under section 15V of the Legislation Act 2003.

If a misdescribed amendment cannot be given effect as intended, the amendment is not incorporated and “(md not incorp)” is added to the amendment history.

 

Endnote 2—Abbreviation key

 

ad = added or inserted

o = order(s)

am = amended

Ord = Ordinance

amdt = amendment

orig = original

c = clause(s)

par = paragraph(s)/subparagraph(s)

C[x] = Compilation No. x

/subsubparagraph(s)

Ch = Chapter(s)

pres = present

def = definition(s)

prev = previous

Dict = Dictionary

(prev…) = previously

disallowed = disallowed by Parliament

Pt = Part(s)

Div = Division(s)

r = regulation(s)/rule(s)

ed = editorial change

reloc = relocated

exp = expires/expired or ceases/ceased to have

renum = renumbered

effect

rep = repealed

F = Federal Register of Legislation

rs = repealed and substituted

gaz = gazette

s = section(s)/subsection(s)

LA = Legislation Act 2003

Sch = Schedule(s)

LIA = Legislative Instruments Act 2003

Sdiv = Subdivision(s)

(md) = misdescribed amendment can be given

SLI = Select Legislative Instrument

effect

SR = Statutory Rules

(md not incorp) = misdescribed amendment

SubCh = SubChapter(s)

cannot be given effect

SubPt = Subpart(s)

mod = modified/modification

underlining = whole or part not

No. = Number(s)

commenced or to be commenced

 

Endnote 3—Legislation history

 

Act

Number and year

Assent

Commencement

Application, saving and transitional provisions

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976

191, 1976

16 Dec 1976

s. 70: 1 Feb 1979 (see Gazette 1979, No. S9)
Remainder: 26 Jan 1977 (see Gazette 1977, No. S6)

 

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 1978

21, 1978

17 May 1978

23 June 1978 (see Gazette 1978, No. S110)

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act (No. 3) 1978

70, 1978

22 June 1978

1 July 1978

s. 10

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act (No. 2) 1978

83, 1978

22 June 1978

22 June 1978

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 1979

189, 1979

4 Dec 1979

4 Dec 1979

ss. 9(2), (3) and 14 s. 13 (rep. by 16, 1982, s. 13)

as amended by

 

 

 

 

Aboriginal Land Rights Legislation Amendment Act 1982

16, 1982

15 Apr 1982

15 Apr 1982

s. 7(2)

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 1980

72, 1980

28 May 1980

ss. 3 and 6–9: 26 Jan 1977
Remainder: Royal Assent

ss. 10 and 11

Companies (Miscellaneous Amendments) Act 1981

92, 1981

18 June 1981

Part I (ss. 1, 2): Royal Assent
Div. 1 of Part XI (s. 36): 1 July 1981 (see s. 2(2) and Gazette 1981, No. S118)
Remainder: 1 July 1982 (see s. 2(3) and Gazette 1982, No. S124)

Aboriginal Land Rights Legislation Amendment Act 1982

16, 1982

15 Apr 1982

15 Apr 1982

s. 7(2)

as amended by

 

 

 

 

Statute Law (Miscellaneous Amendments) Act (No. 2) 1982

80, 1982

22 Sept 1982

Part IV (ss. 10, 11): 15 Apr 1982

Statute Law (Miscellaneous Amendments) Act (No. 2) 1982

80, 1982

22 Sept 1982

ss. 12 and 13: 15 Apr 1982
s. 14: 20 Oct 1982

Public Service Reform Act 1984

63, 1984

25 June 1984

s 151(9) and Sch 4: 1 July 1984 (s 2(4) and gaz 1984, No S245)

s 151(9)

as amended by

 

 

 

 

Statute Law (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act (No. 2) 1984

165, 1984

25 Oct 1984

Sch 1: 1 July 1984 (s 2(21)(b))

Statute Law (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act (No. 1) 1984

72, 1984

25 June 1984

s. 3: Royal Assent

s. 5(1)

Statute Law (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act (No. 1) 1985

65, 1985

5 June 1985

s. 3: 3 July 1985

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 1985

93, 1985

2 Sept 1985

2 Sept 1985

Public Service and Statutory Authorities Amendment Act 1985

166, 1985

11 Dec 1985

s. 45: 8 Jan 1986

s. 45(2)

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act (No. 2) 1987

18, 1987

18 May 1987

18 May 1987 (s 2)

as amended by

 

 

 

 

Statute Law (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1988

38, 1988

3 June 1988

Sch 1: 18 May 1987 (s 2(2))

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 1987

40, 1987

5 June 1987

s 13(b) (amdt to para 23(1)(ea) Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976): 1 Sept 1995 (s 2(2) and gaz 1995, No S333)
s 25 (amdt to s 50(2D), (2E) Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976): 1 Mar 1990 (s 2(2) and gaz 1990, No S51)
s 26: 30 June 1986 (s 2(3))
s 34: never commenced (s 2(2))
Remainder: 5 June 1987 (s 2(1))

s 21(2)

as amended by

 

 

 

 

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 1989

2, 1990

17 Jan 1990

s 17: 17 Jan 1990 (s 2)

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act (No. 3) 1987

75, 1987

5 June 1987

5 June 1987

s. 7 and 8

as amended by

 

 

 

 

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 1989

2, 1990

17 Jan 1990

s 18: 17 Jan 1990 (s 2)

Statute Law (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1987

141, 1987

18 Dec 1987

s. 3: Royal Assent

s. 5(1)

Lands Acquisition (Repeal and Consequential Provisions) Act 1989

21, 1989

20 Apr 1989

9 June 1989 (see s. 2 and Gazette 1989, No. S185)

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Commission Act 1989

150, 1989

27 Nov 1989

5 Mar 1990 (see Gazette 1990, No. S48)

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 1989

2, 1990

17 Jan 1990

17 Jan 1990

Prime Minister and Cabinet Legislation Amendment Act 1991

199, 1991

18 Dec 1991

18 Dec 1991

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 1993

6, 1993

27 May 1993

27 May 1993

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 1994

66, 1994

30 May 1994

30 May 1994

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 1995

37, 1995

12 Apr 1995

12 Apr 1995

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act (No. 2) 1995

63, 1995

30 June 1995

30 June 1995

Statute Law Revision Act 1996

43, 1996

25 Oct 1996

Schedule 4 (item 3): Royal Assent

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 1997

117, 1997

7 July 1997

7 July 1997

Audit (Transitional and Miscellaneous) Amendment Act 1997

152, 1997

24 Oct 1997

Schedule 2 (items 113–135): 1 Jan 1998 (see s. 2(2) and Gazette 1997, No. GN49)

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act (No. 1) 1999

1, 1999

26 Feb 1999

26 Mar 1999

Environmental Reform (Consequential Provisions) Act 1999

92, 1999

16 July 1999

Schedule 3 (item 4) and Schedule 4 (items 23–37): 16 July 2000 (see s. 2(1))

Sch. 4 (items 31, 33)

Public Employment (Consequential and Transitional) Amendment Act 1999

146, 1999

11 Nov 1999

Schedule 1 (items 28–31): 5 Dec 1999 (see Gazette 1999, No. S584)

A New Tax System (Tax Administration) Act 1999

179, 1999

22 Dec 1999

Schedule 11 (items 1, 2): 1 July 2000

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act (No. 2) 2000

27, 2000

3 Apr 2000

3 Apr 2000

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act (No. 3) 2000

112, 2000

5 Sept 2000

5 Sept 2000

Criminal Code Amendment (Theft, Fraud, Bribery and Related Offences) Act 2000

137, 2000

24 Nov 2000

Sch 2 (items 12–16, 418, 419): 24 May 2001 (s 2(3))

Sch 2 (items 418, 419)

Reconciliation and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Affairs Legislation Amendment (Application of Criminal Code) Act 2001

112, 2001

17 Sept 2001

s. 4, Schedule 1 (items 42–52) and Schedule 2 (items 86–162): 15 Oct 2001

s. 4

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 2002

99, 2002

10 Nov 2002

10 Nov 2002

Financial Framework Legislation Amendment Act 2005

8, 2005

22 Feb 2005

s. 4, Schedule 1 (items 59–69, 496) and Schedule 2 (items 11, 12, 174): Royal Assent

s. 4, Sch. 1 (item 496) and Sch. 2 (item 174)

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Commission Amendment Act 2005

32, 2005

22 Mar 2005

Schedule 4 (items 7–11): 24 Mar 2005

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 2006

93, 2006

5 Sept 2006

Schedule 1 (items 1–4, 8, 10, 11, 13–15, 17–33, 35–71, 73–99, 101–103, 159–162, 165–201, 203, 204, 206, 208–218, 220–223, 225–231, 233): 1 Oct 2006 (see F2006L03153)
Schedule 1 (items 4A–4C, 9, 104–124D, 128–145, 147–158, 202, 224, 232, 234): 1 July 2007 (see F2007L01930)
Schedule 1 (items 100, 219): 5 Sept 2007
Remainder: Royal Assent

Sch. 1 (items 206, 208–223, 224(1), (2), (4)–(12), 225–234)
Sch. 1 (item 224(3)) (am. by 121, 2007, Sch. 2 [item 3])

as amended by

 

 

 

 

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment (Township Leasing) Act 2007

121, 2007

28 June 2007

Sch 2 (items 2, 3): 1 July 2007 (s 2(1) items 4, 5)

Tax Laws Amendment (Repeal of Inoperative Provisions) Act 2006

101, 2006

14 Sept 2006

Schedule 2 (item 1) and Schedule 6 (items 1, 6–11): Royal Assent

Sch. 6 (items 1, 6–11)

Corporations (Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander) Consequential, Transitional and Other Measures Act 2006

125, 2006

4 Nov 2006

Schedule 2 (items 35–87): 1 July 2007 (see s. 2(1))

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment (Township Leasing) Act 2007

121, 2007

28 June 2007

Sch 1 and Sch 2 (item 1): 1 July 2007 (s 2(1) items 2, 3)

Families, Community Services and Indigenous Affairs and Other Legislation Amendment (Northern Territory National Emergency Response and Other Measures) Act 2007

128, 2007

17 Aug 2007

s 3–5: 17 Aug 2007 (s 2(1) item 1)
Sch 3, Sch 4 (items 1–10, 18) and Sch 5 (items 1–6):18 Aug 2007 (s 2(1) items 3, 4, 6–9)
Sch 4 (items 11–17): 17 Feb 2008 (s 2(1) item 5)

s 3–5 and Sch 4 (items 16–18)

as amended by

 

 

 

 

Social Security and Other Legislation Amendment (Welfare Reform and Reinstatement of Racial Discrimination Act) Act 2010

93, 2010

29 June 2010

Sch 1 (items 1, 4): 31 Dec 2010 (s 2(1) item 2)

Sch 1 (item 4)

Indigenous Affairs Legislation Amendment Act 2008

67, 2008

1 July 2008

Schedule 1 (items 1–35) and Schedule 3: 2 July 2008

Sch. 1 (items 4, 7)

Statute Law Revision Act 2008

73, 2008

3 July 2008

Schedule 4 (item 31): 4 July 2008

Statute Law Revision Act 2010

8, 2010

1 Mar 2010

Schedule 1 (item 1): Royal Assent

Families, Housing, Community Services and Indigenous Affairs and Other Legislation Amendment (2009 Measures) Act 2010

38, 2010

13 Apr 2010

Schedule 1: 14 Apr 2010

Acts Interpretation Amendment Act 2011

46, 2011

27 June 2011

Schedule 2 (items 26–31) and Schedule 3 (items 10, 11): 27 Dec 2011

Sch. 3 (items 10, 11)

Family Assistance and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2011

52, 2011

28 June 2011

Schedule 5: Royal Assent

Indigenous Affairs Legislation Amendment Act 2011

97, 2011

15 Sept 2011

Schedule 1: 16 Sept 2011

Indigenous Affairs Legislation Amendment Act (No. 2) 2011

188, 2011

7 Dec 2011

Schedule 1 (item 73): 8 Dec 2011

Stronger Futures in the Northern Territory (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2012

101, 2012

29 June 2012

Sch 2: 16 July 2012 (s 2(1) item 2)

Sch 2 (item 10)

as amended by

 

 

 

 

Statute Law Revision Act 2013

103, 2013

29 June 2013

Sch 2 (items 14, 15): 16 July 2012 (s 2(1) item 14)

Aboriginal Land Rights and Other Legislation Amendment Act 2013

93, 2013

28 June 2013

Sch 1 (items 1–27, 36) and Sch 2: 29 June 2013

Sch 1 (item 36)

Statute Law Revision Act 2013

103, 2013

29 June 2013

Schedule 1 (items 1–13) and Schedule 4 (item 37): Royal Assent

Public Governance, Performance and Accountability (Consequential and Transitional Provisions) Act 2014

62, 2014

30 June 2014

Sch 7 (items 54–69) and Sch 14: 1 July 2014 (s 2(1) items 6, 14)

Sch 14

as amended by

 

 

 

 

Public Governance and Resources Legislation Amendment Act (No. 1) 2015

36, 2015

13 Apr 2015

Sch 2 (items 7–9) and Sch 7: 14 Apr 2015 (s 2)

Sch 7

as amended by

 

 

 

 

Acts and Instruments (Framework Reform) (Consequential Provisions) Act 2015

126, 2015

10 Sept 2015

Sch 1 (item 486): 5 Mar 2016 (s 2(1) item 2)

Acts and Instruments (Framework Reform) (Consequential Provisions) Act 2015

126, 2015

10 Sept 2015

Sch 1 (item 495): 5 Mar 2016 (s 2(1) item 2)

Statute Law Revision Act (No.1) 2015

5, 2015

25 Feb 2015

Sch 3 (items 9, 10): 25 Mar 2015 (s 2(1) item 10)

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 2015

175, 2015

11 Dec 2015

Sch 1: 12 Dec 2015 (s 2(1) item 2)

Sch 1 (items 21–23)

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 2019

9, 2019

12 Mar 2019

Sch 1–3: 13 Mar 2019 (s 2(1) items 2, 3)

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment (Land Scheduling) Act 2019

27, 2019

4 Apr 2019

4 Apr 2019 (s 2(1) item 1)

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment (Jabiru) Act 2020

87, 2020

17 Sept 2020

Sch 1 (items 1–12): 18 Sept 2020 (s 2(1) item 1)

Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment (Economic Empowerment) Act 2021

132, 2021

13 Dec 2021

Sch 1 (items 1–10): 15 Nov 2022 (s 2(1) item 2)
Sch 1 (items 11–20), Sch 2, Sch 3 (items 1–38) and Sch 4: 14 Dec 2021 (s 2(1) items 3–5, 7)
Sch 3 (items 39–44): 13 Dec 2022 (s 2(1) item 6)

Sch 1 (items 11–20), Sch 2 (items 52–59), Sch 3 (items 22, 23, 37, 38) and Sch 3 (item 43)

 

Number and year

FRLI registration or gazettal

Commencement

Application, saving and transitional provisions

1990 No. 282

6 Sept 1990 (F1996B00459)

6 June 1991

as amended by

 

 

 

1991 No. 26

6 Mar 1991 (F1996B00460)

6 Mar 1991

1991 No. 38

28 Mar 1991 (F1996B00461)

28 Mar 1991

1991 No. 62

17 Apr 1991 (F1996B00462)

17 Apr 1991

1991 No. 115

6 June 1991 (F1996B00463)

6 June 1991

1991 No. 282

17 Sept 1991 (F1996B00454)

17 Sept 1991

1991 No. 340

12 Nov 1991 (F1996B00458)

12 Nov 1991

1991 No. 396

12 Dec 1991 (F1996B00456)

12 Dec 1991

1992 No. 107

28 Apr 1992 (F1996B00457)

28 Apr 1992

1992 No. 133

9 June 1992 (F1996B00453)

9 June 1992

1992 No. 369

30 Nov 1992 (F1996B00455)

30 Nov 1992

 

Endnote 4—Amendment history

 

Provision affected

How affected

Part I

 

s 3.....................

am No 21, 1978; No 70, 1978; No 72, 1984; No 18, 1987; No 40, 1987; No 75, 1987; No 21, 1989; No 2, 1990; No 152, 1997; No 92, 1999; No 8, 2005; No 93, 2006; No 125, 2006; No 67, 2008; No 8, 2010; No 101, 2012; No 93, 2013; No 9, 2019; No 132, 2021

 

ed C40

 

am No 87, 2020

s 3AAA..................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 46, 2011

 

rep No 132, 2021

s 3AA...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 46, 2011

 

rs No 132, 2021

s 3AB...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 93, 2013, No 132, 2021

s 3AC...................

ad No 93, 2013

s 3AD...................

ad No 93, 2013

 

rep No 87, 2020

s 3A....................

ad No 70, 1978

s 3B....................

ad No 40, 1987

s 3C....................

ad No 21, 1989

s 3D....................

ad No 112, 2001

Part II

 

s 4.....................

am No 21, 1978; No 16, 1982; No 40, 1987; No 2, 1990; No 152, 1997; No 93, 2006; No 93, 2013

s 5.....................

am No 21, 1978; No 21, 1989

s 5A....................

ad No 52, 2011

s 7.....................

am No 16, 1982; No 152, 1997; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006; No 125, 2006

s 8, 9...................

am No 112, 2001

s 10....................

am No 16, 1982; No 93, 1985; No 40, 1987; No 92, 1999; No 93, 2006; No 93, 2013; No 9, 2019

s 11....................

am No 21, 1978; No 189, 1979; No 16, 1982 (as am by No 80, 1982); No 80, 1982; No 72, 1984; No 18, 1987; No 40, 1987; No 92, 1999; No 112, 2000; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006; No 9, 2019

s 11A...................

ad No 40, 1987

 

am No 132, 2021

s 11B...................

ad No 112, 2000

s 12....................

am No 21, 1978; No 72, 1980; No 93, 1985; No 18, 1987; No 40, 1987; No 21, 1989; No 63, 1995; No 92, 1999; No 112, 2000; No 93, 2013; No 9, 2019; No 87, 2020

s 12AAA.................

ad No 16, 1982

s 12AAB.................

ad No 93, 2006

s 12AA–12AC.............

ad No 72, 1980

s 12AD..................

ad No 40, 1987

s 12A...................

ad No 21, 1978

 

am No 92, 1999; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2013

s 12B...................

ad No 21, 1978

 

am No 92, 1999; No 112, 2001

s 12C...................

ad No 21, 1978

s 12D...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 13....................

am No 112, 2001; No 132, 2021

s 14....................

am No 70, 1978; No 93, 2006

s 15....................

am No 93, 2006

s 16....................

am No 40, 1987

s 17....................

rs No 70, 1978

 

am No 93, 2006

s 18A...................

ad No 83, 1978

s 18B...................

ad No 83, 1978

 

am No 112, 2001

s 18C...................

ad No 83, 1978

s 19....................

am No 21, 1978; No 70, 1978; No 93, 1985; No 40, 1987; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006; No 125, 2006; No 67, 2008; No 93, 2013

 

ed C40

 

am No 87, 2020; No 132, 2021

s 19A...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 128, 2007; No 67, 2008; No 93, 2013

 

ed C40

 

am No 87, 2020; No 132, 2021

s 19B...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 19C...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 67, 2008; No 132, 2021

s 19D...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 132, 2021

s 19E...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 132, 2021

s 20....................

am No 112, 2001

s 20A...................

ad No 21, 1978

 

am No 93, 2006; No 67, 2008

Part IIA

 

Part IIA..................

ad No 121, 2007

Division 1

 

s 20B...................

ad No 121, 2007

Division 2

 

Division 2 heading..........

rs No 175, 2015

s 20C...................

ad No 121, 2007

 

am No 67, 2008; No 175, 2015

s 20CA..................

ad No 67, 2008

 

am No 101, 2012; No 175, 2015

 

ed C40

s 20CB..................

ad No 175, 2015

Division 3

 

s 20D...................

ad No 121, 2007

s 20E...................

ad No 121, 2007

 

rs No 67, 2008

s 20F, 20G................

ad No 121, 2007

s 20H...................

ad No 121, 2007

 

rs No 67, 2008

s 20J....................

ad No 121, 2007

 

am No 46, 2011

s 20K...................

ad No 121, 2007

 

rs No 67, 2008

s 20L...................

ad No 121, 2007

s 20M...................

ad No 121, 2007

 

rs No 67, 2008

s 20N...................

ad No 121, 2007

Division 4

 

s 20P, 20Q................

ad No 121, 2007

Division 5

 

s 20R...................

ad No 121, 2007

Division 6

 

Division 6................

rs No 67, 2008

Division 6 heading..........

rs No 175, 2015

s 20S...................

ad No 121, 2007

 

rs No 67, 2008

 

am No 175, 2015

s 20SA..................

ad No 67, 2008

 

am No 175, 2015

s 20SB..................

ad No 67, 2008

 

am No 175, 2015

Part IIB..................

ad No 128, 2007

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20T...................

ad No 128, 2007

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20U, 20V...............

ad No 128, 2007

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20W, 20X...............

ad No 128, 2007

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20Y...................

ad No 128, 2007

 

am No 67, 2008

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20Z...................

ad No 128, 2007

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20ZA..................

ad No 128, 2007

 

rs No 67, 2008

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20ZB..................

ad No 128, 2007

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20ZC, 20ZD.............

ad No 128, 2007

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20ZE..................

ad No 128, 2007

 

am No 67, 2008

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20ZF, 20ZG..............

ad No 128, 2007

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20ZH, 20ZI..............

ad No 128, 2007

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20ZJ...................

ad No 128, 2007

 

am No 67, 2008

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20ZK..................

ad No 128, 2007

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20ZL..................

ad No 128, 2007

 

rs No 67, 2008

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20ZM..................

ad No 128, 2007

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20ZN, 20ZO.............

ad No 128, 2007

 

rep No 101, 2012

s 20ZP..................

ad No 128, 2007

 

am No 67, 2008

 

rep No 101, 2012

Part III

 

s 21....................

am No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006

s 21A...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 125, 2006

s 21B...................

ad No 93, 2006

s 21C...................

ad No 93, 2006

s 21D...................

ad No 93, 2006

s 21E...................

ad No 175, 2015

s 22....................

am No 152, 1997; No 93, 2006; No 103, 2013; No 62, 2014

s 22A...................

ad No 152, 1997

 

am No 93, 2006

 

rep No 62, 2014

s 23....................

am No 40, 1987; No 2, 1990; No 67, 2008; No 101, 2012; No 132, 2021

s 23AA..................

ad No 93, 2006

s 23A...................

ad No 21, 1978

 

am No 137, 2000

s 23B...................

ad No 21, 1978

s 23C...................

ad No 21, 1978

 

am No 40, 1987; No 137, 2000

s 23D...................

ad No 21, 1978

 

am No 112, 2001

s 23E...................

ad No 21, 1978

 

am No 63, 1984; No 40, 1987; No 150, 1989; No 146, 1999; No 112, 2001; No 32, 2005; No 93, 2006

s 24....................

am No 40, 1987

s 25....................

am No 112, 2001; No 125, 2006

s 26....................

am No 40, 1987

s 27....................

am No 189, 1979; No 72, 1980; No 166, 1985; No 40, 1987; No 199, 1991; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006; No 125, 2006; No 132, 2021

s 28....................

am No 40, 1987; No 152, 1997; No 93, 2006; No 125, 2006; No 175, 2015; No 132, 2021

s 28A...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 125, 2006; No 175, 2015

 

rep No 132, 2021

s 28B...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 125, 2006; No 175, 2015

 

rep No 132, 2021

s 28C...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 125, 2006

 

rep No 175, 2015

s 28D...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 125, 2006; No 46, 2011

 

rep No 175, 2015

s 28E...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 125, 2006

 

rep No 132, 2021

s 28F...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 125, 2006; No 175, 2015

 

rep No 132, 2021

s 29....................

am No 93, 2006

s 29AA..................

ad No 93, 2006

s 29A...................

ad No 40, 1987

 

am No 93, 2006

s 30....................

am No 152, 1997

s 31....................

am No 152, 1997; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006

s 32....................

rep No 152, 1997

s 33....................

am No 72, 1984; No 8, 2005; No 62, 2014; No 132, 2021

s 33A...................

ad No 93, 2006

s 33B...................

ad No 67, 2008

 

am No 101, 2012

 

am No 93, 2006

s 34....................

am No 72, 1984; No 152, 1997; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006; No 67, 2008; No 62, 2014; No 132, 2021

s 35....................

am No 189, 1979; No 40, 1987; No 75, 1987; No 2, 1990; No 152, 1997; No 8, 2005; No 93, 2006; No 125, 2006; No 67, 2008; No 101, 2012; No 103, 2013; No 62, 2014

s 35A...................

ad No 40, 1987

 

rs No 93, 2006

s 35B, 35C................

ad No 93, 2006

s 37....................

rs No 152, 1997; No 93, 2006

 

am No 125, 2006; No 67, 2008; No 62, 2014; No 132, 2021

s 37AA..................

ad No 40, 1987

 

rep No 152, 1997

s 37A...................

ad No 189, 1979

 

am No 40, 1987

 

rep No 152, 1997

s 38....................

rep No 152, 1997

 

ad No 93, 2006

 

rep No 103, 2013

s 39....................

rep No 65, 1985

 

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 62, 2014

Part IV

 

Part IV..................

rs No 75, 1987

s 40....................

am No 18, 1987

 

rs No 75, 1987

 

am No 141, 1987; No 2, 1990; No 93, 2006; No 132, 2021

s 41....................

am No 18, 1987

 

rs No 75, 1987

 

am No 93, 2006; No 132, 2021

s 41A...................

ad No 93, 2006

s 42....................

am No 189, 1979; No 80, 1982; No 18, 1987

 

rs No 75, 1987

 

am No 141, 1987; No 93, 2006 (as am by No 121, 2007); No 132, 2021

s 43....................

am No 72, 1980; No 18, 1987

 

rs No 75, 1987

 

am No 93, 2006

s 44....................

am No 21, 1978; No 72, 1980; No 18, 1987

 

rs No 75, 1987

 

am No 141, 1987; No 93, 2006; No 132, 2021

s 44A...................

ad No 75, 1987

 

am No 141, 1987; No 2, 1990; No 93, 2006; No 132, 2021

s 45....................

am No 18, 1987

 

rs No 75, 1987

s 46....................

am No 21, 1978; No 18, 1987 (as am by No 38, 1988)

 

rs No 75, 1987

 

am No 93, 2006

s 46A...................

ad No 72, 1980

 

rep No 75, 1987

s 47....................

am No 92, 1981

 

rs No 75, 1987; No 93, 2006

 

am No 132, 2021

s 48....................

am No 72, 1980

 

rs No 75, 1987

 

am No 93, 2006; No 132, 2021

s 48A...................

ad No 75, 1987

s 48AA..................

ad No 2, 1990

s 48B...................

ad No 75, 1987

 

am No 93, 2006; No 121, 2007

s 48C, 48D................

ad No 75, 1987

s 48E, 48F................

ad No 75, 1987

 

am No 93, 2006

s 48G, 48H...............

ad No 75, 1987

s 48J....................

ad No 75, 1987

 

am No 2, 1990; No 93, 2006

Part V

 

Part V heading.............

rs No 72, 1984

s 49....................

am No 72, 1984

s 50....................

am No 21, 1978; No 189, 1979; No 72, 1984; No 18, 1987; No 40, 1987; No 2, 1990; No 92, 1999; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006; No 9, 2019

s 51....................

am No 72, 1984; No 112, 2001

s 52....................

am No 72, 1984; No 40, 1987; No 1, 1999; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006

s 53....................

am No 72, 1984; No 40, 1987; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006

s 53A...................

ad No 21, 1978

 

am No 72, 1984; No 40, 1987; No 112, 2001

s 53B...................

ad No 62, 2014

s 54....................

am No 21, 1978; No 72, 1984; No 137, 2000; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006

s 54A...................

ad No 21, 1978

 

am No 72, 1984; No 137, 2000; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006

s 54AA..................

ad No 40, 1987

 

am No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006

s 54B...................

ad No 21, 1978

 

am No 72, 1984

 

rep No 137, 2000

s 54C...................

ad No 189, 1979

 

am No 72, 1984; No 146, 1999

s 54D...................

ad No 40, 1987

s 55....................

am No 72, 1984; No 112, 2001

s 56....................

am No 72, 1984

s 57....................

am No 21, 1978; No 72, 1984; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006

s 58....................

am No 72, 1984; No 112, 2001

s 59....................

am No 72, 1984; No 146, 1999

s 60....................

am No 72, 1984; No 166, 1985

s 61....................

am No 72, 1984; No 112, 2001

Part VI

 

Part VI heading.............

rs No 152, 1997; No 8, 2005

s 62....................

am No 21, 1978; No 152, 1997

 

rs No 8, 2005

 

am No 62, 2014

s 62A...................

ad No 21, 1978

 

rep No 8, 2005

 

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 62, 2014

 

rs No 8, 2005

s 63....................

am No 21, 1978; No 70, 1978; No 189, 1979; No 2, 1990; No 152, 1997

 

rs No 8, 2005

 

rs No 8, 2005

 

am No 132, 2021

s 63A...................

ad No 132, 2021

 

am No 132, 2021

s 64....................

am No 21, 1978; No 189, 1979; No 72, 1984; No 152, 1997

 

rs No 8, 2005

 

am No 93, 2006; No 67, 2008; No 62, 2014

 

rep No 103, 2013

 

rs No 8, 2005

 

am No 175, 2015; No 132, 2021

s 64A...................

ad No 16, 1982

 

am No 152, 1997; No 179, 1999; No 112, 2001

 

rs No 8, 2005

 

am No 93, 2006; No 101, 2006

s 64AA..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 64B...................

ad No 150, 1989

 

am No 152, 1997; No 8, 2005; No 32, 2005; No 62, 2014

s 65....................

am No 21, 1978; No 152, 1997; No 8, 2005; No 93, 2006

 

rep No 132, 2021

Part VIA

 

Part VIA.................

ad No 132, 2021

Division 1

 

s 65A...................

ad No 132, 2021

Division 2

 

Subdivision A

 

s 65B...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65BA..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65BB..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65BC..................

ad No 132, 2021

Subdivision B

 

s 65BD..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65BE..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65BF..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65BG..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65BH..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65BI...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65BJ...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65BK..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65BL..................

ad No 132, 2021

Subdivision C

 

s 65BM..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65BN..................

ad No 132, 2021

Division 3

 

s 65C...................

ad No 132, 2021

Division 4

 

s 65D...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65DA..................

ad No 132, 2021

Division 5

 

Subdivision A

 

s 65E...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EA..................

ad No 132, 2021

Subdivision B

 

s 65EB..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EC..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65ED..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EE..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EF..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EG..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EH..................

ad No 132, 2021

Subdivision C

 

s 65EI...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EJ...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EK..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EL..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EM..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EN..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EO..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EP..................

ad No 132, 2021

Subdivision D

 

s 65EQ..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65ER..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65ES..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65ET..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EU..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EV..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EW..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65EX..................

ad No 132, 2021

Division 6

 

s 65F...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65FA..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65FB..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65FC..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65FD..................

ad No 132, 2021

Division 7

 

s 65G...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65GA..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65GB..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65GC..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65GD..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65GE..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65GF..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65GG..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65GH..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65GI...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65GJ..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65GK..................

ad No 132, 2021

Division 8

 

s 65H...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65HA..................

ad No 132, 2021

Division 9

 

s 65J....................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65JA..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65JB...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65JC...................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65JD..................

ad No 132, 2021

s 65JE...................

ad No 132, 2021

Part VII

 

s 66....................

am No 21, 1978; No 83, 1978; No 40, 1987; No 132, 2021

s 67A...................

ad No 40, 1987

 

am No 93, 2006

s 67B...................

ad No 93, 2006

 

am No 103, 2013

s 68....................

am No 18, 1987; No 128, 2007

s 69....................

am No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006

s 70....................

am No 40, 1987; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006; No 128, 2007; No 73, 2008; No 101, 2012

 

(2BA), (2BB), (2BC) exp 18 Aug 2012 (see s 70(2BD))

 

am No 103, 2013; No 132, 2021

s 70A...................

ad No 128, 2007

s 70B...................

ad No 128, 2007

s 70C...................

ad No 128, 2007

s 70D...................

ad No 128, 2007

s 70E...................

ad No 128, 2007

 

am No 101, 2012 (as am by No 103, 2013); No 132, 2021

s 70F...................

ad No 128, 2007

 

am No 101, 2012; No 132, 2021

s 70G...................

ad No 128, 2007

s 70H...................

ad No 128, 2007

s 71....................

am No 125, 2006; No 128, 2007; No 101, 2012

s 73....................

am No 70, 1978; No 92, 1999; No 128, 2007

s 74....................

am No 132, 2021

s 74AA..................

ad No 128, 2007

 

ed C40

 

rep No 132, 2021

s 74A...................

ad No 16, 1982

 

am No 72, 1984; No 112, 2001

s 75....................

am No 132, 2021

s 76....................

am No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006

 

rs No 93, 2006

 

am No 67, 2008; No 188, 2011; No 101, 2012; No 132, 2021

s 77....................

am No 43, 1996; No 112, 2001; No 93, 2006; No 132, 2021

s 77A...................

ad No 40, 1987

 

am No 75, 1987

s 77B...................

ad No 40, 1987

 

am No 5, 2015

s 77C...................

ad No 2, 1990

 

am No 6, 1993; No 67, 2008; No 103, 2013

s 78....................

am No 93, 2006

Schedule 1

 

Schedule 1................

am No 21, 1978; No 16, 1982; No 93, 1985; No 2, 1990; Statutory Rules 1990 No 282; Statutory Rules 1991 Nos 26, 38, 62, 115, 282, 340 and 396; Statutory Rules 1992 Nos 107, 133 and 369; No 6, 1993; No 66, 1994; Nos 37 and 63, 1995; No 117, 1997; No 1, 1999; No 27, 2000; No 99, 2002; No 67, 2008; No 38, 2010; No 97, 2011; No 93, 2013; No 175, 2015; No 9, 2019; No 27, 2019

 

ed C43

Schedule 2

 

Schedule 2................

am No 21, 1978; No 189, 1979

Schedule 3

 

Schedule 3................

am No 2, 1990

Schedule 4................

ad No 21, 1978

 

rep No 9, 2019

Schedule 5

 

Schedule 5................

ad No 2, 1990

 

am No 8, 2005

Schedule 6

 

Schedule 6................

ad No 93, 2006

Schedule 7

 

Schedule 7................

ad No 128, 2007